Sad and serious politicall considerations touching the invasive war against our Presbyterian Protestant brethren in Scotland, their late great overthrow, and the probable dangerous consequences thereof to both nations and the Prorestant [sic] religion which may serve as a satisfactory apology for such ministers and people, who out of conscience did not observe the publike thanksgiving against their covenant, for the great slaughter of those their brethren in covenant.
         Prynne, William, 1600-1669.
      
       
         
           1650
        
      
       Approx. 203 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 38 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2003-01 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A56200
         Wing P4058
         ESTC R5356
         12378466
         ocm 12378466
         57195
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A56200)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 57195)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 223:10a)
      
       
         
           
             Sad and serious politicall considerations touching the invasive war against our Presbyterian Protestant brethren in Scotland, their late great overthrow, and the probable dangerous consequences thereof to both nations and the Prorestant [sic] religion which may serve as a satisfactory apology for such ministers and people, who out of conscience did not observe the publike thanksgiving against their covenant, for the great slaughter of those their brethren in covenant.
             Prynne, William, 1600-1669.
          
           [2], 21 p.
           
             s.n.],
             [London :
             1650.
          
           
             Protesting Cromwell's invasion of Scotland and the celebration of his victory at Dunbar.
             Attributed to William Prynne. Cf. NUC pre-1956.
             Place of publication from NUC pre-1956 imprints.
             Reproduction of original in Yale University Library.
             Marginal notes.
             With: A brief description of the future history of Europe, from anno 1650 to an. 1710. London : [s.n.], 1650.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Great Britain -- History -- Puritan Revolution, 1642-1660.
           Scotland -- History -- Charles I, 1625-1649.
           Scotland -- History -- 1649-1660.
           Great Britain -- Church history -- 17th century.
        
      
    
     
        2002-04 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2002-05 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2002-06 Judith Siefring
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2002-06 Judith Siefring
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2002-07 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
           
             
             
             
               Sad
               and
               serious
               Politicall
               CONSIDERATIONS
               ,
               Touching
               the
               invasive
               War
               against
               our
               Presbyterian
               Protestant
               Brethren
               in
               Scotland
               ,
               their
               late
               great
               Overthrow
               ,
               and
               the
               probable
               dangerous
               consequences
               thereof
               to
               both
               Nations
               and
               the
               Prorestant
               Religion
               .
               Which
               may
               serve
               as
               a
               SATISFACTORY
               APOLOGY
               for
               such
               Ministers
               and
               People
               ,
               who
               out
               of
               Conscience
               did
               not
               observe
               the
               publike
               Thanksgiving
               ,
               against
               their
               Covenant
               ,
               for
               the
               great
               slaughter
               of
               those
               their
               Brethren
               in
               Covenant
               .
            
             
               Printed
               in
               the
               Yeer
               1650.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
             
               Sad
               and
               Serious
               Politicall
               Considerations
               .
            
             
               THE
               English
               Independents
               new
               invasive
               War
               against
               their
               Presbyterian
               Protestant
               Brethren
               of
               Scotland
               ,
               and
               late
               great
               rout
               and
               slaughter
               of
               their
               Army
               ,
               meeting
               with
               variety
               of
               censures
               and
               constructions
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               dive●sity
               of
               mens
               inclinations
               and
               interests
               ,
               some
               prudent
               Christians
               ,
               ingaged
               to
               no
               parties
               ,
               whose
               interest
               is
               onely
               the
               preservation
               ,
               propagation
               and
               safety
               of
               the
               reformed
               Protestant
               Religion
               against
               the
               common
               Enemies
               and
               Underminers
               thereof
               ,
               have
               these
               sad
               melancholy
               apprehensions
               thereof
               ;
               That
               it
               is
               a
               dolefull
               Prologue
               and
               tragicall
               Scene
               ,
               not
               onely
               to
               the
               approaching
               ruine
               and
               desolation
               of
               both
               Kingdoms
               for
               their
               manifold
               crying
               sins
               ,
               but
               likewise
               to
               the
               speedy
               subversion
               of
               the
               true
               Protestant
               Religion
               ,
               and
               extirpation
               of
               all
               zealous
               Professors
               thereof
               through
               our
               three
               Kingdoms
               ,
               and
               in
               forraigne
               parts
               ,
               upon
               these
               ensuing
               considerations
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               That
               the
               Kingdoms
               of
               England
               and
               Scotland
               make
               up
               the
               greatest
               Body
               of
               the
               Protestant
               Religion
               in
               Christendom
               ,
               being
               best
               able
               to
               defend
               themselves
               ,
               and
               succour
               other
               Reformed
               Churches
               ,
               when
               indangered
               and
               designed
               to
               ruine
               by
               Popish
               Enemies
               ,
               as
               the
               Lords
               and
               Commons
               declared
               long
               since
               in
               their
               *
               Protestation
               to
               this
               Kingdom
               and
               the
               whole
               world
               ,
               22.
               
               Octob.
               1642.
               and
               in
               their
               Order
               of
               the
               seventh
               of
               October
               1643.
               
               And
               therefore
               the
               ruine
               of
               the
               Protestant
               Party
               in
               these
               Kingdoms
               ,
               is
               the
               readiest
               way
               to
               indanger
               ,
               conquer
               ,
               ruine
               all
               other
               Reformed
               Churches
               in
               the
               world
               ,
               and
               extirpate
               the
               Protestant
               Religion
               in
               all
               other
               Countries
               ;
               as
               they
               there
               likewise
               Declare
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               That
               the
               Pope
               of
               Rome
               ,
               Jesuites
               ,
               Priests
               ,
               Papists
               ,
               and
               their
               Confederates
               ,
               upon
               this
               ground
               ,
               have
               for
               many
               years
               last
               past
               ,
               by
               open
               force
               ,
               and
               secret
               practices
               ,
               endeavo●red
               
               the
               extirpation
               of
               the
               Protestant
               Religion
               and
               most
               zealous
               Professors
               thereof
               throughout
               these
               Kingdoms
               ,
               and
               made
               it
               their
               chiefest
               designe
               to
               reduce
               them
               to
               their
               pristine
               obedience
               to
               the
               See
               of
               Rome
               ,
               which
               by
               the
               Popish
               Negotiations
               with
               Spain
               ,
               the
               Papisticall
               Match
               with
               France
               ,
               the
               Agency
               of
               the
               Popes
               Nuncio's
               ,
               the
               practices
               of
               Priests
               and
               Jesuites
               in
               England
               (
               countenanced
               and
               protected
               against
               the
               force
               of
               Lawes
               )
               and
               the
               confederacy
               of
               Popish
               Prelates
               ,
               Clergie-men
               and
               Courtiers
               with
               them
               in
               these
               Designes
               ,
               
               they
               had
               almost
               totally
               accomplished
               and
               brought
               to
               full
               perfection
               in
               all
               our
               Realms
               ;
               as
               the
               whole
               House
               of
               Commons
               in
               their
               
                 Remonstrance
                 of
                 the
                 state
                 of
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 ,
              
               15.
               
               Decemb.
               1641.
               and
               other
               subsequent
               Declarations
               ;
               and
               they
               and
               the
               Scottish
               Commissioners
               in
               their
               Impeachments
               against
               the
               Archbishop
               of
               Canterbury
               ,
               largely
               remonstrate
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               That
               the
               most
               zealous
               Protestants
               ,
               then
               branded
               with
               the
               name
               of
               Puritans
               and
               Presbyterians
               in
               England
               and
               Scotland
               ,
               were
               the
               principall
               and
               only
               obstacles
               to
               the
               finishing
               of
               this
               their
               neare
               compleated
               Work.
               Whereupon
               the
               *
               Jesuiticall
               ,
               Popish
               and
               Prelaticall
               prevailing
               F●ction
               resolved
               to
               root
               them
               out
               of
               this
               Kingdom
               by
               force
               ,
               or
               drive
               them
               out
               with
               fear
               ,
               and
               rid
               them
               all
               out
               of
               the
               way
               .
               For
               the
               better
               effecting
               whereof
               ,
               they
               thought
               it
               necessary
               to
               reduce
               Scotland
               to
               such
               Popish
               Superstitions
               and
               Innovations
               ,
               as
               might
               make
               them
               apt
               to
               joyn
               with
               England
               in
               that
               great
               change
               which
               was
               intended
               :
               Whereupon
               new
               Popish
               Canons
               and
               a
               Liturgy
               reformed
               much
               after
               the
               modell
               of
               the
               Papists
               Mis●alls
               ,
               were
               prest
               upon
               them
               ;
               and
               all
               the
               Arminian
               and
               Popish
               Doctrines
               broached
               ,
               maintained
               ,
               and
               new
               Popish
               Ceremonies
               practised
               in
               England
               ,
               were
               in
               deavoured
               to
               be
               planted
               and
               set
               up
               in
               †
               Scotland
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               That
               this
               their
               dangerous
               ripened
               Designe
               finding
               no
               publike
               ,
               but
               onely
               private
               opposition
               in
               England
               by
               particular
               persons
               ,
               who
               were
               ●ined
               ,
               *
               pillori'd
               ,
               stigmatized
               ,
               deprived
               of
               their
               ears
               ,
               close
               imprisoned
               ,
               banished
               and
               ruined
               by
               the
               Star-Chamber
               and
               High-Commission
               ,
               to
               the
               publike
               terror
               of
               all
               others
               ;
               thereupon
               the
               Scottish
               Puritans
               and
               
               Presbyters
               were
               the
               first
               visible
               Instruments
               raised
               by
               God
               to
               give
               a
               publique
               check
               to
               their
               successefull
               design
               ,
               beyond
               their
               or
               our
               expectations
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               That
               hereupon
               the
               †
               Jesuiticall
               and
               Prelaticall
               Popish
               Party
               raised
               two
               severall
               Armies
               successively
               to
               suppresse
               and
               extirpate
               the
               Puritan
               and
               Presbyterian
               Party
               in
               Scotland
               ,
               as
               the
               only
               remo●a's
               to
               their
               design
               ;
               and
               were
               most
               active
               and
               forwards
               in
               their
               leavies
               and
               contributions
               against
               them
               ;
               indeavouring
               to
               ingage
               the
               Protestant
               Party
               in
               both
               Nations
               in
               a
               bloudy
               civill
               War●e
               to
               their
               mutuall
               ruine
               ;
               to
               which
               the
               Puritan
               and
               Religious
               party
               in
               England
               were
               most
               averse
               .
               First
               privately
               murmuring
               ,
               and
               afterwards
               publiquely
               protesting
               against
               this
               Warre
               ,
               as
               dishonourable
               and
               dangerous
               to
               Religion
               and
               both
               Kingdomes
               in
               the
               Parliament
               ,
               in
               April
               1640.
               purposely
               summoned
               to
               raise
               moneys
               to
               carry
               on
               that
               War
               ,
               which
               they
               refused
               to
               grant
               to
               so
               ill
               a
               purpose
               ,
               and
               did
               all
               they
               could
               to
               blast
               their
               malicious
               designs
               and
               warre
               against
               Scotland
               ;
               whereupon
               the
               Popish
               party
               caused
               that
               Parliament
               to
               be
               dissolved
               ,
               and
               did
               all
               they
               could
               by
               violent
               arbitrary
               courses
               ,
               and
               illegall
               Loanes
               and
               Taxes
               ,
               to
               raise
               Forces
               and
               moneys
               to
               maintain
               a
               warre
               against
               them
               ;
               imprisoning
               and
               prosecuting
               those
               ,
               who
               resisted
               or
               refused
               to
               assist
               them
               in
               this
               warre
               ,
               in
               the
               self-same
               manner
               as
               those
               in
               present
               power
               have
               done
               ,
               divers
               of
               their
               Christian
               Brethren
               for
               manifesting
               their
               dislike
               and
               backwardnesse
               to
               assist
               them
               in
               this
               ungodly
               invasive
               warre
               against
               their
               Protestant
               Brethren
               in
               Covenant
               against
               many
               publique
               Ingag●ments
               ,
               and
               not
               giving
               publique
               thanks
               to
               God
               for
               their
               late
               overthrow
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               That
               the
               Scotti●h
               Puritans
               and
               Presbyterians
               advance
               with
               their
               Army
               into
               England
               ,
               in
               the
               year
               1640.
               of
               purpose
               to
               preserve
               the
               Religion
               ,
               and
               protect
               themselves
               and
               their
               English
               Brethren
               from
               slavery
               and
               ruine
               ;
               was
               the
               *
               pri●cicipall
               and
               only
               means
               under
               God
               ,
               of
               preventing
               their
               own
               and
               our
               thraldome
               to
               no
               p●ry
               and
               Tyranny
               ,
               of
               frustrating
               all
               the
               Jesuites
               ,
               Papists
               and
               Prela●es
               designs
               ,
               of
               securing
               Religion
               ,
               Laws
               ,
               Liberties
               ,
               and
               conve●ing
               the
               last
               Parliament
               ;
               
               which
               through
               Gods
               blessing
               on
               their
               indeavours
               ,
               through
               the
               assistance
               of
               the
               Scottish
               Commissioners
               ,
               and
               countenance
               of
               their
               Army
               ,
               over-powered
               the
               Popish
               and
               Prelaticall
               Faction
               ,
               brake
               all
               their
               former
               Projects
               in
               pieces
               ,
               suppressed
               all
               their
               Popish
               Innovations
               ,
               Doctrinall
               and
               Ceremoniall
               ,
               reconciled
               the
               differences
               between
               both
               Nations
               ,
               setled
               a
               firm
               unity
               and
               amity
               between
               them
               ,
               by
               an
               Act
               of
               Oblivion
               and
               Pacification
               ,
               abolished
               the
               High-Commission
               ,
               Star-Chamber
               ,
               Extravagances
               of
               the
               Councell-Table
               ,
               the
               Bishops
               Courts
               ,
               and
               Votes
               in
               Parliament
               ,
               Ship-money
               ,
               Impositions
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               illegall
               Taxes
               ;
               quickned
               the
               Laws
               against
               Jesuites
               ,
               Priests
               and
               Popish
               Recusants
               ;
               passed
               a
               Law
               for
               Triennuall
               Parliaments
               ,
               and
               another
               against
               the
               untimely
               adjourning
               ,
               proroguing
               and
               dissolving
               of
               themselves
               at
               the
               Kings
               own
               pleasure
               ,
               and
               thereby
               put
               our
               Religion
               ,
               Laws
               ,
               Liberties
               and
               Properti●s
               in
               a
               farre
               better
               condition
               of
               security
               ,
               and
               the
               Popish
               and
               Prelaticall
               party
               into
               a
               farre
               worse
               ,
               and
               more
               hopelesse
               and
               desperate
               condition
               then
               ever
               heretofore
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               That
               to
               prevent
               and
               frustrate
               these
               Laws
               and
               this
               security
               ,
               the
               †
               Jesuiticall
               and
               Prelaticall
               party
               whilest
               they
               were
               in
               agitation
               ,
               indeavoured
               all
               they
               could
               by
               subtill
               practices
               ,
               slanders
               ,
               and
               private
               solicitations
               ,
               to
               raise
               jealousies
               and
               divisions
               between
               the
               Scottish
               Commissioners
               and
               Army
               ,
               and
               the
               Parliament
               ,
               to
               ingage
               the
               Scottish
               and
               English
               Armies
               each
               against
               other
               ,
               or
               to
               make
               the
               Scots
               stand
               neutrall
               to
               the
               Parliament
               ,
               that
               so
               they
               might
               bring
               up
               the
               English
               Army
               from
               the
               North
               to
               London
               to
               over-awe
               and
               suppresse
               them
               ,
               and
               hinder
               the
               Union
               between
               both
               Kingdomes
               ;
               which
               through
               the
               fidelity
               of
               the
               Scots
               ,
               and
               of
               some
               Officers
               in
               the
               English
               Army
               ,
               was
               timely
               discovered
               ,
               prevented
               ,
               and
               a
               firme
               Union
               between
               both
               Kingdomes
               setled
               by
               Acts
               of
               Parliament
               ,
               passed
               in
               the
               Parliaments
               of
               both
               Nations
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               That
               these
               Acts
               of
               Pacification
               and
               Union
               between
               both
               Kingdomes
               ,
               and
               the
               Religious
               party
               of
               both
               Nations
               ,
               the
               extirpation
               of
               Prelacy
               and
               the
               Popish
               Hierarchy
               ,
               and
               
               the
               establishing
               of
               a
               Presbyterian
               Government
               and
               Uniformity
               in
               Doctrine
               ,
               Worship
               and
               Discipline
               in
               both
               Kingdoms
               were
               apprehended
               ,
               prosecuted
               and
               resolved
               upon
               by
               the
               most
               religious
               Protestant
               party
               and
               *
               Parliaments
               of
               both
               Nations
               ,
               as
               the
               readiest
               ,
               probablest
               ,
               and
               most
               effectuall
               means
               under
               God
               to
               preserve
               and
               secure
               their
               Religion
               ,
               Lawes
               ,
               Liberties
               ,
               against
               all
               future
               invasions
               ,
               and
               to
               frustrate
               all
               Popish
               and
               Prelaticall
               Design●s
               against
               them
               ,
               and
               were
               accordingly
               †
               esteemed
               and
               looked
               upon
               by
               the
               adve●se
               Popish
               and
               Prelaticall
               party
               ,
               who
               thereupon
               attempted
               with
               all
               their
               policy
               and
               power
               ,
               to
               uphold
               Prelacy
               ,
               and
               retard
               and
               prevent
               the
               establishment
               of
               ●resbytery
               ,
               as
               fatall
               to
               all
               their
               hopes
               and
               Designes
               ;
               and
               thereupon
               improved
               all
               their
               int●rest
               both
               at
               home
               ,
               and
               with
               forraigne
               ●rinces
               ,
               to
               raise
               what
               Forces
               they
               could
               ,
               to
               break
               this
               D●signe
               and
               the
               ●arliament
               too
               ,
               before
               they
               should
               accomplish
               it
               .
            
             
               9.
               
               That
               when
               the
               Jesuiticall
               ,
               Popish
               and
               Prelaticall
               party
               in
               England
               ,
               Ireland
               ,
               Scotland
               ,
               and
               forraigne
               parts
               ,
               had
               taken
               up
               Arms
               ,
               and
               raised
               great
               Forces
               to
               hinder
               the
               settlement
               of
               the
               Presbyterian
               Government●
               ,
               suppresse
               the
               late
               Parliament
               ,
               subvert
               the
               Protestant
               Religion
               ,
               introduce
               Popery
               and
               Tyranny
               ,
               ext●rpate
               the
               Puritan
               and
               Religious
               party
               in
               England
               and
               Ireland
               ,
               and
               were
               grown
               very
               strong
               and
               p●evalent
               in
               both
               ,
               the
               *
               Scottish
               Presbyterians
               (
               now
               invaded
               and
               defeated
               )
               out
               of
               their
               brotherly
               love
               ,
               and
               Christian
               aff●ction
               ,
               in
               this
               extremity
               of
               danger
               ,
               for
               the
               preservation
               of
               our
               Religion
               ,
               Liberties
               ,
               Lawes
               ,
               Parliament
               ,
               and
               the
               godly
               party
               in
               England
               &
               Ireland
               ,
               at
               both
               Hous●s
               earnest
               solicitatio●
               ,
               did
               readily
               and
               chearfully
               assist
               us
               with
               their
               Forces
               in
               both
               Kingdoms
               ,
               and
               thereby
               ,
               through
               Gods
               b●essing
               ,
               were
               a
               great
               means
               of
               weak●ning
               and
               subduing
               our
               Enemies
               ,
               and
               prese●ving
               our
               Religion
               ,
               Lawes
               ,
               Liberties
               ,
               Lives
               ,
               from
               utter
               destruction
               ;
               which
               brotherly
               assistance
               ,
               with
               so
               powerfull
               an
               A●my
               of
               above
               twenty
               thousand
               Ho●se
               and
               Foot
               in
               our
               greatest
               dangers
               ,
               was
               so
               welcome
               to
               us
               ,
               that
               the
               House
               of
               Commons
               on
               the
               second
               of
               February
               1643.
               
               †
               Ordered
               ,
               publike
               thanks
               should
               be
               given
               in
               all
               Churches
               for
               the
               aid
               and
               
               assi●tance
               come
               in
               by
               our
               Brethren
               of
               Scotland
               :
               And
               when
               the
               malignant
               party
               there
               ,
               in
               their
               absence
               for
               our
               preservation
               ,
               had
               p●ev●iled
               and
               routed
               only
               some
               few
               of
               their
               Force●
               (
               nothing
               considerable
               in
               comparison
               of
               those
               lately
               slain
               and
               defeated
               )
               left
               behind
               for
               their
               defence
               ,
               both
               Houses
               were
               so
               sensible
               thereof
               ,
               that
               they
               appointed
               a
               speciall
               D●y
               of
               Humiliation
               for
               the
               miseries
               of
               Scotland
               throughout
               all
               the
               Parliaments
               Q●arters
               by
               their
               *
               Order
               of
               2.
               
               September
               1645.
               which
               was
               accordingly
               observed
               ;
               so
               much
               did
               they
               and
               we
               then
               condole
               th●
               least
               overthrow
               and
               misery
               of
               our
               Scottish
               Brethren
               in
               Covenant
               ●being
               members
               of
               the
               self●same
               Body
               of
               Christ
               )
               as
               if
               it
               had
               been
               our
               own
               :
               Whereas
               now
               on
               the
               contrary
               ,
               we
               invade
               ,
               slay
               ,
               d●stroy
               and
               ruine
               these
               our
               brotherly
               Assistants
               ,
               rejoyce
               &
               triumph
               at
               their
               misery
               ,
               appoint
               publike
               Da●es
               of
               Thanksgiving
               throughout
               the
               whole
               Nation
               for
               their
               gr●at
               slaughter
               and
               overthrow
               ,
               and
               hang
               up
               the
               Ensignes
               taken
               from
               them
               in
               Westminster
               Hall
               ,
               as
               publike
               trophies
               and
               testimonies
               to
               succeeding
               ages
               of
               our
               gratitude
               and
               brotherly
               kindnesse
               towards
               them
               ,
               and
               of
               our
               religious
               observation
               of
               our
               solemne
               Nationall
               League
               and
               Covenant
               with
               them
               ,
               not
               long
               since
               made
               and
               entred
               into
               upon
               their
               coming
               in
               to
               our
               assistance
               .
            
             
               10.
               
               That
               in
               the
               extremity
               of
               our
               dangers
               ,
               by
               the
               prevailing
               Popish
               party
               ,
               the
               †
               Parliaments
               ,
               Ministers
               ,
               and
               religious
               people
               both
               of
               Scotland
               and
               England
               did
               resolve
               it
               most
               nec●ssary
               ,
               and
               essentiall
               for
               Gods
               glory
               and
               their
               s●fety
               ,
               to
               enter
               into
               a
               more
               sacred
               and
               stricter
               union
               then
               formerly
               ,
               for
               defence
               of
               their
               Religion
               ,
               King
               ,
               Parliament
               ,
               Lawes
               ,
               Liberties
               ,
               the
               extirpation
               of
               Popery
               ,
               of
               Prelacy
               ,
               and
               the
               bringing
               of
               all
               our
               Kingdoms
               to
               uniformity
               in
               Doctrine
               ,
               Worship
               and
               Discipline
               ,
               by
               a
               solemne
               Nationall
               League
               and
               Covenant
               ,
               as
               the
               onely
               means
               under
               God
               ,
               to
               prevent
               all
               future
               differences
               and
               breaches
               between
               all
               the
               godly
               people
               of
               both
               Nations
               ,
               to
               preserve
               and
               secure
               Religion
               ,
               Lawes
               ,
               Liberties
               ,
               and
               priviledges
               of
               Parliament
               ,
               against
               all
               present
               and
               future
               attempts
               whatsoever
               ,
               and
               dash
               in
               pieces
               all
               the
               designes
               ,
               practices
               ,
               hopes
               of
               the
               Jesuiticall
               
               and
               Prelaticall
               Faction
               in
               all
               our
               Kingdoms
               :
               which
               League
               and
               Covenant
               was
               accordingly
               agreed
               upon
               by
               the
               Parliament
               ,
               and
               Assemblies
               of
               Divines
               in
               both
               Kingdomes
               ,
               and
               after
               that
               most
               chearfully
               and
               solemnly
               taken
               and
               subscribed
               ,
               not
               only
               by
               the
               Scottish
               Parliament
               ,
               Army
               ,
               Clergy
               ,
               and
               Generality
               of
               that
               Nation
               ,
               but
               by
               all
               the
               Members
               of
               both
               Houses
               of
               our
               Parliament
               ,
               the
               genera●ity
               of
               all
               the
               godly
               Ministers
               and
               people
               in
               England
               and
               Ireland
               ;
               and
               by
               all
               ,
               or
               most
               Officers
               and
               Souldiers
               in
               the
               Parliaments
               Armies
               ;
               who
               many
               of
               them
               carried
               it
               in
               their
               hats
               ,
               hands
               ,
               and
               fixed
               to
               their
               pikes
               as
               they
               marched
               ,
               and
               amongst
               others
               it
               was
               taken
               and
               subscribed
               by
               *
               
                 Oliver
                 Cromwell
              
               himself
               and
               Ireton
               ;
               and
               every
               man
               by
               Ordinances
               of
               both
               Houses
               ,
               was
               disabled
               to
               injoy
               or
               exercise
               any
               Civill
               or
               Military
               Office
               ,
               or
               place
               of
               Trust
               whatsoever
               in
               the
               State
               or
               Army
               ,
               who
               did
               not
               solemnly
               take
               and
               subscribe
               it●
               whereupon
               it
               was
               almost
               universally●
               taken
               and
               subscribed
               in
               a
               most
               sacred
               and
               solemn
               manner
               throughout
               the
               Kingdome
               ,
               and
               followed
               with
               many
               glorious
               Victories
               and
               Successes
               ,
               till
               the
               Popish
               and
               Prelaticall
               Malignant
               party
               in
               England
               were
               totally
               subdued
               ;
               all
               Counties
               ,
               and
               Garrisons
               fully
               reduced
               to
               the
               Parliaments
               Command
               ;
               and
               a
               happy
               Peace
               and
               settlement
               of
               our
               Reliigion
               ,
               Laws
               ,
               Liberties
               upon
               most
               safe
               and
               honourable
               terms
               ,
               indeavoured
               ,
               expected●
               and
               almost
               accomplished
               by
               a
               personall
               Treaty●
               ,
               with
               the
               KING
               in
               the
               Isle
               of
               Wight
               .
            
             
               11.
               
               That
               to
               prevent
               this
               Peace
               and
               Settlement
               ;
               the
               †
               Officers
               of
               the
               Army
               (
               who
               love
               to
               make
               a
               Trade
               of
               War
               ,
               thereby
               to
               gain
               and
               keep
               all
               Civill
               and
               Ecclesiasticall
               power
               in
               their
               own
               hands
               ,
               and
               to
               inrich
               themselves
               with
               our
               three
               Kingdoms
               spoils
               and
               ruine
               )
               confederating
               with
               some
               few
               Members
               of
               the
               Commons
               House
               against
               their
               Trust
               ,
               duty
               ,
               Oaths
               ,
               Protestations
               ,
               the
               very
               Letter
               of
               this
               solemn
               League
               and
               Covenant
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               ends
               thereof
               ;
               forcibly
               seized
               ,
               condemned
               and
               beheaded
               the
               late
               King
               ,
               secured
               and
               secluded
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               the
               Commons
               House
               addicted
               to
               the
               Presbyterian
               Government
               ,
               suppressed
               the
               whole
               House
               of
               
               Lords
               ,
               disinherited
               the
               Kings
               Posterity
               of
               the
               Crown
               ,
               subverted
               the
               fundamentall
               Government
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               ;
               usurped
               all
               Regall
               and
               Parliamentall
               Authority
               to
               themselves
               ;
               and
               by
               colour
               thereof
               ,
               now
               trample
               all
               Laws
               ,
               Liberties
               ,
               and
               Priviledges
               of
               Parliament
               under
               feet
               ;
               remove
               all
               or
               most
               zealous
               Presbyterians
               (
               though
               never
               so
               eminent
               Actors
               and
               sufferers
               for
               Religion
               and
               the
               publique
               weal
               )
               out
               of
               all
               Offices
               and
               places
               of
               power
               and
               Trust
               throughout
               th●
               Nation
               ;
               discourage
               and
               discountenance
               all
               or
               most
               Pr●sbyterian
               Ministers
               ,
               especially
               the
               most
               pious
               ;
               banish
               some
               ,
               imprison
               others
               ,
               recall
               the
               Sequestrations
               ,
               and
               substract
               the
               A●gmentations
               ,
               and
               Tithes
               of
               all
               or
               most
               of
               them
               ,
               to
               starve
               and
               ruine
               them
               ;
               withdraw
               themselves
               from
               their
               Ministery
               ,
               suborn
               or
               tolerate
               their
               monethly
               Prognosticators
               ,
               and
               Diurnalists
               to
               revile
               and
               rail
               openly
               against
               them
               in
               print
               ,
               without
               the
               least
               controul
               ,
               and
               to
               prognosticate
               their
               and
               their
               Presbyterian
               Gouernments
               downfall
               ,
               to
               incense
               the
               people
               against
               them
               and
               it
               ;
               invent
               and
               prescribe
               new
               Oaths
               ,
               Ingagements
               ,
               Publications
               ,
               Observations
               of
               Thanksgivings
               ,
               and
               Humiliations
               ,
               and
               other
               snares
               and
               engines
               ,
               thereby
               to
               insnare
               either
               their
               Consciences
               ,
               or
               indanger
               their
               Estat●s
               ,
               Liberties
               ,
               Ministery
               ,
               Persons
               in
               their
               plundring
               Committees
               ,
               and
               new
               Arbitary
               Judicatories
               ;
               declare
               against
               the
               solemn
               League
               and
               Covenant
               as
               expired
               ,
               abolished
               ,
               yea
               ,
               and
               dangerous
               and
               unlawfull
               to
               be
               kept
               ,
               set
               up
               and
               inforce
               an
               Anti-Covenant
               Engagement
               to
               frustrate
               ,
               null
               ,
               and
               abjure
               it
               ,
               debar
               all
               from
               all
               publike
               Offices
               ,
               Pref●rments
               ,
               Augmentations
               ,
               degrees
               of
               Learning
               ,
               the
               practise
               of
               the
               Law
               ,
               and
               the
               very
               benefit
               of
               the
               Laws
               of
               England
               ,
               (
               for
               which
               we
               have
               so
               long
               contested
               with
               the
               Kings
               Party
               )
               who
               will
               not
               out
               of
               conscience
               or
               Loyalty
               subscribe
               it
               ;
               oppose
               and
               traduce
               the
               Presbyterian
               Government
               ,
               as
               Papall
               ,
               Antichristian
               and
               Tyrannicall
               ;
               exempt
               all
               S●ctaries
               whatsoever
               from
               all
               Penall
               Laws
               ,
               in
               not
               repairing
               to
               any
               publike
               Ordinances
               or
               Churches
               ;
               Authorize
               them
               freely
               to
               meet
               when
               and
               where
               they
               please
               in
               private
               Conventicles
               ,
               (
               where
               running
               Priests
               and
               Jesuites
               may
               and
               wil
               easily
               seduce
               
               them
               )
               without
               the
               least
               danger
               or
               disturbance
               :
               and
               because
               their
               brethren
               of
               Scotland
               stick
               close
               to
               their
               Presbyterian
               Government
               and
               Covenant
               ,
               and
               have
               closed
               with
               their
               King
               at
               last
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               Covenant
               and
               Allegiance
               ,
               and
               will
               not
               disinherit
               him
               as
               they
               have
               done
               ;
               they
               thereupon
               have
               recalled
               Cromwell
               out
               of
               Ireland
               from
               prosecuting
               the
               Irish
               Papists
               and
               Royalists
               ,
               made
               him
               their
               Generall
               instead
               of
               the
               Lord
               F●irfax
               ,
               and
               sent
               him
               in
               to
               Scotland
               ,
               without
               any
               real
               provocation
               on
               their
               part
               ,
               to
               invade
               them
               with
               an
               Army
               ,
               where
               he
               entred
               without
               the
               least
               resistance
               ,
               seized
               some
               of
               their
               Towns
               and
               Garrisons
               ,
               provoked
               them
               oft
               times
               to
               fight
               ,
               when
               they
               declined
               fighting
               ,
               and
               at
               last
               gave
               them
               battle
               in
               their
               own
               Countrey
               ,
               routed
               their
               whole
               Army
               ,
               and
               though
               he
               lost
               not
               forty
               men
               in
               the
               fight●
               yet
               he
               and
               his
               Forces
               ,
               out
               of
               their
               Christian
               charity
               cut
               down
               near
               4000.
               of
               them
               in
               the
               pursuit
               ,
               maimed
               and
               wounded
               above
               5000.
               more
               ,
               whereof
               many
               are
               since
               dead
               ,
               and
               more
               like
               to
               die
               ;
               took
               10000.
               of
               them
               prisoners
               ,
               5000.
               whereof
               are
               sent
               Captives
               into
               England
               ;
               since
               which
               he
               hath
               taken
               Edenborough
               and
               Leith
               ,
               prosecutes
               his
               Victory
               with
               all
               vigour
               ,
               sends
               up
               all
               the
               Scots
               Colours
               to
               Westminster
               ,
               where
               they
               are
               publiquely
               hung
               up
               in
               the
               Hall
               for
               triumph
               .
               And
               for
               this
               great
               slaughter
               and
               overthrow
               of
               our
               Presbyterian
               Brethren
               ,
               a
               solemn
               publike
               day
               of
               Thanksgiving
               hath
               been
               prescribed
               to
               be
               strictly
               observed
               throughout
               the
               Nation
               ,
               and
               celebrated
               in
               many
               places
               accordingly
               ,
               to
               involve
               the
               whole
               Nation
               in
               a
               double
               guilt
               of
               their
               bloud
               :
               First
               by
               their
               Contributions
               to
               pay
               the
               Army
               sent
               against
               them
               ,
               next
               by
               publike
               Thanksgiving
               to
               God
               for
               their
               destruction
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               those
               very
               Churches
               and
               places
               ,
               where
               we
               not
               long
               since
               lifted
               up
               our
               hands
               and
               subscribed
               our
               Names
               ,
               when
               we
               took
               the
               forementioned
               
                 Leaga●
                 and
                 Covenant
              
               in
               the
               presence
               of
               God
               himself
               ,
               Angells
               and
               men
               ,
               †
               sincerely
               ,
               really
               .
               and
               constantly
               to
               preserve
               their
               Religion
               in
               Doctrine
               ,
               Worship
               ,
               Discipline
               ,
               Government
               ,
               and
               with
               our
               Estates
               and
               lives
               mutually
               to
               preserve
               the
               Right
               and
               Priviledges
               of
               their
               Kingdome
               and
               Parliam●nt
               ,
               and
               to
               bring
               all
               to
               condigne
               punishment
               ,
               as
               
               Malignants
               ,
               Incendiaries
               ,
               and
               evill
               Instruments
               ,
               who
               should
               indeavour
               the
               dividing
               of
               one
               of
               the
               Kingdomes
               from
               another
               ,
               and
               each
               one
               of
               us
               ,
               according
               to
               our
               place
               and
               Interest
               ,
               to
               indeavour
               that
               both
               Kingdomes
               may
               remain
               conjoyned
               in
               a
               firm
               peace
               and
               Union
               to
               all
               posterity
               ;
               and
               that
               we
               shall
               not
               suffer
               our selves
               directly
               or
               indirectly
               by
               whatsoever
               combination
               ,
               perswasion
               ,
               or
               terrour
               ,
               to
               be
               divided
               or
               withdrawn
               from
               this
               blessed
               Union
               ,
               which
               so
               much
               concerns
               the
               glory
               of
               God
               ,
               and
               good
               of
               the
               Kingdomes
               ,
               but
               shall
               all
               the
               daies
               of
               our
               lives
               zealously
               and
               constantly
               continue
               therein
               against
               all
               opposition
               ,
               and
               promote
               the
               same
               according
               to
               our
               power
               against
               all
               lets
               and
               impediments
               whatsoever
               ,
               &c.
               which
               how
               well
               and
               really
               we
               have
               performed
               ,
               let
               that
               Almighty
               God
               ,
               the
               searcher
               of
               all
               hearts●
               in
               whose
               presence
               and
               Name
               we
               made
               and
               subscribed
               this
               Covenant
               ,
               judge
               ,
               and
               our
               own
               consciences
               ,
               as
               we
               shall
               answer
               the
               contrary
               at
               that
               great
               day
               ,
               if
               we
               seriously
               repent
               not
               of
               it
               now
               ,
               whilest
               we
               have
               time
               ,
               and
               space
               of
               repentance
               given
               us
               .
            
             
               13.
               
               That
               upon
               the
               due
               consideration
               of
               all
               these
               Premises
               ,
               we
               shall
               not
               conclude
               as
               some
               rigid
               Presbyterians
               do
               ,
               perchance
               not
               without
               good
               grounds
               ;
               That
               this
               invasive
               Warre
               with
               our
               Brethren
               of
               Scotland
               is
               an
               apparent
               violation
               of
               every
               clause
               and
               branch
               of
               the
               solemn
               Brotherly
               League
               and
               Covenant
               ,
               and
               a
               very
               strange
               Act
               of
               Ingratitude
               and
               Injustice
               in
               invading
               their
               Kingdom
               ,
               because
               they
               will
               have
               a
               King
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               Ancient
               Constitution
               ,
               Government
               ,
               Laws
               ,
               Covenant
               ;
               and
               in
               indeavouring
               to
               deprive
               their
               King
               of
               the
               Kingdome
               of
               Scotland
               ,
               because
               they
               have
               injuriously
               and
               per●idiously
               dispossessed
               him
               of
               his
               two
               Kingdoms
               of
               Engl●nd
               and
               Ireland
               ,
               against
               their
               National
               League
               and
               Covenant
               ,
               and
               other
               oaths
               ,
               for
               fear
               his
               possession
               of
               that
               his
               Hereditary
               Kingdom
               should
               be
               a
               means
               to
               regain
               the
               other
               two
               ,
               (
               which
               is
               as
               unconscionable
               and
               unreasonable
               ,
               as
               if
               a
               great
               Statesman
               or
               Commander
               should
               wrongfully
               deprive
               his
               Neighbour
               of
               all
               his
               Lands
               and
               goods
               in
               a
               third
               Parish
               or
               County
               ,
               because
               he
               hath
               forcibly
               dispossessed
               
               him
               of
               all
               his
               Lands
               and
               Goods
               in
               two
               other
               Parishes
               or
               Counties
               ,
               that
               so
               he
               might
               never
               be
               able
               to
               recover
               them
               by
               suit
               of
               Law
               ,
               having
               no
               means
               left
               to
               maintain
               his
               suit
               against
               him
               )
               but
               rather
               infer
               from
               thence
               ,
            
             
               First
               ,
               that
               this
               War
               with
               Scotland
               is
               not
               only
               exe●eding
               scandalous
               ,
               dishonourable
               ,
               and
               disadvantagious
               to
               all
               the
               Professors
               of
               the
               reformed
               Protestant
               Religion
               in
               both
               Kingdoms
               ,
               and
               throughout
               the
               Christian
               world
               ,
               to
               behold
               Protestant
               Brethren
               in
               Covenant
               thus
               invading
               ,
               slaughtering
               and
               destroying
               each
               other
               upon
               such
               slender
               unchristian
               carnall
               grounds
               ,
               but
               †
               ungodly
               too
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               That
               this
               invasive
               war
               ,
               and
               great
               slaughter
               of
               the
               most
               zealous
               Scottish
               Presbyters
               ,
               is
               a
               matter
               of
               greatest
               joy
               ,
               triumph
               and
               advantage
               to
               the
               Jesuiticall
               ,
               Popish
               and
               Prelaticall
               party
               ,
               and
               tending
               much
               to
               the
               present
               promotion
               and
               future
               accomplishment
               of
               all
               their
               former
               frustrated
               ,
               successelesse
               ,
               and
               almost
               hopelesse
               malicious
               designs
               against
               the
               Puritanicall
               and
               Religious
               party
               in
               both
               Kingdoms
               ,
               and
               the
               intended
               accomplishment
               of
               the
               Presbyterian
               Government
               ,
               and
               R●formation
               of
               Religion
               in
               them
               ,
               which
               they
               so
               much
               feared
               ,
               and
               opposed
               by
               open
               force
               of
               Arms
               and
               secret
               policies
               ,
               who
               will
               now
               indeavour
               to
               continue
               and
               heighten
               our
               open
               divisions
               (
               first
               plotted
               by
               them
               )
               till
               we
               have
               weakned
               and
               destroyed
               each
               other
               by
               our
               civill
               wars
               ,
               and
               made
               our selves
               fit
               to
               be
               suddainly
               surprised
               and
               destroyed
               by
               their
               party
               ,
               when
               we
               have
               consumed
               and
               undone
               each
               other
               .
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               That
               in
               these
               respects
               ,
               the
               Successes
               ,
               great
               Victories
               ,
               and
               slaughters
               in
               this
               unnaturall
               and
               unchristian
               Warre
               against
               our
               Protestant
               Brethren
               in
               Covenant
               ,
               are
               no
               matter
               of
               publike
               joy
               ,
               thanksgiving
               and
               triumph
               to
               the
               Conquerours
               ,
               as
               some
               vainly
               conceive
               ,
               but
               of
               greatest
               publike
               lamentation
               ,
               Humiliation
               and
               mourning
               ,
               (
               it
               being
               both
               unnaturall
               ,
               uncharitable
               ,
               and
               unchristian
               for
               Members
               of
               the
               same
               body
               of
               Christ
               ,
               and
               sworn
               Christian
               Brethren
               ,
               ingaged
               by
               Covenant
               ,
               and
               God
               himself
               ,
               to
               protect
               and
               *
               love
               each
               other
               with
               a
               pure
               heart
               fervently
               ,
               to
               murther
               and
               destroy
               
               each
               other
               )
               an
               argument
               of
               Gods
               heavy
               wrath
               against
               us●
               tending
               to
               our
               desolations
               ,
               as
               the
               sacred
               Tex●s
               and
               Presidents
               compared
               together
               ,
               will
               fully
               resolve
               the
               conscientious
               perusers
               of
               them
               .
               Iudg.
               21.1
               .
               to
               18.
               2
               
               Sam.
               1.12.17
               ,
               18
               ,
               &c.
               2
               Sam.
               2.12
               .
               to
               29.
               to
               3.30
               .
               c.
               39.
               c.
               4.8
               ,
               9
               ,
               10
               ,
               11
               ,
               12.
               c.
               19.1
               ,
               2
               ,
               3
               ,
               4.
               2
               
               Chron.
               28.5
               .
               to
               16.
               
               Ezek.
               19.12.2.33.14
               .
               Ezek.
               35.1
               .
               to
               the
               end
               .
               Obad.
               1.
               to
               the
               end
               .
               Amos
               1.9
               ,
               10
               ,
               11
               ,
               12.
               
               Gen.
               37.26
               ,
               27.
               1
               
               Sam.
               14.7.7
               .
               1
               Kings
               13.30
               .
               Psal.
               35.14
               .
               Isay
               9.19
               ,
               20
               ,
               11.
               c.
               19.2.3
               .
               2
               Chron.
               15.5
               ,
               6.
               
               Ier.
               22.17
               ,
               18.
               
               Ezek.
               38.
               21
               ,
               22.
               
               Mich.
               1.2
               .
               
                 &c.
                 Zech.
              
               7.9
               .
               to
               the
               end
               .
               Mal.
               2.10
               .
               Mat.
               10.21
               .
               &c.
               1
               Iohn
               3.10
               ,
               21
               ,
               12.
               
               Exod.
               2.11
               ,
               12.
               
               Iudg.
               9.5
               .
               to
               the
               end
               ,
               a
               sad
               story
               ,
               1
               Kings
               12
               ,
               14.15
               .
               2
               Chron.
               11.4
               .
               c.
               21.4.12
               ,
               13
               ,
               14.
               
                 &c.
                 Neh.
              
               5.1
               .
               to
               10.
               
               Iob
               6.14
               ,
               15.
               
               Prov.
               6.16.19
               .
               Isay
               66.5
               .
               Acts
               7.26
               .
               Mat
               12.25
               .
               Mar.
               3.24
               ,
               25
               ,
               26.
               
               Gal.
               5.14
               ,
               15.
               
               Iam.
               3.14
               ,
               15
               ,
               16
               ,
               18
               ,
               18.
               c.
               4.1
               .
               9
               ,
               10
               ,
               11.
               
            
             
               Fourthly
               ,
               that
               the
               continuance
               of
               this
               unbrotherly
               Warre
               with
               Scotland
               ,
               will
               be
               the
               utter
               ruine
               of
               all
               the
               Presbyterian
               godly
               Party
               in
               that
               Nation●
               if
               God
               shall
               frown
               upon
               them
               ;
               and
               the
               utter
               subvertion
               of
               the
               Presbyterian
               Government
               there
               ,
               where
               the
               Prelaticall
               and
               Malignant
               party
               will
               soon
               get
               head
               and
               sway
               all
               ,
               to
               the
               strengthning
               and
               reviving
               of
               their
               numerous
               party
               in
               England
               :
               or
               in
               case
               God
               give
               them
               after
               some
               overthrows
               ,
               a
               glorious
               Victory
               over
               the
               English
               Independent
               Forces
               (
               as
               he
               did
               to
               the
               defeated
               Israelites
               over
               the
               
                 Benj●mites
                 ,
                 Iudg.
              
               20.
               )
               it
               will
               certainly
               ruine
               all
               the
               Independent
               party
               in
               England
               ,
               who
               have
               so
               cheated
               and
               tyrannized
               over
               all
               sorts
               of
               men
               ,
               that
               they
               will
               never
               be
               able
               to
               make
               head
               again
               ,
               if
               once
               defeated
               ,
               and
               find
               all
               mens
               hearts
               and
               hands
               against
               them
               ,
               for
               their
               manifold
               extravagances
               and
               tyrannicall
               proceedings
               against
               all
               ranks
               and
               degrees
               of
               men
               ,
               &
               subverting
               the
               whole
               frame
               of
               our
               civill
               and
               Ecclesiasticall
               Government
               .
               And
               if
               the
               Presbyterian
               party
               in
               Scotland
               be
               much
               weakned
               and
               impoverished
               by
               the
               Victory
               ,
               and
               the
               Presbyteriall
               Ministers
               and
               Gentry
               of
               England
               discountenanced
               ,
               and
               thrust
               out
               of
               all
               power
               and
               reputation
               in
               the
               interim
               ,
               as
               they
               are
               through
               their
               cowardize
               and
               folly
               ;
               how
               far
               this
               may
               indanger
               and
               expose
               them
               
               to
               the
               Popish
               and
               Prelaticall
               parties
               power
               and
               malice
               hereafter
               ,
               is
               very
               considerable
               ;
               and
               how
               far
               their
               present
               Contributions
               (
               though
               not
               voluntary
               )
               without
               distresse
               or
               forcible
               coaction
               against
               their
               King
               and
               Brethren
               of
               Scotland
               ,
               and
               sitting
               still
               like
               idle
               neutrall
               Spectators
               ,
               without
               contributing
               the
               least
               visible
               assistance
               to
               either
               of
               them
               ,
               may
               be
               interpreted
               by
               their
               King
               and
               them
               ,
               to
               be
               a
               b●each
               of
               ●heir
               Nationall
               League
               and
               Covenant
               ,
               and
               of
               their
               Allegiance
               to
               their
               Soveraign
               ,
               in
               case
               they
               should
               prevail
               ,
               and
               restore
               the
               King
               to
               the
               Crown
               of
               England
               by
               their
               own
               Forces
               only
               ,
               without
               the
               English
               Presbyterians
               assistance
               ,
               to
               the
               indangering
               of
               their
               persons
               and
               Estates
               ,
               and
               the
               losse
               of
               all
               that
               favour
               and
               respect
               from
               either
               (
               which
               their
               actuall
               conjunction
               with
               them
               might
               procure
               )
               to
               the
               ruine
               of
               the
               Presbyterian
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               Independent
               party
               in
               England
               ,
               and
               setting
               up
               of
               the
               Popish
               and
               Prelaticall
               Malignant
               party
               in
               Supreme
               power
               and
               favour
               in
               this
               Realme
               ,
               is
               very
               considerable
               .
            
             
               Fifthly
               ,
               that
               if
               the
               Scottish
               Presbyters
               ,
               and
               the
               Kings
               party
               in
               Scotland
               shall
               be
               both
               conquered
               by
               the
               English
               Independent
               Forces
               ,
               and
               unable
               to
               defend
               themselves
               ,
               or
               their
               King
               ,
               and
               to
               settle
               him
               in
               his
               Kingdoms
               ,
               then
               greater
               dangers
               are
               like
               to
               insue
               to
               our
               Religion
               and
               Kingdoms
               ,
               then
               otherwise
               in
               some
               wise
               mens
               judgments
               ;
               because
               the
               Independents
               (
               as
               their
               present
               violent
               proceedings
               manifest
               )
               wil
               probably
               use
               their
               Presbyterian
               Brethren
               in
               England
               ,
               no
               better
               then
               those
               in
               Scotland
               ,
               and
               extirpate
               them
               if
               they
               can
               ;
               and
               the
               King
               then
               will
               be
               necessitated
               to
               cast
               himself
               wholly
               upon
               the
               assistance
               of
               forraign
               States
               ,
               and
               Kings
               ,
               and
               their
               Forces
               ,
               as
               his
               last
               refuge
               ;
               which
               he
               hath
               hitherto
               declined
               as
               dangerous
               both
               to
               himself
               and
               his
               people
               .
               If
               he
               in
               this
               extremity
               throw
               himself
               upon
               any
               Forraigners
               ,
               they
               must
               be
               either
               Papis●s
               only
               ,
               or
               Protestants
               alone
               ,
               or
               both
               of
               them
               joyntly
               .
            
             
               If
               on
               Papists
               only
               ,
               which
               some
               think
               most
               probable
               ;
               First
               ,
               in
               regard
               of
               his
               
                 Queen
                 Mothers
              
               great
               interest
               in
               that
               party
               ,
               both
               in
               France
               and
               Italy
               ,
               being
               of
               that
               Religion
               :
               Secondly
               ,
               
               in
               respect
               of
               the
               open
               differences
               and
               Wars
               already
               between
               us
               ,
               and
               France
               ,
               and
               Portugall
               ,
               two
               Popish
               Kingdoms
               ,
               which
               are
               like
               ,
               to
               continue
               and
               grow
               greater
               every
               d●y
               :
               Thirdly
               ,
               in
               respect
               of
               that
               parties
               constancy
               and
               fidelity
               to
               the
               King
               and
               his
               Father
               :
               Fourthly
               ,
               because
               that
               party
               is
               most
               powerfull
               ,
               and
               most
               likely
               to
               close
               with
               the
               King
               for
               the
               advantage
               of
               the
               Catholike
               cause
               ,
               and
               reducing
               of
               England
               to
               it's
               former
               obedience
               to
               the
               See
               of
               Rome
               ;
               so
               that
               without
               Gods
               infinite
               mercy
               ,
               it
               will
               necessi●ate
               him
               for
               a
               full
               compliance
               with
               them
               :
               First
               ,
               to
               match
               into
               some
               great
               Popish
               Family
               ,
               upon
               the
               same
               and
               harder
               A●ticles
               ,
               then
               were
               inforced
               on
               his
               Fathes
               by
               Spain
               or
               France
               :
               Secondly
               ,
               to
               alter
               his
               Religion
               ,
               and
               professe
               himself
               a
               
                 Roman
                 Catholike
              
               ,
               and
               obedient
               son
               to
               the
               
                 Roman
                 Pontife
              
               ,
               as
               King
               Henry
               the
               fourth
               of
               France
               did
               :
               Thirdly
               ,
               to
               Covenant
               and
               ingage
               with
               them
               for
               an
               utter
               extirpation
               of
               the
               
                 Protestant
                 Religion
              
               ;
               and
               of
               all
               Independents
               and
               Presbyterians
               ,
               as
               not
               only
               Heretikes
               in
               Religion
               ,
               but
               
                 Regicides
                 ,
                 Traytors
                 ,
                 Rebells
                 ,
                 Covenant
                 breakers
                 ,
                 p●rjured
                 persons
                 ,
              
               who
               make
               no
               conscience
               of
               
                 Oaths
                 ,
                 Vows
                 ,
                 Protestations
                 ,
                 Declarations
                 ,
              
               and
               professed
               enemies
               to
               Monarchy
               ,
               who
               have
               murthered
               his
               Father
               ,
               banished
               his
               Mother
               ,
               disinherited
               him
               of
               three
               Crowns
               ;
               and
               indeavour
               to
               imbroil
               and
               subvert
               all
               Monarchies
               and
               Kingdoms
               in
               Christendome
               :
               Fourthly
               ,
               to
               swear
               and
               ingage
               to
               set
               up
               and
               tolerate
               none
               but
               the
               
                 Roman
                 Religion
              
               in
               his
               Kingdoms
               ,
               when
               he
               shall
               be
               restored
               to
               them
               by
               their
               assistance
               and
               Forces
               :
               Fifthly
               ,
               to
               promise
               satisfaction
               of
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               their
               expences
               in
               this
               war
               ,
               out
               of
               the
               Puritans
               and
               Protestants
               estates
               ,
               who
               have
               been
               in
               Arms
               ,
               or
               any
               ways
               acted
               ,
               or
               contributed
               assistance
               of
               moneys
               against
               his
               Father
               or
               him
               ,
               and
               to
               make
               full
               reparations
               of
               all
               damages
               to
               such
               Papists
               ,
               who
               have
               left
               their
               estates
               and
               fortunes
               to
               assist
               his
               Father
               or
               him
               .
               Upon
               these
               terms
               he
               may
               easily
               gain
               the
               joynt
               assistance
               of
               all
               Popish
               Kings
               ,
               Kingdoms
               ,
               and
               States
               in
               Europe
               ,
               through
               the
               Popes
               powerfull
               mediation
               .
               And
               if
               hereupon
               ,
               through
               their
               aid
               ,
               he
               should
               so
               far
               prevail
               as
               to
               get
               into
               actuall
               possession
               of
               his
               Thrones
               and
               Kingdoms
               by
               the
               meer
               power
               of
               the
               
               sword
               ,
               without
               any
               terms
               or
               conditions
               by
               way
               of
               Treaty
               ,
               of
               which
               there
               will
               be
               little
               probability
               ;
               we
               can
               then
               expect
               nought
               else
               but
               these
               dismall
               consequences
               .
               First
               a
               totall
               ●radication
               of
               our
               reformed
               Religion
               ,
               and
               of
               all
               zealous
               professors
               thereof
               ,
               especially
               such
               who
               have
               acted
               any
               waies
               against
               the
               King
               or
               his
               Father
               ,
               a
               full
               repeal
               of
               all
               penal
               Laws
               ,
               against
               Jesuites
               ,
               Priests
               ,
               Papists
               ,
               and
               a
               publike
               profession
               and
               practise
               of
               the
               
                 Romish
                 Religion
              
               ,
               and
               of
               that
               only
               throughout
               our
               Kingdoms
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               a
               totall
               subversion
               of
               all
               our
               former
               Laws
               and
               Liberties
               ,
               and
               a
               full
               exercise
               of
               all
               arbitrary
               and
               tyrannicall
               power
               over
               our
               lives
               and
               estates
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               an
               absolute
               confiscation
               of
               all
               our
               Lands
               and
               Estates
               ,
               together
               with
               our
               lives
               ,
               to
               satisfie
               the
               Kings
               debts
               ,
               gratifie
               his
               Assistants
               ,
               and
               repair
               the
               losses
               of
               his
               faithfull
               Catholikes
               ,
               whom
               we
               have
               undone
               by
               adhering
               to
               his
               party
               .
               Fourthly
               ,
               an
               absolute
               inslaving
               of
               our
               whole
               Nation
               to
               these
               forraign
               Conquerours
               ;
               if
               not
               a
               totall
               banishment
               ,
               and
               extirpation
               of
               them
               out
               of
               their
               native
               soil
               ;
               the
               case
               of
               the
               Ancient
               †
               Britains
               ,
               when
               conquered
               and
               driven
               out
               of
               this
               their
               Countrey
               by
               Saxons
               ,
               and
               the
               extraordinary
               
                 Pestilence
                 and
                 Famine
              
               sent
               amongst
               them
               for
               their
               sins
               ,
               and
               then
               a
               dieu
               both
               to
               our
               
                 Religion
                 and
                 Nation
              
               .
               But
               in
               case
               the
               King
               should
               not
               prevail
               to
               conquer
               us
               by
               their
               power
               ,
               the
               least
               we
               can
               expect
               is
               ,
               First
               ,
               a
               continuall
               
                 long
                 lasting
                 Warre
              
               ,
               and
               open
               hostility
               by
               Land
               and
               Sea
               with
               all
               Romish
               Kings
               and
               States
               ,
               the
               very
               charge
               whereof
               ,
               now
               we
               are
               almost
               quite
               undone
               and
               beggered
               already
               ,
               which
               will
               utterly
               ruine
               and
               undo
               us
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               losse
               of
               Trade
               and
               Commerce
               with
               all
               those
               Kingdoms
               and
               States
               ,
               with
               whom
               we
               are
               in
               hostility
               ;
               which
               will
               utterly
               break
               us
               in
               one
               year
               or
               two
               for
               want
               of
               venting
               our
               Native
               commodities
               ,
               our
               chiefest
               inablement
               to
               maintain
               the
               Wars
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               intolerable
               uncessant
               Taxes
               of
               all
               sorts
               ,
               which
               will
               every
               moneth
               grow
               heavier
               and
               greater
               then
               other
               ,
               which
               accompanied
               with
               want
               of
               Trade
               ,
               will
               cause
               a
               generall
               Insurrection
               at
               last
               both
               of
               poor
               and
               rich
               against
               those
               in
               power
               ,
               and
               put
               all
               into
               confusion
               ,
               to
               the
               enemies
               great
               advantage
               .
               Fourthly
               ,
               a
               necessity
               of
               seizing
               and
               selling
               all
               Colledges
               ,
               
               Corporations
               ,
               Companies
               ,
               Hospitalls
               and
               Gleab-Lands
               throughout
               the
               Realm
               ;
               and
               of
               new
               Projects
               to
               make
               new
               Delinquents
               ,
               of
               purpose
               to
               raise
               moneys
               to
               defray
               the
               extraordinary
               expences
               of
               the
               Armies
               and
               Navies
               :
               And
               what
               garboils
               this
               will
               produce
               ,
               all
               prudent
               persons
               may
               easily
               conjecture
               .
               Fiftly
               ,
               a
               generall
               decay
               of
               Religion
               ,
               Piety
               ,
               Learning
               ,
               Law
               ,
               and
               all
               Arts
               ,
               Sciences
               ,
               Trades
               .
               Sixthly
               ,
               an
               extraordinary
               new
               effusion
               of
               Christian
               bloud
               .
               Seventhly
               ,
               an
               inundation
               of
               all
               kind
               of
               sin
               ,
               wickednesse
               ,
               Atheism
               ,
               Heresie
               ,
               Blasphemy
               ,
               Murders
               ,
               Rapes
               ,
               Robberies
               ,
               Oppressions
               ,
               Whoredome
               ,
               Drunkennesse
               ,
               Dissolutenesse
               ,
               Barbarousnesse
               ,
               and
               disobedience
               to
               Laws
               ,
               Magistrates
               ,
               Ministers
               ,
               Parents
               ,
               and
               other
               disorders
               .
               Eighthly
               ,
               Free-quarter
               ,
               insolences
               of
               Souldiers
               ,
               spoiling
               ,
               plundring
               ,
               if
               not
               pestilence
               and
               famine
               ,
               the
               usuall
               Concomitants
               of
               Warre
               ,
               which
               will
               reduce
               us
               to
               a
               condition
               worse
               then
               nothing
               in
               conclusion
               .
            
             
               If
               he
               cast
               himself
               upon
               Forraign
               Protestant
               Kings
               ,
               Princes
               and
               States
               alone
               ,
               the
               far
               better
               ,
               though
               unlikelier
               of
               the
               two
               ;
               yet
               this
               will
               certainly
               prove
               ,
               1.
               
               A
               great
               dishonour
               to
               God
               ,
               and
               scandall
               to
               reformed
               Religion
               ,
               to
               see
               them
               so
               unnaturall
               and
               unchristian
               as
               to
               imbrue
               their
               hands
               in
               one
               anothers
               bloud
               .
               2.
               
               An
               extraordinary
               ground
               of
               joy
               and
               triumph
               to
               the
               Pope
               and
               his
               Confederates
               ,
               to
               behold
               their
               enemies
               thus
               murthering
               ,
               invading
               ,
               and
               destroying
               each
               other
               by
               their
               mutuall
               dissentions
               ;
               when
               they
               by
               all
               their
               power
               and
               policy
               were
               unable
               to
               accomplish
               their
               ruine
               ,
               and
               do
               them
               so
               great
               mischief
               .
               3.
               
               A
               great
               indangering
               of
               all
               the
               Protestant
               Churches
               and
               States
               in
               Europe
               ,
               by
               incouraging
               their
               Popish
               Adversaries
               to
               invade
               and
               ruine
               them
               ,
               whilest
               thus
               ingaged
               in
               an
               unbrotherly
               and
               unchristian
               Warre
               between
               themselves
               ,
               and
               
                 weakening
                 ,
                 impoverishing
              
               and
               destroying
               each
               other
               .
               5.
               
               An
               effusion
               of
               much
               precious
               Protestant
               bloud
               ,
               which
               will
               †
               cry
               for
               vengeance
               to
               heaven
               against
               the
               originall
               Authors
               and
               Occasioners
               of
               such
               a
               Warre
               .
               6.
               
               If
               the
               King
               shall
               inthrone
               himself
               ,
               and
               regain
               his
               Kingdomes
               by
               their
               assistance
               ;
               though
               the
               profession
               of
               the
               Protestant
               Religion
               may
               still
               be
               continued
               ,
               yet
               we
               may
               justly
               fear
               ,
               1.
               
               That
               
               the
               purity
               and
               power
               of
               Religion
               will
               be
               much
               abated
               .
               2.
               
               That
               our
               Lawes
               and
               Liberties
               will
               be
               much
               indangered
               and
               Eclipsed
               .
               3.
               
               Our
               estates
               confiscated
               to
               make
               them
               reparations
               ,
               and
               satisfie
               the
               Kings
               Ingagements
               .
               4.
               
               Their
               removall
               hence
               will
               be
               disputable
               ,
               when
               once
               possessed
               of
               our
               Country
               ;
               as
               the
               history
               of
               the
               Danes
               invasions
               of
               this
               Island
               heretofore
               ,
               and
               the
               Saxons
               full
               possession
               thereof
               ,
               with
               the
               Britains
               expulsion
               ,
               will
               manifest
               .
               5.
               
               If
               the
               King
               and
               they
               be
               repulsed
               by
               us
               ,
               yet
               this
               will
               prove
               a
               seminary
               of
               lasting
               wars
               and
               breaches
               between
               us
               and
               most
               Protestant
               Kingdoms
               and
               States
               ;
               It
               will
               hinder
               all
               commerce
               between
               them
               and
               us
               ,
               to
               the
               destruction
               of
               Merchandize
               and
               Trade
               ;
               destroy
               the
               Protestants
               strength
               and
               interest
               ;
               impoverish
               us
               through
               Taxes
               ,
               fill
               us
               with
               d●scontents
               ,
               augment
               our
               divisions
               ,
               if
               not
               conclude
               in
               our
               beggery
               and
               ruine
               .
            
             
               If
               he
               throw
               himself
               upon
               forraign
               Papists
               and
               Protestants
               joyntly
               ,
               then
               ,
               First
               ,
               the
               Wars
               are
               like
               to
               be
               more
               generall
               ,
               dangerous
               and
               costly
               to
               us
               ,
               and
               of
               longer
               continuance
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               The
               divisions
               and
               dangers
               from
               at
               home
               are
               like
               to
               prove
               the
               greater
               ,
               since
               all
               discontented
               and
               oppressed
               Protestants
               and
               Papists
               will
               then
               be
               apt
               upon
               all
               occasions
               and
               advantages
               to
               joyn
               with
               that
               forraign
               party
               they
               best
               affect
               ,
               and
               from
               whom
               they
               may
               expect
               the
               most
               favour
               and
               the
               best
               conditions
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               If
               the
               King
               prevail
               ,
               then
               both
               Parties
               must
               be
               satisfied
               ,
               and
               his
               debts
               defrayed
               out
               of
               our
               estates
               ;
               both
               gratified
               with
               a
               free
               toleration
               and
               exercise
               of
               that
               Religion
               throughout
               his
               Realms
               as
               both
               sides
               professe
               :
               and
               between
               them
               both
               all
               will
               be
               plundered
               ,
               impoverished
               ,
               ruined
               ,
               and
               perchance
               inforced
               to
               quit
               the
               whole
               Kingdom
               to
               one
               or
               both
               of
               them
               ,
               who
               will
               challenge
               an
               interest
               therein
               by
               conquest
               and
               the
               longest
               sword
               ,
               and
               hardly
               part
               with
               it
               when
               once
               possessed
               thereof
               .
               Fourthly
               ,
               If
               the
               King
               and
               they
               should
               be
               foiled
               by
               us
               ,
               yet
               the
               wars
               and
               differences
               would
               survive
               ,
               all
               commerce
               and
               trading
               lost
               ,
               Armies
               and
               Navies
               must
               still
               be
               maintained
               ,
               and
               Garrisons
               in
               all
               our
               Kingdoms
               to
               secure
               us
               ;
               taxes
               ,
               oppressions
               ,
               and
               all
               publike
               grievances
               continued
               and
               
               mul●iplied
               ,
               and
               thereby
               new
               intestine
               commotions
               raised
               ;
               which
               of
               themselves
               alone
               will
               destroy
               us
               without
               any
               othe●
               enemy
               ,
            
             
               And
               suppose
               the
               King
               himself
               should
               miscarry
               in
               these
               Warres
               ,
               yet
               the
               Title
               and
               Right
               of
               the
               Crowns
               of
               our
               thre●
               Kingdoms
               s●rviving
               to
               his
               Brothers
               ,
               or
               if
               they
               miscarry
               ,
               to
               his
               Sister
               ,
               matched
               to
               the
               Prince
               of
               Aurenge
               ;
               or
               if
               they
               all
               should
               fail
               ,
               descending
               to
               the
               Queen
               of
               Bohemia
               ,
               and
               Prince
               Elector
               Palattine
               ;
               their
               severall
               new
               Titles
               and
               Interests
               will
               find
               means
               to
               infest
               us
               with
               new
               Warres
               ,
               till
               they
               have
               either
               obtained
               their
               rights
               ,
               or
               rui●ed
               both
               themselves
               and
               us
               .
               So
               that
               unlesse
               God
               put
               so
               much
               wi●dome
               ,
               and
               spirit
               to
               the
               English
               Nation
               ,
               as
               to
               restore
               the
               King
               to
               his
               just
               Rights
               upon
               safe
               and
               honourable
               terms
               ,
               according
               to
               their
               
                 Oaths
                 ,
                 Covenant
                 ,
                 Protestations
                 ,
                 Declarations
              
               to
               all
               the
               world
               ,
               and
               Principles
               of
               their
               Religion
               ;
               we
               can
               in
               humane
               proba●ility
               expect
               nought
               else
               ,
               but
               the
               utter
               ruine
               ,
               both
               of
               our
               
                 Religion
                 ,
                 Nation
                 ,
                 Kingdoms
              
               ,
               and
               totall
               extirpation
               by
               Forraign
               enemies
               .
            
             
               And
               certainly
               if
               we
               seriously
               consider
               ,
               1.
               
               The
               infinite
               divisions
               ,
               discontents
               ,
               &
               oppressions
               that
               are
               every
               where
               amongst
               us
               .
               2.
               
               The
               Heresies
               ,
               Blasphemies
               ,
               Sects
               ,
               and
               Schisms
               that
               are
               lately
               broached
               ,
               and
               publikely
               countenanced
               by
               us
               .
               3.
               
               The
               Generall
               contempt
               and
               neglect
               of
               the
               publike
               Ordinances
               of
               God
               ,
               and
               free
               toleration
               granted
               to
               all
               to
               withdraw
               themselves
               from
               them
               ,
               without
               the
               least
               censure
               or
               punishment
               .
               4.
               
               The
               generall
               contempt
               ,
               hatred
               ,
               discountenancing
               ,
               reviling
               ,
               and
               persecuting
               of
               godly
               and
               faithfu●l
               M●nisters
               throughout
               the
               Nation
               ,
               and
               the
               snares
               that
               are
               daily
               laid
               to
               intrap
               and
               ruine
               them
               .
               5.
               
               The
               extraordinary
               Apostacy
               of
               many
               Professors
               ,
               from
               the
               truth
               ,
               purity
               ,
               and
               power
               of
               Religion
               ,
               almost
               to
               professed
               Atheism
               ,
               contempt
               of
               the
               Word
               ,
               Prayer
               ,
               Preaching
               ,
               Sacraments
               ,
               and
               all
               other
               O●dinances
               ,
               to
               meer
               
                 licentiousnesse
                 ,
                 lukewarmnesse
              
               ,
               and
               Prophanenesse
               .
               6.
               
               The
               
                 generall
                 inclination
              
               of
               the
               people
               to
               errours
               ,
               E●thusiasmes
               ,
               and
               seducing
               spirits
               .
               7.
               
               The
               little
               cordiall
               reall
               love
               and
               affection
               between
               Professors
               of
               Religion
               ,
               and
               the
               great
               animosities
               ,
               
               hatreds
               and
               divisions
               amongst
               them
               ,
               both
               in
               
                 Opinion●
                 Practise
              
               and
               affection
               .
               8.
               
               The
               little
               conscience
               of
               Oaths
               ,
               Protestations
               ,
               Covenants
               ,
               Promises
               ;
               and
               great
               hypocrisie
               ,
               covetousnesse
               ,
               oppression
               ,
               self-seeking
               ,
               envy
               ,
               hatred
               ,
               and
               malice
               that
               is
               in
               the
               Nation
               ,
               and
               amongst
               those
               especially
               ,
               who
               professe
               themselves
               Saints
               of
               the
               highest
               form
               .
               9.
               
               The
               universall
               inundation
               of
               all
               kind
               of
               sin
               and
               wickednesse
               ,
               and
               open
               profession
               thereof
               in
               all
               places
               .
               10.
               
               The
               extraordinary
               
                 Injustice
                 ,
                 Tyranny
                 ,
                 Cruelty
              
               and
               Mercilesnesse
               that
               all
               parts
               of
               the
               Land
               complain
               of
               ,
               and
               groan
               under
               .
               11.
               
               The
               great
               effusion
               of
               Christian
               bloud
               ,
               and
               of
               the
               bloud
               of
               our
               Christian
               Brethren
               in
               Covenant
               ,
               that
               our
               whole
               Land
               is
               polluted
               with
               ;
               and
               our
               rejoycing
               in
               this
               bloud-guiltinesse
               ,
               instead
               of
               repenting
               and
               mourning
               for
               it
               .
               12.
               
               Our
               present
               decay
               of
               Trade
               and
               Merchandize
               .
               13.
               
               Our
               intolerable
               Taxes
               and
               Impositions
               o●
               all
               sorts
               .
               14.
               
               The
               extreme
               poverty
               of
               our
               Kingdom
               ,
               and
               increase
               of
               poor
               people
               in
               all
               parts
               ,
               which
               have
               little
               work
               or
               none
               ,
               and
               will
               not
               sta●ve
               .
               15.
               
               The
               divisions
               of
               our
               Forces
               into
               Ireland
               and
               Scotland
               ,
               where
               
                 standing
                 Armies
              
               and
               Garrisons
               must
               be
               constantly
               maintained
               for
               fear
               of
               revolt
               .
               16.
               
               Our
               great
               breaches
               with
               France
               and
               Portugall
               ,
               and
               no
               good
               quarter
               with
               any
               Forraign
               States
               or
               Kingdomes
               ,
               which
               as
               yet
               will
               neither
               own
               ,
               nor
               hold
               full
               and
               open
               correspondency
               with
               our
               new
               Governours
               or
               Government
               .
               17.
               
               The
               revolt
               of
               most
               of
               our
               Forraign
               plantations
               from
               us
               ,
               and
               the
               late
               Declaration
               against
               them
               ,
               as
               Traytors
               ,
               and
               Rebells
               ,
               who
               count
               us
               such
               .
               18.
               
               The
               Negotiations
               with
               the
               Pope
               and
               Popish
               Kingdomes
               ,
               and
               most
               Protestant
               Princes
               and
               States
               to
               incense
               them
               all
               against
               us
               ,
               as
               enemies
               to
               all
               Magistracy
               and
               publike
               Government
               ,
               and
               to
               mankind
               it self
               ,
               as
               Salmatius
               hath
               published
               us
               in
               print
               .
               19.
               
               The
               spreading
               the
               pestlence
               in
               many
               places
               ,
               and
               the
               feared
               famine
               throughout
               the
               Realm
               .
               20.
               
               The
               manifold
               injuries
               and
               afronts
               offered
               to
               all
               the
               Nobility
               ,
               and
               most
               of
               the
               Gentry
               of
               the
               Na●ion
               ,
               and
               the
               whole
               Nation
               it self
               ,
               in
               the
               change
               of
               the
               Government
               ,
               without
               and
               against
               their
               consent
               ,
               in
               contin●ing
               and
               increasing
               their
               burthens
               ,
               Taxes
               ,
               and
               out-lawing
               many
               of
               them
               ,
               because
               they
               
               will
               not
               subscribe
               the
               Ingagement
               ,
               in
               erecting
               new
               High
               Courts
               to
               take
               away
               their
               lives
               ,
               without
               any
               legall
               Triall
               by
               their
               Peers
               ,
               for
               offences
               punishable
               by
               no
               common
               Law.
               21.
               
               The
               Ex●cution
               of
               so
               many
               Protestants
               ,
               and
               not
               of
               one
               Papist
               whatsoever
               by
               these
               or
               other
               Courts
               of
               Justice
               ,
               though
               the
               chief
               contrivers
               of
               our
               late
               unhappy
               Wars
               ,
               and
               discontinuance
               of
               all
               Capitall
               proceedings
               against
               Priests
               and
               Jesuites
               ,
               since
               the
               abolishing
               of
               the
               Oaths
               of
               Supremacy
               and
               Allegiance
               ,
               made
               principally
               against
               them
               and
               the
               Popes
               Usurpations
               and
               practises
               .
               22.
               
               The
               injustice
               of
               our
               present
               cause
               and
               Warre
               ,
               meerly
               against
               Monarchy
               ,
               Presbytery
               ,
               and
               old
               English
               Peers
               and
               Parliaments
               ,
               purposely
               to
               support
               the
               present
               Government
               ,
               set
               up
               by
               the
               meer
               power
               of
               the
               sword
               ,
               yea
               founded
               on
               the
               bloud
               of
               a
               Protestant
               King
               ,
               and
               ruine
               of
               the
               very
               best
               of
               Parliamen●s
               ,
               to
               prevent
               a
               settlement
               of
               peace
               and
               Religion
               by
               an
               unbloudy
               Treaty
               .
               And
               then
               compare
               them
               with
               the
               Premises
               ,
               and
               Cardinall
               Richelieu
               his
               Instructions
               and
               advice
               to
               the
               late
               French
               King
               ,
               a
               little
               before
               his
               death
               ,
               (
               published
               by
               an
               Italian
               of
               good
               note
               ,
               and
               printed
               in
               Italy
               .
               Anno.
               1645.
               )
               to
               foment
               the
               late
               differences
               between
               the
               late
               King
               and
               Parliament
               all
               he
               could
               ;
               and
               if
               possible
               by
               the
               solicitation
               of
               his
               instruments
               ,
               to
               draw
               the
               Commons
               to
               change
               our
               Monarchy
               into
               a
               meer
               Republike
               ,
               thereby
               to
               imbroil
               all
               our
               Kingdomes
               in
               civill
               Warres
               against
               each
               other
               ,
               as
               the
               only
               and
               best
               policy
               of
               all
               ,
               to
               weaken
               and
               destroy
               both
               our
               power
               and
               Religion
               ,
               and
               advance
               the
               interest
               of
               France
               and
               Catholike
               Religion
               ,
               which
               we
               see
               now
               accomplished
               according
               to
               his
               advice
               ;
               and
               then
               we
               have
               just
               cause
               to
               fear
               an
               inevitable
               approaching
               ruine
               ,
               both
               of
               our
               Religion
               and
               Nation
               ,
               notwithstanding
               our
               late
               Victories
               and
               Successes
               ;
               which
               do
               but
               weaken
               ,
               impoverish
               ,
               destroy
               our selves
               ,
               and
               promote
               the
               designs
               of
               our
               common
               enemies
               ,
               unlesse
               God
               give
               us
               a
               timely
               sight
               and
               Reformation
               of
               this
               our
               impolitick
               oversight
               ,
               and
               incline
               our
               hearts
               to
               a
               generall
               peace
               and
               unity
               th●oughout
               our
               Kingdome
               ,
               by
               restoring
               every
               man
               to
               his
               just
               right
               and
               inheritance
               ,
               from
               the
               highest
               to
               the
               low●st
               ,
               and
               abolishing
               all
               future
               seeds
               and
               occasions
               
               of
               our
               intestine
               Warres
               :
               The
               serious
               consideration
               of
               all
               which
               Premises
               ,
               are
               a
               sufficient
               satisfactory
               Apology
               for
               all
               Ministers
               or
               others
               ,
               now
               questioned
               for
               the
               Non-observance
               of
               the
               late
               Thanksgiving
               day
               ,
               ●or
               the
               great
               rout
               and
               slaughter
               of
               our
               Protestant
               Presbyterian
               Brethren
               of
               Scotland
               ,
               against
               all
               their
               persecutors
               .
               We
               shall
               therefore
               close
               up
               all
               with
               Abners
               Speech
               to
               Ioab
               ,
               in
               case
               of
               the
               civill
               Wars
               between
               the
               House
               of
               David
               and
               Saul
               ;
               wherein
               the
               Is●aelites
               (
               of
               the
               same
               Religion
               and
               Nation
               )
               unnaturally
               fought
               and
               slew
               each
               other
               ,
               Ioabs
               souldiers
               pursuing
               and
               slaughtering
               Abners
               ,
               whom
               they
               had
               discomfited
               in
               battell
               ,
               addressing
               to
               those
               in
               present
               power
               ,
               2
               Sam.
               2.26
               ,
               27
               ,
               28.
               
               Then
               Abner
               called
               to
               Ioab
               ,
               and
               said
               ,
               shall
               the
               sword
               devoure
               for
               ever
               ?
               knowest
               thou
               not
               that
               it
               will
               be
               bitternesse
               in
               the
               latter
               end
               ?
               how
               long
               shall
               it
               be
               then
               ere
               thou
               bid
               the
               people
               return
               from
               following
               their
               Brethren
               ?
               And
               Ioab
               said
               ,
               as
               God
               liveth
               ,
               unlesse
               thou
               hadst
               spoken
               ,
               surely
               then
               in
               the
               morning
               the
               people
               had
               gone
               up
               every
               one
               from
               following
               their
               Brethren
               .
               So
               Ioab
               blew
               a
               trumpet
               ,
               and
               all
               the
               people
               stood
               still
               ,
               AND
               PURSUED
               AFTER
               ISRAEL
               NO
               MORE
               ,
               NEITHER
               FOUGHT
               THEY
               ANY
               MORE
               :
               which
               we
               heartily
               pray
               may
               be
               the
               fruit
               and
               issue
               of
               these
               sad
               and
               serious
               Meditations
               of
               those
               who
               drive
               on
               no
               other
               design
               ,
               but
               the
               preservation
               of
               Religion
               and
               their
               native
               Countrey
               from
               totall
               and
               finall
               desolation
               .
            
             
               FINIS
               .
            
          
        
      
       
         
           
             
             
             
               A
               brief
               DESCRIPTION
               Of
               the
               future
               History
               of
               Europe
               ,
               from
               Anno
               1650
               to
               An.
               1710.
               
            
             
               Treating
               principally
               Of
               those
               grand
               and
               famous
               Mutations
               yet
               expected
               in
               the
               World
               ,
               as
               ,
               The
               ruine
               of
               the
               Popish
               Hierarchy
               ,
               the
               final
               annihilation
               of
               the
               Turkish
               Empire
               ,
               the
               Conversion
               of
               the
               Eastern
               and
               Western
               Jews
               ,
               and
               their
               Restauration
               to
               their
               ancient
               Inheritances
               in
               the
               holy
               Land
               ,
               and
               the
               FIFTH
               MONARCHIE
               of
               the
               universall
               Reign
               of
               the
               Gospel
               of
               Christ
               upon
               Earth
               .
            
             
               With
               principal
               Passages
               upon
               every
               of
               these
               ,
               out
               of
               that
               famous
               Manuscript
               of
               
                 PAVL
                 GREBNER
              
               extant
               in
               Trinity-Colledge
               Library
               in
               Cambridge
               .
            
             
               Composed
               upon
               the
               Occasion
               of
               the
               young
               KINGS
               Arrival
               into
               Scotland
               ,
               to
               shew
               what
               will
               in
               probability
               be
               the
               Event
               of
               the
               present
               Affairs
               in
               ENGLAND
               and
               SCOTLAND
               .
            
             
               Ludit
               in
               humanis
               〈…〉
            
             
               Printed
               in
               th●
               〈…〉
            
          
           
             
             
             
               TO
               THE
               Ingenuous
               and
               wel-affected
               Readers
               .
            
             
               
                 GENTLEMEN
                 ,
              
            
             
               I
               Here
               present
               you
               with
               a
               mishapen
               Embryo
               ,
               having
               neither
               had
               time
               for
               Perfection
               ,
               nor
               life
               to
               actuate
               Acception
               .
               A
               meer
               Chaos
               and
               disordered
               Discourse
               is
               it
               ,
               yet
               for
               matter
               treating
               of
               wonderfull
               and
               famous
               Events
               ,
               which
               i●
               this
               European
               world
               are
               quickly
               to
               be
               performed
               .
               It
               is
               true
               ,
               that
               
                 Primi
                 foetus
                 sunt
                 horridiores
              
               ,
               a●
               commonly
               defective
               in
               mature
               Conceptions
               and
               ripenesse
               of
               judgement
               .
               Yet
               they
               that
               reade
               this
               Pamphlet
               seriously
               ,
               will
               finde
               those
               Passages
               opened
               (
               I
               will
               not
               say
               fully
               explained
               )
               in
               Scripture
               ,
               which
               Commentator
               never
               yet
               disclosed●
               nor
               Divine
               unfolded
               .
               In
               such
               a●
               intricate
               La●●rinth
               it
               is
               easie
               to
               stray
               :
               therefore
               I
               am
               confident
               ,
               Charity
               will
               usher
               your
               Iudgements
               ,
               and
               your
               love
               cover
               mine
               Infirmities
               .
               I
               know
               I
               have
               slipt
               in
               many
               places
               ,
               but
               for
               the
               present
               can
               neither
               tell
               where
               ,
               nor
               how●
               Some
               Ariadne
               might
               do
               well
               to
               lead
               the
               way
               ,
               and
               I
               shall
               be
               as
               ready
               to
               follow
               :
               
                 Secundae
                 cogitationes
                 sunt
                 meliores
              
               :
               If
               I
               finde
               those
               Non-entities
               to
               be
               accepted
               with
               ,
               but
               as
               much
               respect
               as
               worse
               ware
               every
               day
               is
               ,
               it
               shall
               not
               irk
               me
               to
               bestow
               a
               week
               or
               two
               in
               licking
               it
               over
               into
               a
               better
               form
               and
               putting
               a
               handsomer
               Coat
               upon
               it's
               back
               .
               There
               are
               several
               passages
               in
               it
               ,
               which
               (
               I
               know
               )
               will
               not
               resent
               with
               our
               Great
               Ones
               :
               but
               
                 Amicus
                 Plato
                 ,
                 amicus
                 Socrates
              
               ,
               
               yet
               
                 Magis
                 amica
                 veritas
              
               ,
               which
               shall
               prevail
               ,
               though
               all
               the
               world
               gather
               in
               battalia
               against
               it
               .
               I
               must
               confesse
               it
               is
               too
               too
               abortive
               :
               for
               it
               came
               into
               the
               world
               in
               fewer
               hours
               ,
               then
               Tostatus
               bestowed
               in
               translating
               the
               five
               first
               Chapters
               of
               Genesis
               out
               of
               Greek
               into
               Latine
               .
               I
               wish
               it
               may
               obtain
               the
               end
               for
               which
               I
               made
               it
               :
               that
               is
               ,
               to
               move
               us
               all
               with
               repentance
               to
               meet
               God
               in
               these
               great
               Mutations
               and
               Changes
               he
               is
               bringing
               upon
               us
               in
               this
               Land
               ;
               that
               every
               one
               would
               strive
               to
               reform
               one
               from
               Here●ies
               ,
               Sects
               and
               Schisms
               ,
               to
               suffer
               the
               Scriptures
               to
               be
               our
               Rule
               ,
               and
               the
               holy
               Ghost
               our
               Guide
               both
               in
               Faith
               ,
               Religion
               and
               Discipline
               ,
               that
               so
               God
               may
               put
               out
               his
               hand
               in
               amending
               the
               Body●
               Politick
               in
               the
               whole
               ,
               that
               judgement
               may
               depart
               from
               us
               ,
               destruction
               flee
               far
               from
               us
               ;
               that
               
                 Peace
                 may
                 dwell
                 within
                 our
                 wals
                 and
                 plenteousness
                 within
                 our
                 Palaces
                 .
              
            
             
               I
               study
               
                 multum
                 in
                 parvo
              
               ,
               and
               hope
               to
               give
               satisfaction
               to
               all
               ,
               but
               such
               as
               are
               wedded
               more
               to
               their
               wils
               then
               reasons
               .
               For
               these
               I
               have
               no
               more
               but
               this
               ,
               A
               good
               winde
               at
               their
               backs
               to
               the
               Anticyra's
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               drink
               Hellebor
               lustily
               to
               purge
               their
               Brains
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               be
               more
               quick
               ,
               and
               their
               Eye-sight
               clearer
               .
               I
               quote
               strange
               Authors
               in
               this
               Work
               ;
               and
               good
               Reason
               ,
               for
               the
               Work
               it self
               is
               strange
               .
               Yet
               they
               in
               whose
               hands
               these
               Authors
               are
               (
               and
               they
               are
               not
               in
               every
               Library
               )
               shall
               finde
               I
               have
               both
               dealt
               with
               them
               truly
               ,
               and
               cited
               them
               faithfully
               .
               And
               for
               the
               Tractate
               it self
               ,
               it
               will
               with
               the
               learned
               be
               either
               
                 Laudatus
                 aut
                 saltem
                 excusatus
              
               ;
               either
               of
               which
               shall
               content
               me
               at
               this
               time
               .
               Farewel
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
               A
               brief
               DESCRIPTION
               OF
               THE
               Future
               History
               of
               EUROPE
               ,
               from
               Anno
               1650
               ,
               to
               An.
               1710.
               
            
             
               
                 1.
                 
              
               
                 HAving
                 with
                 silence
                 and
                 admiration
                 beheld
                 these
                 ten
                 years
                 ,
                 
                 the
                 horrid
                 Broyls
                 and
                 civil
                 Tumults
                 in
                 these
                 Western
                 Coasts
                 of
                 Europe
                 ,
                 I
                 cannot
                 but
                 adore
                 the
                 Justice
                 of
                 God
                 upon
                 his
                 enemies
                 ,
                 and
                 his
                 paternall
                 chastisements
                 upon
                 his
                 Church
                 for
                 sin
                 .
                 It
                 hath
                 made
                 me
                 oft●n
                 wonder
                 ,
                 to
                 behold
                 how
                 virulently
                 and
                 barbarously
                 Protestants
                 could
                 oppose
                 and
                 massacre
                 one
                 another
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 Romish
                 Froggs
                 can
                 live
                 in
                 an
                 established
                 amity
                 among
                 themselves
                 ,
                 and
                 laugh
                 at
                 our
                 follies
                 .
                 I
                 will
                 not
                 say
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 Jesuiticall
                 projects
                 which
                 sets
                 us
                 by
                 the
                 ears
                 together
                 ,
                 so
                 much
                 as
                 our
                 own
                 Seditious
                 and
                 Schismaticall
                 spirits
                 ,
                 and
                 want
                 of
                 Charity
                 .
                 If
                 we
                 would
                 but
                 ponder
                 ,
                 how
                 much
                 Popery
                 hath
                 won
                 upon
                 us
                 by
                 these
                 Warres
                 and
                 Divisions
                 ,
                 what
                 fearfull
                 occasions
                 we
                 have
                 given
                 to
                 the
                 professed
                 enemies
                 of
                 Christ
                 to
                 blaspheme
                 his
                 Name
                 ,
                 and
                 deride
                 our
                 Religion
                 ,
                 it
                 would
                 much
                 provoke
                 us
                 to
                 end
                 our
                 Controversies
                 ,
                 and
                 band
                 against
                 the
                 common
                 Enemy
                 .
                 The
                 Empire
                 hath
                 got
                 but
                 a
                 wofull
                 Booty
                 ,
                 by
                 her
                 30
                 years
                 Warres
                 ,
                 having
                 weakned
                 her self
                 with
                 the
                 losse
                 of
                 Six
                 Millions
                 of
                 valiant
                 Souldiers
                 ,
                 and
                 enticed
                 that
                 Imp
                 of
                 Mahomet
                 to
                 prepare
                 an
                 Army
                 of
                 200000
                 ,
                 now
                 in
                 the
                 Field
                 ,
                 and
                 ready
                 to
                 march
                 within
                 the
                 bowels
                 of
                 Germany
                 .
                 We
                 in
                 England
                 have
                 gained
                 no
                 better
                 by
                 our
                 civil
                 Warre●
                 but
                 in
                 stead
                 of
                 one
                 Tyrant
                 to
                 advance
                 a
                 douzen
                 over
                 us
                 ,
                 and
                 from
                 the
                 height
                 of
                 Liberty
                 to
                 runne
                 the
                 broad
                 way
                 up
                 the
                 next
                 hill
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 height
                 of
                 Slavery
                 .
                 Our
                 Western
                 Sun
                 is
                 set
                 ,
                 on
                 whom
                 the
                 eies
                 of
                 all
                 Protestants
                 were
                 ●ixt
                 ,
                 to
                 
                 have
                 composed
                 their
                 differences
                 ,
                 and
                 united
                 them
                 into
                 a
                 mutuall
                 League
                 against
                 the
                 Romish
                 Dragon
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 false
                 Prophet
                 .
                 Nor
                 was
                 any
                 insufficiency
                 in
                 him
                 to
                 the
                 performance
                 of
                 so
                 glorious
                 an
                 Enterprize
                 ,
                 had
                 not
                 the
                 sins
                 of
                 his
                 own
                 Subjects
                 ,
                 hastned
                 his
                 untimely
                 Fate
                 .
                 Behold
                 then
                 what
                 profits
                 our
                 Warre
                 hath
                 brought
                 us
                 !
                 and
                 what
                 a
                 blessing
                 our
                 sins
                 have
                 deprived
                 us
                 of
                 !
                 How
                 fearfull
                 are
                 the
                 Judgements
                 of
                 God
                 and
                 his
                 anger
                 against
                 sin
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 Church
                 is
                 dilacerated
                 ,
                 the
                 Commonwealth
                 disjoynted
                 and
                 dismembred
                 in
                 every
                 part
                 thereof
                 ,
                 the
                 lust
                 of
                 Tyrants
                 ,
                 the
                 pleasure
                 of
                 Pesants
                 ,
                 the
                 barbarousnes
                 of
                 Souldiers
                 ,
                 dissentions
                 of
                 Churchmen
                 ,
                 sad
                 and
                 tragicall
                 ends
                 of
                 Nobles
                 ,
                 confusions
                 in
                 Families
                 ,
                 countenancing
                 of
                 Heresies
                 ,
                 and
                 applauding
                 of
                 Blasphemies
                 are
                 so
                 rife
                 and
                 ripe
                 amongst
                 men
                 !
                 On
                 the
                 contrary
                 ,
                 how
                 happy
                 are
                 Kingdomes
                 ,
                 how
                 blessed
                 be
                 Commonwealths
                 ,
                 when
                 Princes
                 ,
                 Magistrates
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 subordinate
                 Officers
                 ,
                 each
                 in
                 their
                 sever●ll
                 place
                 and
                 calling
                 ,
                 strive
                 to
                 promote
                 the
                 glory
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 Liberty
                 ,
                 Honour
                 and
                 Tranquillity
                 of
                 Subjects
                 ;
                 where
                 the
                 Ministry
                 is
                 incouraged
                 ,
                 Universities
                 countenanced
                 ,
                 Courts
                 of
                 Judicature
                 upholden
                 ,
                 Subjects
                 be
                 unanimous
                 and
                 accustomed
                 to
                 the
                 Exercise
                 of
                 Piety
                 and
                 Godlinesse
                 :
                 lastly
                 when
                 both
                 Prince
                 and
                 people
                 aim
                 joyntly
                 at
                 the
                 advancement
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 and
                 mutuall
                 commodity
                 of
                 one
                 another
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 there
                 be
                 no
                 decay
                 ,
                 no
                 leading
                 into
                 Captivity
                 ,
                 nor
                 complaining
                 in
                 their
                 streets
                 !
              
            
             
               
                 II.
                 
              
               
                 
                 The
                 disparity
                 of
                 these
                 two
                 contradictory
                 conditions
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 fearfull
                 effects
                 ,
                 which
                 they
                 in
                 all
                 ages
                 have
                 wrought
                 in
                 the
                 Consciences
                 of
                 men
                 ,
                 have
                 made
                 me
                 at
                 length
                 after
                 a
                 long
                 time
                 of
                 silence
                 put
                 Pen
                 to
                 Paper
                 ,
                 and
                 through
                 the
                 intricate
                 Labyrinth
                 of
                 those
                 portions
                 of
                 Scripture
                 which
                 never
                 Commentator
                 yet
                 ever
                 medled
                 with
                 (
                 I
                 mean
                 ,
                 the
                 twelve
                 last
                 Chapters
                 of
                 Ez●kiel
                 ,
                 the
                 three
                 last
                 of
                 the
                 Revelation
                 ,
                 the
                 last
                 of
                 Daniel
                 ,
                 with
                 some
                 passages
                 in
                 Hosea
                 and
                 Zech●ry
                 )
                 to
                 descry
                 when
                 We
                 People
                 of
                 England
                 with
                 all
                 Protestants
                 in
                 Europe
                 shall
                 see
                 an
                 end
                 of
                 these
                 our
                 Warres
                 and
                 Tumults
                 ,
                 what
                 shall
                 be
                 the
                 Estate
                 of
                 our
                 Churches
                 ,
                 States
                 and
                 Kingdomes
                 ,
                 from
                 this
                 present
                 year
                 1650
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 the
                 Fifth
                 and
                 last
                 universall
                 MONARCHY
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 of
                 Christ
                 upon
                 Earth
                 ,
                 which
                 shall
                 begin
                 in
                 the
                 year
                 of
                 our
                 Lord
                 1710
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 what
                 year
                 we
                 may
                 expect
                 the
                 downfals
                 of
                 the
                 Beast
                 of
                 Rome
                 ,
                 the
                 Red
                 Dragon
                 of
                 Constantinople
                 ,
                 the
                 totall
                 Conversion
                 and
                 restauration
                 both
                 of
                 the
                 Eastern
                 and
                 Western
                 Jews
                 within
                 their
                 holy
                 Land
                 of
                 Iury
                 :
                 all
                 which
                 must
                 mo●t
                 certainly
                 be
                 fulfilled
                 before
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 World.
                 Of
                 these
                 high
                 Points
                 and
                 Mysteries
                 ,
                 I
                 finde
                 nothing
                 in
                 any
                 Commentator
                 upon
                 the
                 last
                 of
                 Daniel
                 and
                 the
                 Revelations
                 ,
                 save
                 only
                 Brightman
                 ,
                 who
                 being
                 acquainted
                 in
                 Leiden
                 with
                 
                   Ioseph
                   Scaliger
                
                 ,
                 got
                 some
                 (
                 but
                 those
                 very
                 imperfect
                 )
                 notes
                 of
                 Grebner
                 concerning
                 those
                 Numbers
                 in
                 Ezekiel
                 and
                 Daniel
                 .
                 But
                 that
                 excellent
                 Manuscript
                 ,
                 which
                 
                   Iohannes
                   Bauden●is
                
                 writ
                 of
                 the
                 Life
                 and
                 Writings
                 of
                 Grebner
                 ,
                 declareth
                 all
                 
                 these
                 things
                 most
                 plainly
                 and
                 punctually
                 ,
                 how
                 that
                 greater
                 Troubles
                 ,
                 fe●rfulle●
                 Combustions
                 ,
                 direfuller
                 Devastations
                 shall
                 come
                 upon
                 the
                 Western
                 Kingdomes
                 of
                 Europe
                 ,
                 then
                 yet
                 ever
                 did
                 ,
                 before
                 they
                 can
                 expect
                 the
                 downfall
                 either
                 of
                 Turk
                 or
                 Pope
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 universall
                 Monarchy
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 of
                 Christ
                 upon
                 Earth
                 .
                 
                   In
                   which
                   incomparable
                   Work
                   the
                   Learned
                   Astrologer
                   bringeth
                   Divine
                   and
                   Heavenly
                   Reasons
                   ,
                   why
                   Europe
                   (
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   thirty
                   seven
                   years
                   ,
                   after
                   that
                   fearfull
                   blazing
                   Comet
                   in
                   1618.
                   )
                   should
                   with
                   amazed
                   eyes
                   behold
                   the
                   infinite
                   and
                   sudden
                   mutations
                   and
                   downfals
                   of
                   flourishing
                   States
                   and
                   potent
                   Kingdomes
                   ,
                   the
                   deformity
                   of
                   Empires
                   ,
                   and
                   mournfull
                   faces
                   of
                   Commonwealths
                   (
                   as
                   is
                   lately
                   happened
                   in
                   
                     England
                     ,
                     Portugall
                     ,
                     Swethland
                     ,
                     Bohemia
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   Denmark
                   )
                   the
                   Devastations
                   of
                   whole
                   Kingdoms
                   at
                   a
                   clap
                   ,
                   and
                   burning
                   six
                   or
                   seven
                   Nations
                   at
                   once
                   in
                   their
                   ashes
                   and
                   cinders
                   (
                   as
                   of
                   late
                   in
                   Germany
                   )
                   not
                   to
                   make
                   them
                   ask
                   whether
                   there
                   be
                   a
                   God
                   ,
                   Heaven
                   and
                   Providence
                   ,
                   or
                   not
                   ?
                   or
                   whether
                   Empires
                   and
                   States
                   depend
                   wholly
                   upon
                   the
                   will
                   and
                   power
                   of
                   man
                   ,
                   or
                   upon
                   secret
                   and
                   hidden
                   causes
                   beyond
                   the
                   thoughts
                   and
                   expectations
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   ?
                   but
                   to
                   praise
                   God
                   for
                   his
                   paternall
                   corrections
                   ,
                   seeing
                   by
                   this
                   they
                   know
                   he
                   remembreth
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   through
                   this
                   Fire
                   and
                   Water
                   of
                   Affliction
                   he
                   will
                   bring
                   his
                   Church
                   to
                   a
                   finall
                   Conquest
                   ove●
                   her
                   Enemies
                   ,
                   and
                   both
                   the
                   Congregations
                   of
                   Jews
                   and
                   Gentiles
                   to
                   an
                   universall
                   Monarchy
                   over
                   the
                   face
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 Severall
                 passages
                 of
                 which
                 Manuscript
                 I
                 will
                 insert
                 here
                 and
                 there
                 in
                 this
                 ensuing
                 Discourse
                 ,
                 as
                 Method
                 and
                 Matter
                 shall
                 require
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 III.
                 
              
               
                 Since
                 the
                 spirituall
                 sword
                 was
                 sheathed
                 in
                 England
                 (
                 which
                 lopt
                 off
                 the
                 serpentine
                 Heads
                 of
                 Heresie
                 and
                 Schisme
                 ,
                 
                 while
                 they
                 were
                 yet
                 growing
                 )
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 wonder
                 to
                 see
                 how
                 all
                 Sects
                 and
                 Schismaticall
                 Opinions
                 in
                 the
                 world
                 have
                 (
                 like
                 devouring
                 Weed
                 )
                 overgrown
                 and
                 choked
                 the
                 seed
                 of
                 the
                 Word
                 .
                 
                   Above
                   the
                   rest
                   ,
                   the
                   Millenaries
                   have
                   exalted
                   themselves
                   ,
                   whose
                   abominable
                   Pamphlets
                   have
                   flown
                   abroad
                   like
                   Atomes
                   ,
                   wherein
                   they
                   dream
                   of
                   a
                   Personall
                   Reign
                   of
                   Christ
                   upon
                   Earth
                   ,
                   how
                   he
                   shall
                   descend
                   from
                   Heaven
                   An.
                   1666
                   ,
                   destroy
                   all
                   the
                   works
                   of
                   darknesse
                   in
                   every
                   corner
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   make
                   an
                   easie
                   passage
                   to
                   men
                   from
                   Earth
                   to
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   ascend
                   into
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   and
                   leap
                   down
                   to
                   Earth
                   again
                   ,
                   as
                   oft
                   as
                   they
                   list
                   :
                   how
                   he
                   shall
                   keep
                   a
                   Quarter
                   Sessions
                   or
                   Goal-delivery
                   in
                   his
                   own
                   Person
                   upon
                   Mount
                   Olivet
                   ,
                   call
                   all
                   Nations
                   before
                   him
                   ,
                   rebuke
                   them
                   of
                   sin
                   face
                   to
                   face
                   ,
                   and
                   shall
                   cut
                   out
                   of
                   them
                   their
                   stony
                   hearts
                   ,
                   and
                   shall
                   sew
                   in
                   their
                   bellies
                   hearts
                   of
                   flesh
                   in
                   stead
                   thereof
                   :
                   that
                   
                     An.
                     Dom.
                  
                   1700
                   shall
                   be
                   the
                   day
                   of
                   Judgement
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   Judgement
                   shall
                   last
                   other
                   1700
                   years
                   ,
                   because
                   otherwise
                   the
                   glorious
                   Attributes
                   of
                   Christ's
                   Mercy
                   and
                   Justice
                   cannot
                   be
                   sufficiently
                   explained
                   to
                   the
                   World
                   and
                   the
                   Consciences
                   of
                   men
                   .
                
                 All
                 which
                 Fopperies
                 with
                 many
                 mo
                 too
                 horrid
                 to
                 
                 relate
                 ,
                 are
                 contained
                 in
                 M.
                 Archers
                 Personall
                 Reign
                 of
                 Christ
                 upon
                 Earth
                 ,
                 
                   Rich.
                   Stirreys
                
                 Kingdome
                 of
                 King
                 Jesus
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 A.R.
                 his
                 
                   Caelestis
                   Hierusalem
                
                 ,
                 Printed
                 A.
                 1642
                 ,
                 1644
                 ,
                 and
                 1645.
                 
                 Now
                 having
                 unmasked
                 the
                 vanity
                 of
                 this
                 Error
                 
                   (
                   ut
                   contraria
                   juxtà
                   se
                   posita
                   magis
                   elucescant
                   )
                
                 I
                 will
                 epitomize
                 in
                 this
                 Section
                 the
                 truth
                 of
                 the
                 future
                 estate
                 of
                 the
                 World
                 ,
                 from
                 this
                 time
                 to
                 the
                 end
                 ,
                 which
                 afterward
                 I
                 intend
                 (
                 God
                 willing
                 )
                 further
                 to
                 dilate
                 and
                 prosecute
                 in
                 this
                 Treatise
                 .
                 This
                 year
                 1650
                 all
                 Europe
                 are
                 in
                 civil
                 Warres
                 .
                 These
                 civill
                 warres
                 shall
                 not
                 cease
                 till
                 they
                 have
                 mustered
                 out
                 a
                 great
                 Army
                 of
                 the
                 true
                 worshippers
                 of
                 God
                 to
                 ruine
                 Rome
                 ,
                 which
                 shall
                 be
                 about
                 Anno
                 1666.
                 
                 Rome
                 thus
                 destroyed
                 ,
                 the
                 Western
                 Jews
                 shall
                 begin
                 to
                 learn
                 the
                 waies
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 and
                 believe
                 his
                 Gospel
                 (
                 which
                 they
                 cannot
                 do
                 so
                 long
                 as
                 Rome
                 standeth
                 )
                 and
                 shall
                 Anno
                 1683.
                 enter
                 upon
                 the
                 conversion
                 of
                 their
                 Eastern
                 brethren
                 (
                 the
                 10.
                 
                 Tribes
                 now
                 invisibly
                 hid
                 in
                 Tartaria
                 and
                 India
                 )
                 and
                 they
                 two
                 (
                 none
                 else
                 )
                 shall
                 ruine
                 the
                 Mahumetan
                 Empire
                 about
                 An.
                 1698.
                 and
                 so
                 shall
                 be
                 restored
                 to
                 the
                 holy
                 Land
                 to
                 reinhabit
                 Jerusalem
                 .
                 Then
                 must
                 begin
                 a
                 comparative
                 felicity
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 God
                 upon
                 earth
                 ,
                 because
                 after
                 these
                 times
                 both
                 Turk
                 and
                 Pope
                 shall
                 be
                 destroyed
                 .
                 Neverthelesse
                 this
                 felicity
                 must
                 be
                 mingled
                 with
                 internall
                 troubles
                 and
                 persecutions
                 ,
                 within
                 the
                 bowels
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 because
                 the
                 Church
                 shall
                 never
                 be
                 wholly
                 at
                 rest
                 ,
                 while
                 the
                 world
                 standeth
                 .
                 Lo
                 ,
                 here
                 the
                 difference
                 betwixt
                 Truth
                 and
                 Heresie
                 ,
                 betwixt
                 the
                 opinions
                 of
                 the
                 Millenaries
                 and
                 right
                 sense
                 of
                 Scriptures
                 .
                 The
                 Millenaries
                 say
                 ,
                 Christ
                 must
                 descend
                 personally
                 from
                 heaven
                 :
                 The
                 Scriptures
                 on
                 the
                 contrary
                 say
                 ,
                 he
                 shall
                 not
                 come
                 from
                 Heaven
                 personally
                 till
                 the
                 last
                 day
                 ,
                 when
                 he
                 shall
                 descend
                 with
                 his
                 holy
                 Angels
                 in
                 flaming
                 fire
                 to
                 judge
                 the
                 quick
                 and
                 the
                 dead
                 .
                 He
                 shall
                 send
                 power
                 and
                 strength
                 from
                 heaven
                 to
                 his
                 true
                 Worshipppers
                 (
                 as
                 he
                 hath
                 done
                 hitherto
                 )
                 to
                 destroy
                 Tu●k
                 and
                 Pope
                 ,
                 from
                 Heaven
                 he
                 shall
                 give
                 power
                 to
                 his
                 ancient
                 people
                 the
                 Jews
                 ,
                 to
                 regain
                 their
                 ancient
                 Land
                 of
                 Judea
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 by
                 his
                 corporeall
                 presence
                 upon
                 Earth
                 :
                 from
                 Heaven
                 about
                 An.
                 1700.
                 he
                 shall
                 transferre
                 his
                 Gospel
                 from
                 Europe
                 ,
                 as
                 he
                 hath
                 done
                 from
                 Asia
                 ,
                 and
                 raise
                 up
                 and
                 inspire
                 godly
                 Ministers
                 after
                 his
                 own
                 will
                 ,
                 who
                 shall
                 implant
                 his
                 holy
                 word
                 in
                 all
                 and
                 every
                 of
                 the
                 Kingdomes
                 and
                 Provinces
                 of
                 America
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 all
                 countries
                 of
                 the
                 Southern
                 and
                 Eastern
                 India
                 ,
                 China
                 ,
                 Tartaria
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 all
                 the
                 regions
                 of
                 the
                 North
                 unto
                 the
                 worlds
                 end
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 it
                 shine
                 in
                 as
                 great
                 purity
                 and
                 glory
                 as
                 ever
                 it
                 hath
                 done
                 in
                 England
                 or
                 Germany
                 .
                 This
                 is
                 the
                 felicity
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 the
                 fifth
                 Monarchy
                 in
                 Nebuchadnezzars
                 Image
                 ,
                 the
                 ministeriall
                 (
                 not
                 personall
                 )
                 Reign
                 and
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 Christ
                 upon
                 ●arth
                 ,
                 which
                 must
                 not
                 endure
                 for
                 ever
                 (
                 as
                 Archer
                 would
                 have
                 it
                 )
                 nor
                 for
                 a
                 1000
                 years
                 (
                 as
                 Alsted
                 dreams
                 )
                 but
                 for
                 a
                 very
                 short
                 time
                 ,
                 that
                 all
                 Nations
                 (
                 none
                 excepted
                 )
                 may
                 professe
                 Gods
                 worship
                 ,
                 and
                 none
                 plead
                 ignorance
                 before
                 his
                 Tribunall
                 ,
                 presently
                 after
                 which
                 the
                 dissolution
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 shall
                 come
                 ,
                 after
                 which
                 time
                 shall
                 be
                 no
                 more
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 IV.
                 
              
               
                 This
                 Digression
                 made
                 ,
                 I
                 return
                 to
                 my
                 purposed
                 method
                 .
              
               
                 That
                 fearfull
                 and
                 ominous
                 Night-torch
                 ,
                 
                 which
                 prognosticated
                 all
                 that
                 misery
                 to
                 Germany
                 and
                 great
                 Brittain
                 ,
                 which
                 they
                 have
                 now
                 suffered
                 ,
                 was
                 the
                 forerunner
                 of
                 all
                 our
                 evils
                 .
                 This
                 Comet
                 Longomontanus
                 and
                 D.
                 Bambridge
                 say
                 appeared
                 but
                 28.
                 dayes
                 ,
                 indeed
                 it
                 was
                 neither
                 observed
                 in
                 Denmark
                 nor
                 at
                 London
                 before
                 Novemb.
                 18.
                 or
                 21.
                 but
                 
                   Erycius
                   Puteanus
                
                 observed
                 it
                 Novemb.
                 11.
                 the
                 first
                 time
                 ,
                 as
                 he
                 testifies
                 in
                 the
                 first
                 book
                 of
                 his
                 learned
                 Paradoxologie
                 ,
                 pag.
                 33.38
                 .
                 so
                 it
                 appeared
                 for
                 the
                 space
                 of
                 37.
                 or
                 38.
                 dayes
                 ,
                 foreshewing
                 that
                 first
                 Germany
                 ,
                 Livonia
                 ,
                 Swethland
                 ,
                 with
                 other
                 North-parts
                 of
                 Europe
                 ,
                 then
                 Scotland
                 ,
                 England
                 and
                 Ireland
                 ,
                 should
                 feel
                 the
                 terrible
                 effects
                 thereof
                 in
                 warre
                 and
                 famine
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 space
                 of
                 37.
                 or
                 38.
                 years
                 ,
                 even
                 from
                 An.
                 1618.
                 till
                 An.
                 1656.
                 
                 This
                 Comet
                 was
                 strengthned
                 by
                 a
                 fearfull
                 conjunction
                 of
                 Saturn
                 and
                 Jupiter
                 ,
                 An.
                 1616.
                 
                 July
                 18.
                 
                 The
                 effects
                 of
                 both
                 which
                 were
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 confined
                 in
                 those
                 terrible
                 concomitants
                 of
                 war
                 perpetrated
                 in
                 Germany
                 (
                 which
                 L.B.
                 and
                 D.
                 Vincent
                 so
                 pathetically
                 delineate
                 )
                 but
                 were
                 to
                 end
                 in
                 the
                 judgements
                 of
                 God
                 upon
                 Europe
                 for
                 neglecting
                 the
                 downfall
                 of
                 Antichrist
                 ,
                 ruine
                 of
                 Rome
                 ,
                 annihilation
                 of
                 the
                 Sodomiticall
                 Order
                 of
                 the
                 Society
                 of
                 Jesuites
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 extirpation
                 of
                 all
                 Kingdoms
                 and
                 free
                 States
                 of
                 Papists
                 ,
                 to
                 make
                 way
                 for
                 the
                 Lion
                 of
                 the
                 North
                 to
                 erect
                 his
                 FIFTH
                 MONARCHIE
                 in
                 the
                 ashes
                 of
                 Germany
                 ,
                 wherein
                 shall
                 be
                 established
                 the
                 eternall
                 felicity
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 and
                 fulnesse
                 of
                 the
                 Gentiles
                 .
              
               
                 M.
                 Shirley
                 Fellow
                 of
                 Trinity-Colledge
                 in
                 Cambridge
                 ,
                 once
                 shewed
                 me
                 a
                 Letter
                 from
                 his
                 learned
                 friend
                 Buxtorf
                 ,
                 dated
                 An.
                 1624.
                 
                 May
                 3.
                 wherein
                 was
                 contained
                 a
                 Prognostique
                 Prophecy
                 of
                 the
                 before-mentioned
                 Comet
                 and
                 Conjunction
                 ,
                 sent
                 him
                 from
                 that
                 incomparable
                 Astrologer
                 ,
                 
                   Iohannes
                   Baudensis
                
                 Nephew
                 to
                 
                   Paul
                   Grebner
                
                 ,
                 which
                 for
                 the
                 strangenesse
                 and
                 rarity
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 I
                 will
                 here
                 insert
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Caeterùm
                     ,
                     quòd
                     de
                     patriae
                     nostrae
                     afflictissimae
                     statu
                     consilesco
                     ,
                     indignaris
                     ;
                     nihil
                     profectò
                     scribendum
                     nunc
                     hab●o
                     ,
                     nisi
                     omnia
                     (
                     ut
                     Poetae
                     verbis
                     utor
                     )
                     in
                     pejus
                     ruere
                     ,
                     &
                     retrò
                     sublapsa
                     referri
                     .
                     Tam
                     Danus
                     quàm
                     Caesar
                     ●nixè
                     laborant
                     ,
                     ut
                     miseram
                     Germaniam
                     quamprimùm
                     p●ssum
                     iri
                     spectem
                     :
                     Nec
                     milites
                     utriusqùe
                     quiequam
                     aliud
                     meditan●nr
                     ,
                     nisi
                     strages
                     &
                     vastitatem
                     .
                     Accepi
                     nudiustertiùs
                     à
                  
                   Johanne
                   Baudensi
                   
                     (
                     amico
                     mihi
                     multimodis
                     charissimo
                     )
                     sententias
                     nostratium
                     Astrologorum
                     de
                     horribili
                     illo
                     Comet●
                     ,
                     qui
                  
                   Anno
                   1618.
                   
                     apparuit
                     ,
                     &
                     nuperrimâ
                     Saturni
                     &
                     Iovis
                     Conjunctione
                     .
                     En
                     tibi
                     vaticinium
                     ,
                     si
                     no●
                     Apostolicum
                     ,
                     at
                     longè
                     (
                     ni
                     fallor
                     )
                     plusquàm
                     Astrologicum
                     .
                     Surrexit
                     Deus
                     &
                     gladium
                     eduxit
                     .
                     Clades
                     magnorum
                     Imperatorum
                     ,
                     strages
                     populorum
                     ,
                     regum
                     funcra
                     ,
                     rerum-publicarum
                     eversiones
                     ,
                     monarchiarum
                     mutationes
                     ,
                     assassinationes
                     principum
                     &
                     ducum
                     illustriorum
                     ,
                     violenta
                     &
                     superba
                     consilia
                     ,
                     proditiones
                     &
                     rebelliones
                     inter
                     Subditos
                     in
                     hoc
                     coelo
                     nostro
                     Europico
                     exorientur
                     .
                     Exporientur
                     religiosi
                     à
                     potentioribus
                     Legum
                     
                     &
                     institutorum
                     Ecclesiasti●orum
                     mutationem
                     ,
                     à
                     plebeijs
                     novarum
                     rerum
                     inexplebilem
                     cupiditatem
                     .
                     Boreales
                     Europae
                     partes
                     ferro
                     ,
                     morbo
                     &
                     peste
                     laborabunt
                     ,
                     depauperabuntur
                     divites
                     ,
                     Principes
                     Dominijs
                     exuti
                     erunt
                     ,
                     exulabunt
                     patres
                     &
                     filij
                     post
                     longum
                     turb●rum
                     intercapedinem
                     in
                     integrum
                     restituentur
                     .
                     Hic
                     quoque
                     Cometa
                     terribilem
                     Romae
                     ruinam
                     ,
                     singulisque
                     Europae
                     civitatibus
                     incendia
                     minitatur●
                     Clerici
                     Papicolae
                     praecipuè
                     Cardinales
                     de
                     gradibus
                     suis
                     dejicientur
                     ,
                     Loiolistae
                     ubique
                     ad
                     mortem
                     rapientur
                     ,
                     nec
                     Gallis
                     aut
                     Hispanis
                     animus
                     erit
                     carnificum
                     l●queos
                     evitare
                     .
                     Quinimò
                     cernimus
                     etiam
                     in
                     terrâ
                     sanct●
                     à
                     veteribus
                     incolis●
                     oriturum
                     Regnum
                     ,
                     quod
                     ●rit
                     Christianis
                     miraculum
                     ,
                     &
                     Orbi
                     terriculamentum
                     .
                     Novique
                     Imperij
                     Revolutio
                     istis
                     succedet
                     ,
                     sub
                     quo
                     generale
                     gaudium
                     ,
                     laetitia
                     &
                     voluptas
                     humano
                     generi
                     subministrabitur
                     ,
                     improbis
                     ubique
                     de
                     medio
                     sublatis
                     .
                     Haec
                     omnia
                     per
                     Regem
                     quendam
                     Borealem
                     peragentur
                     ,
                     qui
                     pacem
                     ,
                     Religionem
                     ,
                     &
                     Securitatem
                     per
                     totum
                     Orbem
                     miraculosè
                     stabilibit
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 Whereas
                 you
                 are
                 angry
                 that
                 I
                 keep
                 silence
                 concerning
                 the
                 esta●e
                 of
                 our
                 most
                 distressed
                 Countrey
                 .
                 Truly
                 I
                 have
                 nothing
                 now
                 to
                 write
                 ,
                 but
                 that
                 all
                 things
                 (
                 that
                 I
                 may
                 use
                 the
                 words
                 of
                 the
                 Poet
                 )
                 grow
                 worse
                 and
                 woese
                 .
                 As
                 well
                 the
                 King
                 of
                 Denmark
                 as
                 the
                 Emperour
                 earnestly
                 endeavour
                 to
                 see
                 miserable
                 Germany
                 destroyed
                 as
                 soon
                 as
                 may
                 be
                 ;
                 neither
                 do
                 the
                 souldiers
                 of
                 either
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 think
                 of
                 any
                 other
                 thing
                 then
                 slaughter
                 and
                 desolation
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 received
                 the
                 other
                 day
                 ,
                 from
                 my
                 dear
                 Friend
                 
                   Iohn
                   Baudensis
                
                 ,
                 the
                 opinions
                 of
                 our
                 Astrologers
                 concerning
                 that
                 terrible
                 Comet
                 which
                 appeared
                 Anno
                 1618
                 ,
                 and
                 about
                 the
                 later
                 Conjunction
                 of
                 Saturn
                 and
                 Iupiter
                 .
                 Behold
                 thou
                 then
                 a
                 Prophecie
                 (
                 if
                 not
                 Apostolical
                 )
                 yet
                 (
                 if
                 I
                 mistake
                 not
                 )
                 far
                 beyond
                 Astrological
                 .
                 GOD
                 hath
                 arisen
                 and
                 drawn
                 his
                 sword
                 :
                 There
                 shall
                 happen
                 in
                 these
                 our
                 European
                 Regions
                 ,
                 the
                 destruction
                 of
                 great
                 Emperours
                 ,
                 the
                 slaughter
                 of
                 people
                 ,
                 Funerals
                 of
                 Kings
                 ,
                 subversions
                 of
                 Common-wealths
                 ,
                 mutations
                 of
                 Monarchies
                 ,
                 massacres
                 of
                 Princes
                 and
                 illustrious
                 Commanders
                 ,
                 violent
                 and
                 proud
                 Counsels
                 ,
                 Treasons
                 and
                 Rebellions
                 amongst
                 Subjects
                 :
                 Clergie-men
                 shall
                 finde
                 a
                 change
                 of
                 Laws
                 and
                 Ecclesiastical
                 Constitutions
                 ,
                 by
                 those
                 of
                 greater
                 power
                 ,
                 and
                 an
                 insatiable
                 desire
                 of
                 new
                 things
                 amongst
                 common
                 people
                 .
                 The
                 Northern
                 parts
                 of
                 Europe
                 shall
                 be
                 greatly
                 oppressed
                 with
                 Warre
                 ,
                 Sicknesse
                 and
                 Pestilence
                 .
                 Rich
                 men
                 shall
                 be
                 impoverished
                 ,
                 Princes
                 cast
                 out
                 of
                 their
                 Dominions
                 ;
                 The
                 fathers
                 shall
                 be
                 banished
                 ,
                 and
                 after
                 a
                 long
                 space
                 of
                 trouble
                 their
                 children
                 shall
                 be
                 restored
                 to
                 their
                 former
                 condition
                 .
                 This
                 Comet
                 also
                 threatneth
                 the
                 terrible
                 ruine
                 of
                 Rome
                 and
                 burnings
                 in
                 all
                 the
                 Cities
                 of
                 Europe
                 .
                 The
                 Papistical
                 Clergy
                 ,
                 especially
                 the
                 Cardinals
                 ,
                 shall
                 be
                 cast
                 down
                 from
                 their
                 Dignities
                 ,
                 the
                 Jesuites
                 every
                 where
                 shall
                 be
                 drawn
                 to
                 death
                 ,
                 neither
                 shall
                 the
                 French-men
                 or
                 Spaniards
                 have
                 courage
                 to
                 save
                 their
                 necks
                 from
                 the
                 halters
                 .
                 Furthermore
                 ,
                 We
                 discern
                 a
                 Kingdom
                 to
                 arise
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 ancient
                 Inhabitants
                 in
                 the
                 holy
                 Land
                 ,
                 which
                 to
                 Christians
                 shall
                 be
                 a
                 Miracle
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 the
                 World
                 a
                 terrour
                 ;
                 and
                 these
                 shall
                 obtain
                 the
                 Revolution
                 of
                 a
                 new
                 Empire
                 ,
                 under
                 which
                 shall
                 be
                 administred
                 universal
                 Gladnesse●
                 Joy
                 and
                 Delight
                 to
                 mankinde
                 (
                 the
                 wicked
                 being
                 every
                 where
                 taken
                 away
                 .
                 )
                 All
                 these
                 things
                 shall
                 be
                 effected
                 by
                 a
                 certain
                 Northern
                 King
                 who
                 shall
                 miraculously
                 
                 establish
                 Peace
                 ,
                 Religion
                 and
                 Security
                 throughout
                 the
                 whole
                 world
                 .
              
               
                 Thus
                 far
                 the
                 words
                 of
                 this
                 Letter
                 .
                 And
                 how
                 punctually
                 all
                 these
                 things
                 are
                 come
                 to
                 passe
                 ,
                 let
                 the
                 world
                 judge
                 .
                 We
                 in
                 England
                 have
                 felt
                 the
                 misery
                 of
                 the
                 one
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 ready
                 stript
                 to
                 suffer
                 the
                 calamities
                 of
                 the
                 other
                 ,
                 having
                 for
                 the
                 present
                 lost
                 what
                 is
                 impossible
                 to
                 be
                 regained
                 ,
                 and
                 seeing
                 a
                 new
                 storm
                 of
                 Devastations
                 hanging
                 over
                 our
                 heads
                 by
                 the
                 young
                 Kings
                 late
                 arrival
                 in
                 Scotland
                 (
                 where
                 he
                 is
                 received
                 as
                 absolute
                 Soveraign
                 )
                 which
                 fil●
                 mens
                 hearts
                 with
                 pensive
                 thoughts
                 and
                 doub●ings
                 what
                 will
                 be
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 these
                 wofull
                 beginnings
                 .
                 For
                 my
                 part
                 ,
                 I
                 am
                 a
                 zealous
                 adorer
                 of
                 a
                 Parliament
                 ,
                 nor
                 deserve
                 I
                 to
                 censure
                 the
                 Actions
                 of
                 our
                 Representatives
                 ,
                 yet
                 will
                 I
                 not
                 promise
                 the
                 Term
                 of
                 an
                 Age
                 to
                 our
                 novel
                 Government
                 ,
                 but
                 think
                 ve●ily
                 ,
                 a
                 change
                 to
                 the
                 old
                 Model
                 is
                 nigh
                 at
                 hand
                 .
                 It
                 is
                 casual
                 to
                 the
                 best
                 Kingdoms
                 to
                 have
                 Interregnums
                 ,
                 but
                 as
                 we
                 stand
                 now
                 ,
                 we
                 shall
                 ne●ther
                 be
                 for
                 six
                 years
                 together
                 a
                 Body
                 Politique
                 ,
                 nor
                 a
                 true
                 Church
                 of
                 God.
                 That
                 excellent
                 Astrologer
                 of
                 Misnia
                 ,
                 
                   Paul
                   Grebner
                
                 ,
                 was
                 more
                 then
                 an
                 Inquisitour
                 into
                 the
                 Effects
                 of
                 Starres
                 ,
                 being
                 questionlesse
                 indued
                 from
                 above
                 with
                 a
                 Prophetick
                 spirit
                 ,
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 desired
                 ,
                 much
                 lesse
                 expected
                 of
                 all
                 .
                 He
                 plainly
                 affirms
                 ,
                 That
                 as
                 England
                 ever
                 was
                 a
                 Monarchy
                 within
                 it self
                 ,
                 since
                 it
                 was
                 discovered
                 by
                 the
                 Romans
                 ,
                 so
                 shall
                 it
                 so
                 continue
                 and
                 remain
                 ,
                 even
                 then
                 when
                 all
                 other
                 Kingdoms
                 and
                 States
                 in
                 Europe
                 are
                 swallowed
                 up
                 of
                 the
                 FIFTH
                 MONARCHIE
                 of
                 the
                 Lion
                 of
                 the
                 North.
                 His
                 Prophecie
                 of
                 our
                 Civil
                 Wars
                 ,
                 of
                 the
                 Fate
                 of
                 our
                 late
                 King
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Restauration
                 of
                 his
                 Son
                 to
                 his
                 Fathers
                 Dominions
                 ,
                 runneth
                 thus
                 in
                 Ban.
                 72.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Per
                     idem
                     tempus
                     Rex
                     quidam
                     Borcalis
                     (
                     nomine
                  
                   Carolus
                   )
                   Mariam
                   
                     ex
                     Papistic●
                     religione
                     sibi
                     assumptam
                     in
                     matrimonium
                     conjunxerit
                     ,
                  
                   
                   
                     ex
                     quo
                     evidet
                     regum
                     infelicissimus
                     .
                     Unde
                     populus
                     ejus
                     ,
                     ipso
                     abdicato
                     ,
                     Comitem
                     quendam
                     perantiquae
                     Familiae
                     regno
                     praeponet
                     ,
                     qui
                     tres
                     annos
                     ,
                     aut
                     circitèr
                     durabit
                     ;
                     &
                     hoc
                     quoque
                     remoto
                     ,
                     Equitem
                     quendam
                     bellicosum
                     in
                     ejus
                     locum
                     assumet
                     ,
                     qui
                     paulò
                     ampliùs
                     regnabit
                     .
                     Post
                     hunc
                     eliget
                     nullum
                     .
                     Interea
                     ,
                     unus
                     è
                     stirpe
                  
                   Caroli
                   
                     in
                     littore
                     regni
                     patres
                     sui
                     cum
                  
                   Gallicis
                   ,
                   Suevicis
                   ,
                   Danicis
                   ,
                   Hollandicis
                   ,
                   Burgurdicis
                   &
                   Germanicis
                   
                     auxiliis
                     stabit
                     ,
                     omnes
                     inimicos
                     suos
                     cruentissimo
                     praelio
                     superabit
                     ,
                     &
                     posteà
                     regnum
                     suum
                     felicissimè
                     administrabit
                     ,
                     eritque
                  
                   Carolo
                   
                     magno
                     major
                  
                   .
                   And
                   in
                   Ban.
                   74.
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     Circà
                     Anno
                  
                   1663
                   
                     Brittaniarum
                     Rex
                     antiquum
                     cum
                     Belgarum
                     Ordinibus
                     foedus
                     &
                     amicitiam
                     rumpet
                     ,
                     ob
                     ereptas
                     sibi
                     ab
                     ipsorum
                     piratis
                     naviculas
                     quasdam
                     ,
                     qui
                     pertrepidi
                     ad
                     novum
                  
                   Danorum
                   Regem
                   (
                   nomine
                   Christiernum
                   )
                   
                     confugient
                     ,
                     qui
                     utrosque
                     primò
                     compositissimis
                     orationibus
                     ,
                     deinde
                     muneribus
                     in
                     concordiam
                     alliciet
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 About
                 the
                 same
                 time
                 a
                 certain
                 Northern
                 King
                 (
                 named
                 Charles
                 )
                 who
                 shall
                 marry
                 Mary
                 of
                 the
                 Popish
                 Religion
                 to
                 his
                 great
                 unhappinesse
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 his
                 people
                 (
                 rejecting
                 him
                 )
                 shall
                 set
                 up
                 an
                 Earl
                 of
                 a
                 very
                 ancient
                 Family
                 ,
                 who
                 shall
                 continue
                 three
                 years
                 or
                 thereabouts
                 ,
                 he
                 dying
                 they
                 shall
                 elect
                 in
                 his
                 stead
                 a
                 warlike
                 Knight
                 ,
                 who
                 shall
                 rule
                 a
                 little
                 longer
                 :
                 after
                 him
                 they
                 elect
                 none
                 ;
                 But
                 in
                 the
                 mean
                 one
                 of
                 Charles
                 his
                 Stock
                 shall
                 land
                 on
                 the
                 Sea-coasts
                 of
                 his
                 Fathers
                 Kingdom
                 ,
                 and
                 with
                 
                   French
                   ,
                   Swedish
                   ,
                   Danish
                   ,
                   Hollandian
                   ,
                   Burgonian
                
                 and
                 German
                 Forces
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 most
                 cruel
                 battell
                 shall
                 vanquish
                 all
                 his
                 
                 Enemies
                 ,
                 and
                 afterward
                 most
                 happily
                 govern
                 his
                 Kingdom
                 ,
                 and
                 be
                 greater
                 then
                 Charls
                 the
                 Great
                 .
                 And
                 about
                 the
                 year
                 1663
                 ,
                 the
                 King
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 ancient
                 Brittains
                 for
                 the
                 losse
                 of
                 some
                 Ships
                 at
                 Sea
                 shall
                 break
                 his
                 League
                 and
                 Amity
                 with
                 the
                 States
                 of
                 Holland
                 ,
                 who
                 fearing
                 ,
                 shall
                 to
                 the
                 new
                 King
                 of
                 Danes
                 (
                 named
                 Christiernu●
                 )
                 for
                 succour
                 ,
                 and
                 he
                 by
                 fair
                 Intreaties
                 and
                 large
                 Gifts
                 shall
                 win
                 either
                 side
                 to
                 Agreement
                 .
              
               
                 Nor
                 ever
                 doth
                 he
                 speak
                 of
                 England
                 in
                 all
                 that
                 famous
                 manuscript
                 ,
                 but
                 as
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 warlike
                 and
                 potent
                 Kingdome
                 in
                 Europe
                 .
                 Therefore
                 all
                 good
                 Christians
                 ought
                 to
                 wish
                 the
                 new
                 Warre
                 were
                 concluded
                 rather
                 by
                 an
                 happy
                 Agreement
                 and
                 Composition
                 ,
                 then
                 by
                 Sword
                 and
                 Musket
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 King
                 placed
                 on
                 his
                 Throne
                 rather
                 with
                 the
                 hands
                 of
                 his
                 loving
                 and
                 and
                 rejoycefull
                 Subjects
                 ,
                 than
                 with
                 the
                 swords
                 of
                 Forreigners
                 .
                 For
                 if
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 his
                 Restauration
                 be
                 in
                 bloud
                 ,
                 and
                 tumbling
                 of
                 garments
                 in
                 bloud
                 ,
                 the
                 Accomplishment
                 of
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 with
                 burning
                 and
                 fuel
                 of
                 fire
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 That
                 this
                 future
                 History
                 of
                 Europe
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 more
                 fully
                 and
                 clearly
                 understood
                 ,
                 I
                 intend
                 to
                 set
                 it
                 down
                 by
                 way
                 of
                 Chronology
                 upon
                 the
                 principall
                 passages
                 in
                 Ezekiel
                 and
                 the
                 Revelations
                 ,
                 as
                 I
                 lately
                 collected
                 it
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 two
                 MSS.
                 of
                 Grebner
                 and
                 
                   Ioannes
                   Baudensis
                
                 ,
                 and
                 afterward
                 subscribed
                 certain
                 Notes
                 and
                 Animadversions
                 upon
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 
                   THe
                   woman
                   travelleth
                
                 ,
                 viz.
                 The
                 Jewish
                 Synagogue
                 bringeth
                 forth
                 Christ
                 ,
                 whereupon
                 ensueth
                 the
                 battel
                 between
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1
                
                 Michael
                 and
                 the
                 Dragon
                 (
                 Christ
                 and
                 the
                 Devil
                 )
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   3947
                
                 Christ
                 being
                 persecuted
                 of
                 the
                 Devil
                 by
                 Herod
                 in
                 his
                 Infancy
                 ,
                 flieth
                 into
                 Aegypt
                 ,
                 in
                 his
                 appointed
                 time
                 of
                 34
                 years
                 ,
                 suffereth
                 and
                 ascendeth
                 into
                 Heaven
                 ;
                 The
                 Devil
                 enraged
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   34
                
                 that
                 he
                 could
                 no
                 more
                 persecute
                 Christ
                 ,
                 raiseth
                 persecutions
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   3981
                
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   65
                
                 against
                 the
                 Primitive
                 Church
                 by
                 Nero
                 and
                 others
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 12.
                 
                   per
                   tot
                
                 .
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4012
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   70
                
                 The
                 first
                 Seal
                 opened●
                 The
                 white
                 Horse
                 and
                 his
                 Rider
                 ,
                 with
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4017
                
                 the
                 crowned
                 Bow
                 ,
                 signifieth
                 the
                 purity
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 in
                 the
                 Primitive
                 Church
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 6.2
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   71
                
                 Satan
                 is
                 bound
                 for
                 a
                 1000
                 ●ears
                 from
                 raging
                 against
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4018
                
                 Revel
                 .
                 20.2.8
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   65
                
                 The
                 second
                 Seal
                 opened
                 ,
                 The
                 red
                 Horse
                 is
                 the
                 massacre
                 of
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4020
                
                 Christians
                 in
                 the
                 ten
                 general
                 Persecutions
                 about
                 A●no
                 65
                 ,
                 to
                 An.
                 330.
                 
                 Revel
                 .
                 6.3
                 ,
                 4.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   104
                
                 The
                 third
                 Seal
                 opened
                 ,
                 
                   Simon
                   Magus
                   ,
                   Ebion
                
                 and
                 Corinthus
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4051
                
                 trouble
                 the
                 Church
                 with
                 damnable
                 and
                 infectious
                 Heresies
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 6.9
                 ,
                 6.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   173
                
                 The
                 fourth
                 Seal
                 opened
                 ,
                 Horrid
                 Famine
                 ,
                 devouring
                 Pestilences
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4120
                
                 and
                 outragious
                 Wars
                 ,
                 waste
                 and
                 depopulate
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 for
                 cruelty
                 to
                 Christians
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 6.7
                 ,
                 8.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   194
                
                 The
                 fifth
                 Seal
                 opened
                 ,
                 Mutual
                 Massacres
                 of
                 the
                 wretched
                 Caesars
                 ,
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4141
                
                 beginning
                 at
                 Pertinax
                 ,
                 and
                 ending
                 at
                 Licinius
                 ,
                 slain
                 by
                 Constantine
                 the
                 Great
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 6.9
                 ,
                 10
                 ,
                 11.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   288
                
                 The
                 sixth
                 Seal
                 opened
                 ,
                 Dioclesian
                 and
                 Maximilian
                 give
                 over
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4235
                
                 their
                 Caesarships
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 could
                 not
                 eradicate
                 Christianity
                 .
                 Constantine
                 strengthened
                 with
                 their
                 Armies
                 and
                 Provinces
                 ,
                 warreth
                 upon
                 Licinius
                 ,
                 slayeth
                 him
                 ,
                 destroyeth
                 the
                 Pretorian-Camp
                 ,
                 abolisheth
                 Heathenism
                 ,
                 and
                 setteth
                 up
                 the
                 true
                 Worship
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 6.12
                 .
                 to
                 the
                 end
                 .
              
               
               
                 The
                 seventh
                 Seal
                 opened
                 ,
                 
                   And
                   silence
                   in
                   Heaven
                   for
                   half
                   an
                   hour
                   ,
                   viz.
                
                 The
                 Church
                 enjoyeth
                 rest
                 thirty
                 years
                 ,
                 all
                 the
                 time
                 that
                 Constantine
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4255
                
                 the
                 Great
                 reigned
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 8.1
                 .
                 Yet
                 clouds
                 of
                 persecution
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   308
                
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4286
                
                 arise
                 in
                 the
                 interim
                 in
                 the
                 sky
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 seven
                 Angels
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   339
                
                 prepare
                 themselves
                 to
                 blow
                 the
                 seven
                 Trumpets
                 for
                 the
                 space
                 of
                 23
                 years
                 ,
                 even
                 all
                 the
                 reign
                 of
                 Constantines
                 three
                 sons
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 8.2
                 ,
                 3.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4310
                
                 Iulian
                 that
                 wretched
                 Apostata
                 bending
                 his
                 utmost
                 endeavours
                 to
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   363
                
                 ruine
                 the
                 Gospel
                 ,
                 licenceth
                 17000
                 Jews
                 to
                 return
                 to
                 Ierusalem
                 to
                 rebuild
                 their
                 Temple
                 ;
                 but
                 God
                 destroyeth
                 them
                 all
                 by
                 Lightnings
                 and
                 Pestilences
                 :
                 Horrible
                 Earthquakes
                 cast
                 up
                 into
                 the
                 Air
                 the
                 foundations
                 which
                 had
                 been
                 buried
                 in
                 rubbish
                 till
                 then
                 .
                 Therefore
                 Daniels
                 compute
                 of
                 the
                 Temples
                 finall
                 ruine
                 must
                 but
                 begin
                 then
                 ;
                 there
                 begin
                 his
                 two
                 Numbers
                 (
                 Chap.
                 12.
                 ver
                 .
                 11
                 ,
                 12.
                 )
                 of
                 1290
                 ,
                 and
                 1335
                 ,
                 which
                 in
                 all
                 must
                 but
                 make
                 1335
                 years
                 ,
                 which
                 added
                 to
                 363
                 ,
                 make
                 up
                 and
                 point
                 to
                 
                   Anno
                   Christi
                
                 1698
                 ,
                 the
                 joyfull
                 Jubile
                 of
                 the
                 Churches
                 Deliverance
                 from
                 all
                 Adversity
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4373
                
                 The
                 first
                 Trumpet
                 blown
                 .
                 Fire
                 and
                 hail
                 (
                 war
                 and
                 bloudshed
                 )
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   426
                
                 cast
                 into
                 the
                 troublesome
                 Sea
                 of
                 the
                 Roman-Western-Empire
                 by
                 Valentinian
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 succeeding
                 Emperours
                 ,
                 untill
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 Western-Empire
                 ,
                 The
                 savage
                 Inundations
                 of
                 
                   Goths
                   ,
                   Huns
                   ,
                   Vandals
                
                 and
                 Bulgarians
                 into
                 Italy
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 8.7
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4553
                
                 The
                 second
                 Trumpet
                 blown
                 ,
                 Boniface
                 that
                 Mountain
                 of
                 fiery
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   606
                
                 Combustions
                 obtaineth
                 of
                 Phocas
                 the
                 Popish
                 Supremacy
                 .
                 Hence
                 wars
                 betwixt
                 the
                 Emperours
                 and
                 Popes
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 8.8
                 ,
                 9.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4613
                
                 The
                 third
                 Trumpet
                 blown
                 ,
                 The
                 Romish
                 Bishop
                 (
                 the
                 great
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   666
                
                 Star
                 of
                 the
                 Western
                 Christian
                 Clergy
                 )
                 falleth
                 from
                 the
                 Heaven
                 of
                 Truth
                 and
                 Godlinesse
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 a
                 vigilant
                 Pastour
                 becomes
                 a
                 ravenous
                 Robber
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 gifts
                 thereof
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 8.10
                 ,
                 11.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   4946
                
                 The
                 fourth
                 Trumpet
                 blown
                 ,
                 The
                 Pope
                 fallen
                 from
                 Piety
                 ,
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   999
                
                 and
                 his
                 Clergy
                 from
                 the
                 Pulpits
                 ,
                 Christ
                 the
                 Sun
                 of
                 righteousness
                 with
                 his
                 Merits
                 ,
                 the
                 Church
                 the
                 Moon
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Ministers
                 the
                 Stars
                 thereof
                 are
                 eclipsed
                 ,
                 and
                 vilified
                 by
                 Sylvester
                 II
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 8.12
                 ,
                 13.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5018
                
                 Satan
                 loosed
                 out
                 of
                 prison
                 beginneth
                 to
                 rage
                 by
                 Gregory
                 VII
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1071
                
                 against
                 the
                 Gospel
                 of
                 Christ
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 20.4
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5140
                
                 The
                 fifth
                 Trumpet
                 blown
                 ,
                 The
                 Vicar
                 of
                 Christ
                 with
                 his
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1195
                
                 Keyes
                 openeth
                 hel's
                 mouth
                 to
                 let
                 out
                 his
                 Cloister-fiends
                 and
                 satanical
                 Locusts
                 to
                 overspread
                 the
                 Earth
                 of
                 Christendome
                 ,
                 described
                 by
                 Iohn
                 most
                 graphically
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 9.9
                 .
                 to
                 13.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5245
                
                 The
                 sixth
                 Trumpet
                 blown
                 ,
                 The
                 Ottoman
                 Empire
                 ariseth
                 ,
                 invadeth
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1300
                
                 first
                 the
                 Eastern-Empire
                 of
                 Constantinople
                 ,
                 and
                 winneth
                 it
                 :
                 then
                 flieth
                 upon
                 the
                 Germane
                 Emperour
                 with
                 barbarous
                 millions
                 of
                 invincible
                 Armies
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 9.13
                 .
                 to
                 the
                 end
                 .
              
               
               
                 The
                 saying
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 9.15
                 .
                 of
                 the
                 Turks
                 preparation
                 for
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 a
                 moneth
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 year
                 ,
                 beginneth
                 now
                 .
                 Which
                 Number
                 allegorically
                 taken
                 maketh
                 398
                 years
                 :
                 
                 which
                 added
                 to
                 A.
                 1300
                 ,
                 the
                 year
                 of
                 the
                 original
                 of
                 the
                 Turkish
                 Empire
                 ,
                 sheweth
                 that
                 A.
                 1698.
                 shall
                 be
                 the
                 final
                 down●al
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5462
                
                 The
                 last
                 Trumpet
                 is
                 blown
                 ,
                 The
                 Thrones
                 ,
                 Principalities
                 and
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1517
                
                 Dominions
                 in
                 Heaven
                 rejoyce
                 ,
                 that
                 God
                 would
                 now
                 at
                 length
                 take
                 his
                 Churches
                 Cause
                 in
                 hand
                 ,
                 and
                 raise
                 up
                 Luther
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 Sons
                 of
                 Thunder
                 to
                 vindicate
                 the
                 quarrel
                 thereof
                 against
                 the
                 Romish
                 Antichrist
                 to
                 the
                 ruine
                 of
                 his
                 Kingdom
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 11.
                 from
                 ver
                 .
                 15.
                 to
                 the
                 end
                 .
              
               
                 By
                 eating
                 of
                 the
                 Book
                 ,
                 
                 Chap.
                 10.
                 
                 Measuring
                 the
                 Temple
                 and
                 slaying
                 the
                 Witnesses
                 ,
                 Chap.
                 11.
                 is
                 understood
                 the
                 Reformation
                 by
                 Luther
                 ,
                 and
                 downfall
                 of
                 the
                 Papacy
                 under
                 Charles
                 the
                 fifth
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5504
                
                 The
                 first
                 Vial
                 poured
                 out
                 ,
                 
                   England
                   ,
                   Scotland
                
                 and
                 Ireland
                 by
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1559
                
                 the
                 Reign
                 of
                 Queen
                 Elizabeth
                 ,
                 renounce
                 the
                 Papacy
                 ;
                 which
                 generates
                 the
                 ulcers
                 of
                 spight
                 and
                 malice
                 in
                 the
                 Romish
                 Church
                 against
                 England
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 16.2
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5518
                
                 The
                 second
                 Vial
                 poured
                 out
                 ,
                 
                   Martin
                   Chemnitius
                
                 and
                 others
                 ,
                 pronounce
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1572
                
                 the
                 vengeance
                 of
                 God
                 against
                 the
                 mortiferous
                 Sea
                 of
                 the
                 Councel
                 of
                 Trent
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 18.3
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5528
                
                 The
                 third
                 Vial
                 poured
                 out
                 ,
                 The
                 stinking
                 Waters
                 of
                 the
                 Papacy
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1583
                
                 are
                 infected
                 with
                 bloud
                 in
                 murthering
                 of
                 the
                 Popes
                 and
                 Romanists
                 in
                 Rome
                 ,
                 the
                 slaughters
                 of
                 the
                 Spaniards
                 in
                 the
                 Low-Countreys
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Discomfiture
                 of
                 the
                 Spanish-Armado
                 in
                 Anno
                 1588.
                 
                 Revel
                 .
                 16.5
                 ,
                 6
                 ,
                 7.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5540
                
                 The
                 fourth
                 Vial
                 poured
                 out
                 ,
                 The
                 Protestant
                 Champions
                 
                   Pareus
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Christi
                       .
                    
                     1605
                  
                   Polanus
                   ,
                   Whitakers
                   ,
                   Perkins
                   ,
                   Andrews
                   ,
                
                 King
                 Iames
                 and
                 others
                 ,
                 pour
                 light
                 upon
                 the
                 Sunne
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 ,
                 in
                 writing
                 against
                 
                   Bellarmine
                   ,
                   Stapleton
                   ,
                   Campian
                
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 Papists
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 16.8
                 ,
                 9.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5565
                
                 The
                 fifth
                 Vial
                 is
                 now
                 pouring
                 out
                 ,
                 The
                 Swedes
                 in
                 
                   Germany
                   ,
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Christi
                    
                     1630
                  
                   An.
                
                 .
                 1632.
                 
                 The
                 English
                 in
                 England
                 ,
                 1640
                 ,
                 combine
                 against
                 the
                 Papists
                 ,
                 Jesuites
                 proscribed
                 in
                 Poland
                 and
                 
                   Swethland
                   ,
                   Anno
                
                 1648.
                 
                 This
                 Vial
                 shall
                 end
                 in
                 the
                 ruine
                 of
                 Rome
                 ,
                 Anno
                 1666.
                 
                 Revel
                 .
                 16.10
                 ,
                 11.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5594
                
                 The
                 sixth
                 Vial
                 beginneth
                 to
                 be
                 poured
                 out
                 ,
                 Three
                 barbarous
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1659
                
                 Nations
                 sack
                 Hydruntum
                 in
                 Apulia
                 ,
                 made
                 enrodes
                 into
                 the
                 Eastern
                 Coasts
                 of
                 Italy
                 ,
                 and
                 sack
                 them
                 with
                 fire
                 and
                 sword
                 .
                 Factions
                 and
                 Massacres
                 in
                 Rome
                 and
                 Tuskany
                 .
                 The
                 Pope
                 contemned
                 and
                 invaded
                 ,
                 The
                 Western
                 Christians
                 make
                 an
                 Army
                 ,
                 and
                 fire
                 Rome
                 in
                 the
                 2419
                 year
                 after
                 Romulus
                 laid
                 the
                 foundation
                 thereof
                 ,
                 as
                 Sibylla
                 prophesied
                 .
                 
                   Oracul
                   .
                   lib.
                
                 4.
                 
                 Revel
                 .
                 16.
                 from
                 ver
                 .
                 12.
                 to
                 17.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5595
                
                 The
                 faithfull
                 and
                 true
                 Warriour
                 riding
                 upon
                 a
                 white
                 Horse
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1660
                
                 
                 descendeth
                 from
                 heaven
                 with
                 his
                 Souldiers
                 riding
                 upon
                 white
                 horses
                 ,
                 to
                 fight
                 against
                 the
                 enemies
                 of
                 his
                 Church
                 .
                 The
                 Angel
                 in
                 the
                 Sun
                 calleth
                 to
                 all
                 the
                 fowles
                 of
                 heaven
                 ,
                 to
                 come
                 to
                 the
                 feast
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 to
                 eat
                 the
                 flesh
                 of
                 Kings
                 ,
                 Captains
                 ,
                 mighty
                 Men
                 and
                 horses
                 .
                 Rev.
                 19.11
                 ,
                 17
                 ,
                 18.
                 
                 And
                 I
                 saw
                 the
                 beast
                 and
                 the
                 Kings
                 of
                 the
                 earth
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Warriours
                 gathered
                 together
                 ,
                 to
                 warre
                 against
                 him
                 that
                 sate
                 on
                 the
                 horse
                 ,
                 and
                 against
                 his
                 Souldiers
                 .
                 But
                 the
                 beast
                 was
                 taken
                 ,
                 and
                 with
                 him
                 the
                 false
                 Prophet
                 ,
                 that
                 worketh
                 miracles
                 before
                 him
                 ,
                 whereby
                 he
                 deceived
                 them
                 that
                 have
                 received
                 the
                 beasts
                 mark
                 ,
                 and
                 them
                 that
                 worship
                 his
                 image
                 :
                 These
                 two
                 were
                 cast
                 alive
                 into
                 the
                 lake
                 burning
                 with
                 fire
                 and
                 brimstone
                 ,
                 &c.
                 Ibid.
                 19
                 ,
                 20.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Mundi
                       .
                    
                     5601
                  
                   Vrbs
                   antiqua
                   ruit
                   ,
                   multos
                   dominata
                   per
                   annos
                   :
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Christi
                       .
                    
                     1666
                  
                
                 
                   Destruiturque
                   armis
                   gens
                   scelerata
                   suis.
                   
                
              
               
                 Go
                 out
                 of
                 her
                 my
                 people
                 ,
                 that
                 ye
                 be
                 not
                 partakers
                 of
                 her
                 sins
                 ,
                 nor
                 receive
                 of
                 her
                 plagues
                 .
                 Forasmuch
                 (
                 O
                 Rome
                 )
                 as
                 thou
                 glorifiedst
                 thy self
                 ,
                 and
                 livedst
                 in
                 pleasure
                 ,
                 saying
                 ,
                 I
                 sit
                 a
                 Queen
                 ,
                 am
                 no
                 widdow
                 ,
                 and
                 shall
                 see
                 no
                 sorrow
                 :
                 therefore
                 shall
                 thy
                 plagues
                 come
                 upon
                 thee
                 in
                 one
                 day
                 ,
                 death
                 ,
                 sorrow
                 and
                 famine
                 ,
                 and
                 thou
                 shalt
                 be
                 burnt
                 with
                 fire
                 ;
                 for
                 strong
                 is
                 the
                 Lord
                 God
                 that
                 judgeth
                 thee
                 .
                 The
                 Kings
                 of
                 the
                 earth
                 shall
                 bewail
                 thee
                 ,
                 and
                 thou
                 shalt
                 never
                 more
                 be
                 inhabited
                 ,
                 the
                 light
                 of
                 a
                 candle
                 shall
                 shine
                 no
                 more
                 in
                 thee
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 voice
                 of
                 the
                 Bridegroom
                 and
                 of
                 the
                 Bride
                 shall
                 be
                 heard
                 no
                 more
                 in
                 thee
                 .
                 Rejoyce
                 (
                 O
                 heavens
                 !
                 )
                 for
                 righteous
                 are
                 Gods
                 judgements
                 ,
                 He
                 hath
                 condemned
                 the
                 great
                 Whore.
                 Then
                 they
                 sung
                 Hallelujah
                 ,
                 and
                 her
                 smoak
                 arose
                 up
                 for
                 evermore
                 .
                 Rev.
                 18.7
                 ,
                 8
                 ,
                 20.
                 
                 &
                 19.3
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5614
                
                 Rome
                 being
                 destroyed
                 ,
                 Jews
                 dwell
                 amongst
                 Protestants
                 ,
                 and
                 begin
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1679
                
                 to
                 search
                 into
                 the
                 Scriptures
                 ,
                 and
                 learn
                 the
                 waies
                 of
                 God.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5618
                
                 A
                 g●eat
                 Conjunction
                 of
                 Saturn
                 and
                 Iupiter
                 in
                 Leo.
                 The
                 Jews
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1684
                
                 converted
                 in
                 the
                 West
                 ,
                 prepare
                 to
                 unite
                 with
                 their
                 Brethren
                 in
                 the
                 East
                 ,
                 and
                 raise
                 a
                 Combination
                 to
                 propagate
                 the
                 Gospel
                 and
                 destroy
                 the
                 Headless
                 Turks
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5622
                
                 Praise
                 our
                 God
                 all
                 ye
                 his
                 Saints
                 and
                 Servants
                 ,
                 and
                 ye
                 that
                 fear
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1687
                
                 him
                 both
                 small
                 and
                 great
                 .
                 And
                 I
                 heard
                 the
                 voice
                 of
                 a
                 great
                 multitude
                 both
                 small
                 and
                 great
                 ,
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 the
                 sound
                 of
                 many
                 Waters
                 ,
                 and
                 as
                 the
                 voice
                 of
                 strong
                 thundrings
                 ,
                 saying
                 ,
                 Hallelujah
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 Lord
                 our
                 God
                 reigneth
                 .
                 Let
                 us
                 rejoice
                 and
                 be
                 glad
                 and
                 give
                 glory
                 to
                 him
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 marriage
                 of
                 the
                 Lamb
                 is
                 come
                 ,
                 and
                 his
                 wife
                 hath
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Mundi
                     .
                  
                   5633
                
                 made
                 her self
                 ready
                 ,
                 Rev.
                 19.5
                 ,
                 6
                 ,
                 7.
                 
              
               
                 The
                 dreadfull
                 and
                 terrible
                 Battell
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 with
                 the
                 enraged
                 
                   
                     Anno
                     Christi
                     .
                  
                   1698
                
                 Turks
                 in
                 the
                 land
                 of
                 Judea
                 ,
                 where
                 the
                 Turks
                 are
                 destroyed
                 with
                 an
                 eternall
                 destruction
                 .
                 Ezech.
                 38.
                 
                 &
                 39.
                 chap.
                 all
                 .
              
               
                 Gog
                 and
                 Magog
                 ,
                 (
                 viz.
                 Turks
                 and
                 Tartarians
                 )
                 gather
                 themselves
                 together
                 to
                 battell
                 ,
                 whose
                 Number
                 is
                 as
                 the
                 sand
                 of
                 the
                 Sea
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 went
                 up
                 into
                 the
                 plain
                 of
                 the
                 Earth
                 ,
                 and
                 incompassed
                 the
                 Tents
                 of
                 the
                 Saints
                 abo●t
                 ,
                 even
                 the
                 beloved
                 City
                 ,
                 but
                 fire
                 came
                 
                 down
                 from
                 God
                 out
                 of
                 Heaven
                 ,
                 and
                 destroyed
                 them
                 Revelat.
                 20.8
                 ,
                 9.
                 
              
               
                 
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Mundi
                       .
                    
                     5635
                  
                   THE
                   FIFTH
                   MONARCHY
                   .
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Christi
                       .
                    
                     1700
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Mundi
                       .
                    
                     5645
                  
                   ANd
                   I
                   saw
                   a
                   new
                   heaven
                   and
                   a
                   new
                   earth
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   first
                   heaven
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Christi
                       .
                    
                     1710
                  
                   and
                   the
                   first
                   earth
                   were
                   passed
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   there
                   was
                   no
                   more
                   sea
                   .
                   The
                   new
                   Jerusalem
                   came
                   down
                   from
                   God
                   out
                   of
                   heaven
                   ,
                   trimmed
                   like
                   a
                   Bride
                   to
                   meet
                   her
                   husband
                   .
                   And
                   I
                   heard
                   a
                   great
                   voice
                   out
                   of
                   heaven
                   saying
                   ,
                   behold
                   the
                   Glory
                   and
                   Tabernacle
                   of
                   God
                   with
                   men
                   ,
                   and
                   he
                   shall
                   dwell
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   shall
                   be
                   his
                   people
                   ,
                   and
                   God
                   himself
                   shall
                   be
                   their
                   God
                   with
                   them
                   :
                   and
                   God
                   shall
                   wipe
                   away
                   all
                   tears
                   from
                   their
                   eyes
                   ,
                   and
                   there
                   shall
                   be
                   no
                   more
                   death
                   ,
                   neither
                   sorrow
                   ,
                   neither
                   crying
                   ,
                   neither
                   shall
                   there
                   be
                   any
                   more
                   pain
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   first
                   things
                   are
                   passed
                   away
                   .
                   Rev.
                   21.1
                   ,
                   2
                   ,
                   3
                   ,
                   4
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Mundi
                       .
                    
                     5698
                  
                   No
                   more
                   Germany
                   ,
                   no
                   more
                   any
                   Western
                   Empire
                   or
                   any
                   footstep
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Christi
                       .
                    
                     1763
                  
                   thereof
                   ;
                   for
                   God
                   hath
                   now
                   transplanted
                   his
                   Gospel
                   from
                   Europe
                   unto
                   a
                   more
                   gratefull
                   and
                   pregnant
                   soyl
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   bring
                   forth
                   the
                   fruits
                   thereof
                   in
                   due
                   season
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         Anno
                         Mundi
                         .
                      
                       5699
                    
                     Iam
                     nova
                     Progenies
                     coelo
                     demittitur
                     alto
                     ,
                     
                       
                         Anno
                         Christi
                         .
                      
                       1764
                    
                  
                   
                     Exoriturque
                     atris
                     Lucifer
                     albus
                     equis
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Mundi
                       .
                    
                     5702
                  
                   The
                   holy
                   Temple
                   restored
                   at
                   Jerusalem
                   :
                   the
                   holy
                   utensils
                   prepared
                   :
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Christi
                       .
                    
                     1767
                  
                   the
                   glory
                   of
                   God
                   fil●eth
                   the
                   house
                   ,
                   God
                   lovingly
                   upbraideth
                   the
                   Israelites
                   for
                   their
                   infidelity
                   and
                   Idolatry
                   ,
                   for
                   which
                   they
                   were
                   Vagabonds
                   in
                   all
                   Coasts
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   2400
                   years
                   ,
                   without
                   King
                   ,
                   Law
                   ,
                   Priest
                   and
                   Temple
                   ,
                   and
                   rehearseth
                   their
                   blessed
                   and
                   joyfull
                   estate
                   now
                   being
                   converted
                   and
                   victorious
                   over
                   all
                   their
                   enemies
                   .
                   Ezech.
                   12.
                   last
                   chap.
                   
                     per
                     tot
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Mundi
                       .
                    
                     5705
                  
                   Behold
                   I
                   make
                   all
                   things
                   new
                   .
                   Rev.
                   21.5
                   .
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Christi
                       .
                    
                     1770
                  
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Mundi
                       .
                    
                     5728
                  
                   The
                   Jewish
                   Magistrates
                   and
                   Ministers
                   labour
                   in
                   the
                   Conversion
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Christi
                       .
                    
                     1793
                  
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   to
                   the
                   Gospel
                   of
                   God.
                   Ezech.
                   46.
                   
                     per.
                     tot
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Mundi
                       .
                    
                     5765
                  
                   The
                   seventh
                   Viall
                   powred
                   out
                   ,
                   And
                   now
                   are
                   all
                   things
                   fulfilled
                   
                     
                       Anno
                       Christi
                       .
                    
                     1830
                  
                   which
                   are
                   contained
                   in
                   the
                   Scriptures
                   .
                   After
                   which
                   all
                   Nations
                   may
                   expect
                   the
                   comming
                   of
                   the
                   great
                   Judge
                   ,
                   to
                   render
                   to
                   every
                   man
                   according
                   to
                   his
                   works
                   .
                
                 
                   Thus
                   farre
                   reacheth
                   the
                   Observations
                   of
                   Grebner
                   and
                   Baudensis
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 VI.
                 
              
               
                 BEfore
                 I
                 come
                 to
                 comment
                 upon
                 this
                 Chronologicall
                 Index
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 not
                 be
                 amisse
                 to
                 deliver
                 that
                 saying
                 ,
                 
                 Revel
                 .
                 20.8
                 .
                 
                   (
                   And
                   the
                   Saints
                   shall
                   reign
                   with
                   Christ
                   a
                   thousand
                   years
                   )
                
                 from
                 all
                 those
                 false
                 Interpretations
                 which
                 have
                 been
                 fastned
                 upon
                 it
                 ,
                 by
                 
                   Papias
                   ,
                   Bucholcherus
                   ,
                   Scaliger
                   ,
                   Brightman
                   ,
                   Alsted
                
                 and
                 others
                 ,
                 and
                 declare
                 the
                 true
                 sense
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 as
                 remotest
                 from
                 Innovation
                 ,
                 and
                 coming
                 nearest
                 the
                 intention
                 of
                 the
                 H.
                 Ghost
                 .
                 There
                 is
                 in
                 this
                 20
                 Chap.
                 two
                 severall
                 Epoches
                 of
                 a
                 1000
                 years
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 two
                 severall
                 waies
                 to
                 be
                 interpreted
                 .
                 The
                 first
                 is
                 in
                 vers
                 .
                 2.
                 of
                 Satan
                 being
                 bound
                 for
                 a
                 1000
                 years
                 ;
                 which
                 must
                 begin
                 either
                 at
                 the
                 Instant
                 of
                 our
                 Saviours
                 Incarnation
                 ,
                 and
                 end
                 at
                 An.
                 1000
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 2●
                 year
                 of
                 the
                 Popedome
                 of
                 Sylvester
                 II
                 ,
                 that
                 infamous
                 Sodomite
                 ,
                 Necromancer
                 ,
                 and
                 Conjurer
                 ,
                 under
                 whom
                 the
                 filthinesse
                 and
                 Idolatry
                 of
                 the
                 Romish
                 Church
                 was
                 brought
                 to
                 the
                 height
                 :
                 or
                 rather
                 they
                 must
                 begin
                 at
                 the
                 Destruction
                 of
                 the
                 2
                 d
                 Temple
                 by
                 Titus
                 ,
                 which
                 was
                 An.
                 71
                 ,
                 and
                 end
                 in
                 An.
                 1071
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Popedome
                 of
                 Gregory
                 VII
                 ,
                 aliàs
                 Hildebrand
                 ,
                 who
                 first
                 broke
                 bonds
                 of
                 Allegiance
                 with
                 Henry
                 the
                 Emperour
                 ,
                 excommunicated
                 him
                 ,
                 set
                 the
                 Gospel
                 in
                 a
                 totall
                 Eclipse
                 ,
                 and
                 Europe
                 in
                 the
                 mournfull
                 Flames
                 of
                 a
                 civil
                 Warre
                 :
                 but
                 of
                 this
                 in
                 the
                 Chronology
                 .
                 But
                 this
                 in
                 the
                 8
                 vers
                 .
                 of
                 the
                 Saints
                 reigning
                 with
                 Christ
                 a
                 1000
                 years
                 ,
                 
                   Alsted
                   ,
                   Bucholcherus
                
                 and
                 others
                 expound
                 of
                 a
                 Comparative
                 Felicity
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 on
                 this
                 Earth
                 ,
                 for
                 a
                 1000
                 years
                 ,
                 beginning
                 An.
                 1694
                 ,
                 when
                 they
                 say
                 
                   all
                   visible
                   Enemies
                   of
                   the
                   Church
                   shall
                   be
                   overthrown
                   ,
                   and
                   must
                   end
                   
                     An.
                     Ch.
                  
                   2694.
                   after
                   which
                   shall
                   be
                   the
                   Warre
                   of
                   Gog
                   and
                   Magog
                   against
                   the
                   Church
                   ,
                   which
                   shall
                   be
                   prevented
                   by
                   the
                   coming
                   of
                   Christ
                   to
                   judgement
                   .
                
                 But
                 in
                 this
                 Alsted
                 is
                 wide
                 from
                 the
                 right
                 mark
                 :
                 for
                 this
                 number
                 must
                 begin
                 An.
                 1072
                 ,
                 at
                 the
                 expiration
                 of
                 the
                 former
                 ,
                 and
                 must
                 be
                 interpreted
                 for
                 all
                 that
                 time
                 that
                 the
                 World
                 shall
                 last
                 after
                 the
                 aforesaid
                 An.
                 1072.
                 
                 And
                 the
                 holy
                 Ghost
                 doth
                 term
                 this
                 indefinite
                 and
                 unlimited
                 time
                 by
                 the
                 Number
                 of
                 a
                 1000
                 years
                 ,
                 for
                 three
                 speciall
                 Reasons
                 :
                 1
                 Because
                 a
                 1000
                 years
                 are
                 the
                 Number
                 of
                 Perfection
                 and
                 of
                 Eternity
                 ,
                 and
                 doth
                 most
                 aptly
                 serve
                 to
                 expresse
                 the
                 End
                 of
                 these
                 Earthly
                 Troubles
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 that
                 Time
                 which
                 never
                 shall
                 have
                 end
                 .
                 2
                 Because
                 those
                 things
                 which
                 the
                 holy
                 Ghost
                 in
                 the
                 Scriptures
                 affirmeth
                 are
                 yet
                 to
                 come
                 ,
                 must
                 not
                 be
                 plenarily
                 accomplished
                 till
                 after
                 An.
                 1830
                 ,
                 it
                 may
                 please
                 God
                 that
                 the
                 glorious
                 and
                 flourishing
                 estate
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 and
                 Gospel
                 here
                 upon
                 Earth
                 ,
                 may
                 continue
                 much
                 of
                 200
                 years
                 longer
                 ,
                 to
                 increase
                 the
                 number
                 of
                 them
                 who
                 shall
                 be
                 saved
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 amplifie
                 more
                 the
                 heavenly
                 Attributes
                 of
                 Gods
                 Mercy
                 ,
                 Righteousnesse
                 ,
                 Truth
                 ,
                 Holinesse
                 and
                 Omnipotency
                 in
                 the
                 Salvation
                 of
                 the
                 Just
                 :
                 and
                 his
                 Equity
                 ,
                 Judgement
                 and
                 Uprightnesse
                 in
                 the
                 firebrands
                 of
                 destruction
                 .
                 3
                 Because
                 a
                 vicissitudinary
                 time
                 of
                 Affliction
                 and
                 Ease
                 ,
                 Persecution
                 and
                 rest
                 ,
                 pure
                 Doctrine
                 and
                 Heresies
                 ,
                 is
                 signified
                 to
                 be
                 the
                 whole
                 continuance
                 or
                 most
                 part
                 of
                 a
                 1000
                 years
                 ,
                 wherein
                 those
                 who
                 are
                 to
                 suffer
                 for
                 the
                 Testimony
                 of
                 the
                 Word
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 truth
                 of
                 Jesus
                 Christ
                 ,
                 shall
                 have
                 their
                 reward
                 after
                 the
                 expiration
                 of
                 that
                 time
                 ,
                 which
                 cannot
                 be
                 till
                 after
                 the
                 last
                 generall
                 Judgement
                 .
                 The
                 fearfull
                 and
                 ●errible
                 
                 Warre
                 of
                 Gog
                 and
                 Magog
                 (
                 viz.
                 the
                 bloudy
                 Warre
                 of
                 Turks
                 and
                 Tartarians
                 with
                 the
                 Jews
                 newly
                 converted
                 in
                 the
                 Land
                 of
                 Iury
                 ,
                 in
                 which
                 the
                 very
                 name
                 of
                 Turks
                 shall
                 be
                 rooted
                 from
                 off
                 the
                 Earth
                 )
                 must
                 be
                 before
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 this
                 glorious
                 Estate
                 and
                 Felicity
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 God
                 here
                 upon
                 Earth
                 ,
                 and
                 therefore
                 the
                 7
                 ,
                 8
                 ,
                 9
                 ,
                 and
                 10
                 verses
                 ,
                 are
                 in
                 order
                 of
                 time
                 before
                 the
                 5
                 and
                 the
                 6.
                 
                 The
                 Devil
                 and
                 Antichristianity
                 must
                 be
                 chained
                 up
                 in
                 the
                 dungeon
                 of
                 Hell
                 for
                 the
                 space
                 of
                 a
                 1000
                 years
                 after
                 the
                 Incarnation
                 of
                 Christ.
                 An.
                 1000
                 must
                 the
                 Devil
                 and
                 Romish
                 Idolatry
                 by
                 the
                 Popedome
                 of
                 Sylvester
                 the
                 second
                 ,
                 be
                 let
                 loose
                 to
                 range
                 upon
                 Earth
                 ,
                 and
                 tyrannize
                 over
                 the
                 Church
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 of
                 another
                 1000
                 ,
                 ever
                 till
                 An.
                 1698
                 (
                 
                   numerus
                   completus
                
                 being
                 put
                 here
                 
                   pro
                   incompleto
                
                 )
                 before
                 an
                 happy
                 and
                 comfortable
                 Estate
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 can
                 be
                 brought
                 forth
                 to
                 the
                 World.
                 
                 herefore
                 all
                 Christendome
                 from
                 this
                 year
                 1650
                 ,
                 must
                 expect
                 very
                 sad
                 and
                 wofull
                 daies
                 ,
                 much
                 persecution
                 ,
                 bloodshed
                 and
                 savadge
                 ty●anny
                 in
                 every
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 Europe
                 (
                 especially
                 in
                 
                   France
                   ,
                   Spain
                   ,
                   Italy
                   ,
                   Swethland
                   ,
                   Germany
                   and
                   England
                
                 )
                 untill
                 An.
                 1698.
                 
                 Some
                 of
                 those
                 Kingdoms
                 which
                 have
                 abandoned
                 the
                 superstition
                 of
                 the
                 beast
                 ,
                 shall
                 by
                 subtle
                 allurements
                 be
                 perswaded
                 to
                 readmit
                 and
                 reestablish
                 the
                 same
                 .
                 Wofull
                 and
                 unsupportable
                 Afflictions
                 shall
                 befall
                 both
                 the
                 European
                 Jews
                 (
                 which
                 are
                 the
                 two
                 Tribes
                 of
                 Benjamin
                 and
                 Iudah
                 ,
                 now
                 resident
                 in
                 Christendom
                 and
                 Turkie
                 )
                 as
                 likewise
                 the
                 ten
                 Tribes
                 ,
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 Israel
                 (
                 who
                 shall
                 insensibly
                 and
                 miraculously
                 arise
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 bowels
                 of
                 Tartaria
                 and
                 India
                 ,
                 about
                 An.
                 1669.
                 )
                 who
                 neverthelesse
                 shall
                 be
                 so
                 extraordinarily
                 supported
                 by
                 God
                 ,
                 that
                 they
                 shall
                 stand
                 in
                 little
                 or
                 no
                 need
                 at
                 all
                 of
                 the
                 Christians
                 .
                 Because
                 from
                 this
                 time
                 of
                 the
                 Conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Israelites
                 for
                 the
                 spac●
                 of
                 30
                 years
                 ,
                 these
                 12
                 Tribes
                 shall
                 suffer
                 much
                 trouble
                 ,
                 Heathens
                 ,
                 Papists
                 and
                 Mahometans
                 ,
                 shall
                 strive
                 to
                 eradicate
                 their
                 name
                 from
                 under
                 heaven
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 all
                 in
                 vain
                 ;
                 for
                 an
                 illustrious
                 and
                 heroick
                 Prince
                 
                   (
                   è
                   Tribu
                   Nephtali
                   oriundus
                
                 )
                 shall
                 be
                 their
                 valiant
                 and
                 fortunate
                 Commander
                 ,
                 called
                 Michael
                 ,
                 not
                 
                   proprio
                   nomine
                
                 ,
                 but
                 because
                 he
                 Dan.
                 12.1
                 .
                 shall
                 stand
                 up
                 and
                 shew
                 himself
                 the
                 Assertor
                 and
                 Protector
                 of
                 their
                 Religion
                 and
                 Liberty
                 .
                 In
                 which
                 time
                 shall
                 be
                 such
                 troubles
                 as
                 never
                 were
                 ,
                 no
                 ,
                 nor
                 ever
                 shall
                 be
                 to
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 .
                 For
                 like
                 as
                 the
                 Christians
                 had
                 rest
                 30.
                 years
                 from
                 the
                 Ascension
                 of
                 Christ
                 ,
                 and
                 now
                 have
                 endured
                 the
                 fiery
                 triall
                 almost
                 these
                 1600.
                 years
                 ,
                 since
                 that
                 time
                 from
                 the
                 Heathen
                 Emperors
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Beast
                 ;
                 so
                 the
                 Israeli●es
                 ,
                 which
                 shall
                 1600.
                 years
                 till
                 Anno
                 1668.
                 live
                 without
                 Prince
                 ,
                 Law
                 ,
                 Temple
                 ,
                 Sacrifice
                 ,
                 and
                 true
                 Religion
                 (
                 as
                 Hosea
                 prophesied
                 ch
                 .
                 3.
                 v.
                 4
                 ,
                 5.
                 )
                 beginning
                 now
                 to
                 be
                 converted
                 to
                 Christ
                 ,
                 
                 shall
                 have
                 savage
                 times
                 of
                 affliction
                 and
                 Butcheries
                 for
                 other
                 30.
                 years
                 (
                 to
                 welcome
                 their
                 conversion
                 withall
                 )
                 till
                 Anno●
                 1698.
                 when
                 God
                 shall
                 grant
                 rest
                 from
                 their
                 enemies
                 ,
                 and
                 begin
                 a
                 peaceable
                 estate
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 VII
                 .
              
               
                 Entring
                 at
                 length
                 upon
                 my
                 Notes
                 on
                 the
                 afore-said
                 Chronology
                 ,
                 I
                 think
                 it
                 meet
                 first
                 to
                 strengthen
                 the
                 former
                 Epoch's
                 of
                 the
                 ruine
                 of
                 Rome
                 ,
                 downfall
                 of
                 the
                 Turk
                 and
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 by
                 the
                 Conduct
                 
                 of
                 certain
                 memorable
                 Numbers
                 in
                 holy
                 Scriptures
                 .
                 Grave
                 and
                 judicious
                 Authours
                 have
                 with
                 wonder
                 and
                 admiration
                 observed
                 the
                 heavenly
                 and
                 inimitable
                 Method
                 of
                 holy
                 Scrjptures
                 ,
                 how
                 all
                 the
                 Mysteries
                 and
                 memorable
                 Occurrences
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 are
                 comprized
                 in
                 Numbers
                 ,
                 how
                 within
                 the
                 compasse
                 of
                 such
                 a
                 Quantity
                 of
                 years
                 ,
                 God
                 alwayes
                 divulged
                 his
                 Counsels
                 ,
                 and
                 manifested
                 what
                 he
                 purposed
                 should
                 be
                 wrought
                 among
                 the
                 children
                 of
                 men
                 .
                 So
                 that
                 in
                 considering
                 the
                 admirable
                 consent
                 and
                 agreement
                 of
                 Times
                 by
                 
                 things
                 past
                 ,
                 we
                 may
                 probably
                 conjecture
                 of
                 things
                 to
                 come
                 .
                 From
                 the
                 Creation
                 to
                 the
                 Floud
                 was
                 1656
                 years
                 :
                 the
                 Floud
                 was
                 a
                 sign
                 of
                 the
                 Consummation
                 of
                 all
                 those
                 things
                 which
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 fulfilled
                 before
                 the
                 conclusion
                 of
                 time
                 .
                 
                   Anno
                   Christi
                
                 1656
                 ,
                 let
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 God
                 expect
                 with
                 joy
                 and
                 comfort
                 ,
                 the
                 acting
                 of
                 the
                 first
                 Scene
                 of
                 the
                 Tragedies
                 of
                 all
                 those
                 European
                 Kingdoms
                 ,
                 which
                 have
                 been
                 implacable
                 Persecutours
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 of
                 
                 Christ.
                 The
                 whole
                 Government
                 of
                 Moses
                 (
                 who
                 was
                 a
                 second
                 Noah
                 to
                 the
                 Church
                 )
                 is
                 a
                 shadow
                 of
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 Christ.
                 The
                 Law
                 continued
                 in
                 force
                 1529
                 years
                 to
                 the
                 Passion
                 of
                 Christ
                 :
                 But
                 1598
                 years
                 to
                 the
                 Destruction
                 of
                 the
                 Temple
                 by
                 Titus
                 :
                 The
                 Destruction
                 of
                 the
                 Temple
                 by
                 Titus
                 was
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 accompt
                 of
                 
                   Dionysius
                   Exiguus
                   ,
                   A.
                   C.
                
                 69.
                 
                 From
                 thence
                 reckon
                 the
                 Number
                 of
                 1598
                 years
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 come
                 to
                 A.
                 1667
                 ;
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 year
                 which
                 shall
                 smoke
                 with
                 the
                 ascending
                 up
                 of
                 the
                 Flames
                 which
                 consume
                 
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 the
                 Beast
                 .
                 From
                 the
                 Nativity
                 of
                 Christ
                 to
                 his
                 Re-nativity
                 in
                 the
                 preaching
                 of
                 his
                 Gospel
                 by
                 Luther
                 and
                 other
                 eminent
                 Ministers
                 are
                 1517
                 years
                 :
                 And
                 from
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 the
                 Reign
                 of
                 the
                 Maccabees
                 untill
                 the
                 Birth
                 of
                 Christ
                 are
                 169
                 years
                 :
                 Put
                 these
                 two
                 sums
                 together
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 come
                 to
                 Anno
                 1686
                 ,
                 in
                 which
                 God
                 having
                 18
                 years
                 before
                 enlightned
                 the
                 eyes
                 of
                 those
                 who
                 for
                 almost
                 2000
                 years
                 have
                 sit
                 in
                 darknesse
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 shadow
                 of
                 death
                 ,
                 and
                 having
                 laid
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 the
                 Beast
                 and
                 the
                 false
                 Prophet
                 in
                 the
                 lowest
                 dust
                 ,
                 shall
                 bring
                 that
                 people
                 into
                 the
                 bosome
                 of
                 the
                 true
                 Church
                 ,
                 which
                 within
                 13
                 years
                 after
                 shall
                 deliver
                 his
                 children
                 from
                 all
                 
                 adversity
                 .
                 From
                 the
                 universal
                 Deluge
                 of
                 man-kinde
                 by
                 the
                 Floud
                 to
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 the
                 universal
                 Captivity
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 under
                 Nebuchadnezzar
                 beleaguering
                 Ierusalem
                 are
                 numbered
                 1698
                 years
                 :
                 So
                 likewise
                 from
                 the
                 Birth
                 of
                 the
                 King
                 of
                 Kings
                 unto
                 the
                 final
                 Consummation
                 of
                 the
                 Miseries
                 ,
                 and
                 restauration
                 of
                 the
                 Felicity
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 by
                 the
                 Destruction
                 of
                 Gog
                 and
                 Magog
                 ,
                 shall
                 be
                 reckoned
                 the
                 very
                 same
                 Number
                 of
                 1698
                 years
                 .
                 From
                 the
                 
                 Confusion
                 of
                 the
                 Tower
                 of
                 Babel
                 to
                 the
                 return
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 from
                 Babel
                 ,
                 are
                 1666
                 years
                 :
                 and
                 from
                 prophane
                 Pompey's
                 spoiling
                 of
                 the
                 Temple
                 at
                 Ierusalem
                 (
                 when
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 was
                 taken
                 from
                 the
                 house
                 of
                 David
                 ,
                 and
                 Superstition
                 and
                 Gentilism
                 began
                 to
                 spring
                 up
                 amongst
                 the
                 Jews
                 )
                 to
                 the
                 Birth
                 of
                 of
                 Antichrist
                 and
                 Apostasie
                 in
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 God
                 are
                 666
                 years
                 ;
                 from
                 thence
                 ●eckon
                 a
                 1000
                 years
                 wherein
                 the
                 Saints
                 must
                 suffer
                 Persecution
                 and
                 Martyrdom
                 for
                 the
                 Testimony
                 of
                 Jesus
                 Christ
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 truth
                 of
                 a
                 good
                 Conscience
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 20.4
                 .
                 and
                 you
                 come
                 to
                 A.
                 1666
                 ,
                 in
                 which
                 shall
                 be
                 fulfilled
                 all
                 those
                 things
                 which
                 are
                 mentioned
                 ,
                 Revel
                 .
                 18
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 19
                 Chapter
                 .
                 
                 So
                 likewise
                 from
                 the
                 Departure
                 out
                 of
                 Aegypt
                 ,
                 untill
                 the
                 Death
                 of
                 Christ
                 ,
                 are
                 numbered
                 1542
                 years
                 :
                 to
                 these
                 adde
                 ●hose
                 169
                 years
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 from
                 
                 ●he
                 beginning
                 of
                 the
                 Reign
                 of
                 the
                 Assomonaei
                 or
                 Macchabees
                 to
                 the
                 Birth
                 of
                 Christ
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 come
                 to
                 Anno
                 1711
                 ;
                 which
                 year
                 shall
                 be
                 wonderfull
                 and
                 terrible
                 to
                 all
                 the
                 world
                 ,
                 because
                 that
                 in
                 the
                 year
                 next
                 going
                 before
                 (
                 
                   viz.
                   Anno
                
                 1710.
                 )
                 the
                 abominable
                 Names
                 and
                 mention
                 of
                 Papists
                 ,
                 Turks
                 and
                 Tartars
                 being
                 eradicated
                 from
                 the
                 memories
                 of
                 men
                 ,
                 the
                 glorious
                 Estate
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 terrestial
                 Felicity
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 God
                 shall
                 begin
                 over
                 the
                 face
                 of
                 the
                 whole
                 Earth
                 .
                 From
                 the
                 Birth
                 of
                 Moses
                 untill
                 the
                 Destruction
                 
                 of
                 Ierusalem
                 by
                 Titus
                 (
                 which
                 typifies
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 )
                 are
                 1646
                 years
                 :
                 so
                 many
                 from
                 the
                 Incarnation
                 of
                 our
                 Saviour
                 ,
                 denoted
                 that
                 year
                 ,
                 whose
                 influence
                 hath
                 begun
                 ,
                 and
                 shall
                 prove
                 fatal
                 to
                 most
                 of
                 the
                 Kingdoms
                 of
                 Europ●
                 :
                 adde
                 to
                 these
                 20
                 years
                 to
                 come
                 after
                 ,
                 from
                 that
                 time
                 (
                 which
                 980
                 years
                 ago
                 were
                 prophesied
                 of
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 those
                 years
                 ,
                 in
                 which
                 the
                 
                   Kingdom
                   and
                   the
                   Dominion
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   greatness
                   of
                   Kingdoms
                   under
                   the
                   whole
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   shall
                   be
                   given
                   to
                   the
                   Saints
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   High
                   ,
                   whose
                   Kingdom
                   is
                   an
                   everlasting
                   Kingdom
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   Dominions
                   shall
                   serve
                   and
                   obey
                   him
                   ,
                
                 Dan.
                 7.17
                 .
                 )
                 and
                 it
                 will
                 amount
                 to
                 the
                 year
                 of
                 the
                 fatal
                 Ruine
                 of
                 the
                 Beast
                 ,
                 Anno
                 1666.
                 
                 From
                 these
                 few
                 Particulars
                 of
                 the
                 Consent
                 and
                 Agreement
                 of
                 times
                 in
                 the
                 holy
                 Scriptures
                 ,
                 I
                 infer
                 thus
                 much
                 .
                 
                 About
                 the
                 year
                 1657
                 shall
                 be
                 great
                 Changes
                 and
                 Alterations
                 in
                 Government
                 in
                 every
                 Kingdom
                 in
                 Europe
                 ,
                 as
                 well
                 Protestant
                 as
                 Papist
                 ,
                 attended
                 and
                 accompanied
                 with
                 such
                 horrid
                 Combustions
                 and
                 Massacres
                 ,
                 as
                 hath
                 not
                 been
                 before
                 since
                 the
                 memory
                 of
                 man.
                 This
                 shall
                 make
                 way
                 (
                 as
                 I
                 said
                 before
                 )
                 for
                 the
                 Protestants
                 to
                 unite
                 in
                 a
                 general
                 Combination
                 to
                 send
                 Forces
                 under
                 the
                 Conduct
                 of
                 an
                 invincible
                 Cyrus
                 over
                 the
                 Alps
                 to
                 harrow
                 Italy
                 with
                 fire
                 and
                 sword
                 ,
                 and
                 after
                 level
                 the
                 wals
                 of
                 ●ome
                 with
                 the
                 lowest
                 dust
                 ,
                 Anno
                 1666.
                 
                 For
                 as
                 in
                 the
                 year
                 of
                 Grace
                 666
                 ,
                 Popery
                 was
                 brought
                 to
                 a
                 full
                 maturity
                 in
                 the
                 Womb
                 by
                 Vitalian
                 (
                 who
                 ordained
                 Latin-Service
                 in
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 contrary
                 to
                 Christs
                 Institution
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 precedent
                 Primitive
                 times
                 )
                 and
                 as
                 1000
                 the
                 Number
                 of
                 Perfection
                 and
                 Eternity
                 is
                 seldom
                 used
                 in
                 our
                 ordinary
                 Computes
                 ,
                 but
                 left
                 out
                 for
                 brevity
                 sake
                 (
                 as
                 we
                 use
                 to
                 say
                 ,
                 The
                 Spanish-Armado
                 was
                 in
                 588
                 for
                 1588
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Powder-plot
                 in
                 605
                 for
                 1605.
                 )
                 so
                 it
                 is
                 most
                 certain
                 and
                 indubitable
                 ,
                 that
                 as
                 the
                 Birth
                 of
                 Antichrist
                 was
                 in
                 Anno
                 666
                 ,
                 so
                 the
                 death
                 of
                 it
                 shall
                 be
                 Anno
                 1666
                 ,
                 though
                 the
                 Carkasse
                 of
                 it
                 may
                 lie
                 unburied
                 for
                 30
                 years
                 after
                 ,
                 yet
                 questionlesse
                 it
                 shall
                 with
                 Gog
                 and
                 Magog
                 b●
                 cast
                 into
                 the
                 Lake
                 of
                 Gods
                 wrath
                 at
                 one
                 and
                 the
                 same
                 time
                 .
                 This
                 ruine
                 of
                 Rome
                 shall
                 make
                 way
                 within
                 ten
                 years
                 after
                 to
                 the
                 Conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 :
                 For
                 seeing
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 Antichrist
                 (
                 as
                 now
                 it
                 is
                 )
                 is
                 the
                 only
                 Let
                 to
                 their
                 Conversion
                 (
                 for
                 all
                 the
                 Jews
                 that
                 now
                 are
                 ,
                 live
                 within
                 the
                 Papacy
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 prohibited
                 from
                 turning
                 Christians
                 ,
                 partly
                 because
                 of
                 the
                 Idolatry
                 they
                 see
                 amongst
                 the
                 Papists
                 in
                 their
                 worshipping
                 of
                 Images
                 (
                 the
                 Jews
                 being
                 Zealots
                 in
                 the
                 second
                 Commandment
                 )
                 partly
                 because
                 at
                 their
                 Conversion
                 with
                 the
                 Papists
                 they
                 must
                 renounce
                 all
                 their
                 goods
                 as
                 ill
                 gotten
                 ,
                 which
                 rigid
                 Condition
                 a
                 worldly
                 people
                 will
                 never
                 yield
                 to
                 )
                 therefore
                 till
                 the
                 very
                 name
                 and
                 power
                 of
                 Popery
                 be
                 destroyed
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 admitted
                 amongst
                 Protestant
                 Kingdoms
                 ,
                 there
                 can
                 be
                 small
                 hope
                 of
                 their
                 Conversion
                 .
                 But
                 now
                 Antichrist
                 totally
                 destroyed
                 ,
                 they
                 begin
                 to
                 see
                 into
                 their
                 Errours
                 and
                 Ignorances
                 ,
                 endeavou●
                 to
                 learn
                 the
                 wayes
                 
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 Saviour
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 (
                 whom
                 they
                 so
                 long
                 expected
                 )
                 is
                 come
                 so
                 many
                 years
                 since
                 and
                 suffered
                 .
                 This
                 Conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Western
                 Jews
                 shall
                 be
                 compleated
                 in
                 that
                 fatall
                 and
                 terrible
                 year
                 1683.
                 
                 And
                 six
                 years
                 after
                 that
                 shall
                 they
                 be
                 united
                 with
                 their
                 Eastern-Brethren
                 the
                 10
                 Tribes
                 captivated
                 by
                 Salmanasser
                 ,
                 who
                 have
                 for
                 2433
                 years
                 lien
                 invisible
                 in
                 the
                 bowels
                 of
                 the
                 Kingdoms
                 of
                 Turks
                 and
                 Tartarians
                 .
                 The
                 Christian
                 world
                 neither
                 must
                 nor
                 ought
                 to
                 enquire
                 ,
                 how
                 this
                 people
                 which
                 have
                 lien
                 hid
                 and
                 obscured
                 so
                 long
                 a
                 space
                 ,
                 shall
                 in
                 so
                 small
                 a
                 time
                 as
                 a
                 year
                 and
                 an
                 half
                 ,
                 so
                 visibly
                 ,
                 so
                 powerfully
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 magnificently
                 arise
                 to
                 the
                 Terrour
                 and
                 Conquest
                 of
                 the
                 whole
                 Earth
                 .
                 The
                 holy
                 Ghost
                 declareth
                 ,
                 Ezek.
                 37.8
                 .
                 by
                 the
                 dry
                 bones
                 ,
                 fleshed
                 and
                 indued
                 with
                 life
                 in
                 an
                 instant
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 they
                 stood
                 upon
                 their
                 feet
                 ,
                 and
                 became
                 a
                 great
                 Army
                 ;
                 what
                 a
                 strange
                 ,
                 horrid
                 and
                 wonderfull
                 thing
                 this
                 shall
                 be
                 ,
                 and
                 how
                 terrible
                 it
                 shall
                 appear
                 to
                 the
                 sight
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 in
                 that
                 year
                 ;
                 which
                 within
                 15
                 years
                 after
                 (
                 
                   viz.
                   Anno
                
                 1698.
                 )
                 shall
                 fight
                 that
                 famous
                 and
                 fearfull
                 pitcht-field
                 with
                 the
                 united
                 For●s
                 of
                 Turks
                 and
                 Tartarians
                 ,
                 which
                 shal●
                 prove
                 the
                 Deliverance
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 God
                 from
                 all
                 adversity
                 .
                 Thrice
                 shall
                 Europe
                 within
                 this
                 time
                 strive
                 to
                 establish
                 that
                 power
                 ,
                 which
                 Superstition
                 and
                 Tyranny
                 first
                 pro●reated
                 :
                 Thrice
                 shall
                 the
                 children
                 of
                 this
                 world
                 raise
                 innumerable
                 Forces
                 to
                 destroy
                 the
                 Saints
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 high
                 :
                 Thrice
                 shall
                 the
                 Power
                 of
                 Godliness
                 prevail
                 in
                 the
                 hearts
                 and
                 arms
                 of
                 those
                 ,
                 who
                 shall
                 make
                 the
                 Land
                 thrice
                 drunk
                 with
                 the
                 bloud
                 of
                 the
                 Enemies
                 of
                 Christ
                 ;
                 and
                 whose
                 grand
                 Ancestours
                 stew'd
                 it
                 so
                 oft
                 with
                 the
                 bloud
                 of
                 the
                 Prophets
                 and
                 Apostles
                 .
                 Preparatives
                 to
                 these
                 fearfull
                 Wonders
                 shall
                 be
                 those
                 horrid
                 and
                 ominous
                 Eclipses
                 preceding
                 the
                 year
                 1660
                 ,
                 fatall
                 and
                 conspicuous
                 to
                 Europe
                 ;
                 signs
                 both
                 of
                 God's
                 paternal
                 Chastizements
                 for
                 Sects
                 and
                 Schisms
                 in
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 his
                 consuming
                 Judgements
                 impending
                 upon
                 the
                 implacable
                 Enemies
                 thereof
                 .
              
               
                 In
                 the
                 year
                 1654
                 ,
                 August
                 2.
                 shall
                 happen
                 a
                 fearfull
                 and
                 lamentable
                 total
                 Eclipse
                 of
                 the
                 Sun
                 in
                 the
                 39
                 Degree
                 of
                 Leo
                 ,
                 
                 about
                 half
                 an
                 hour
                 before
                 high
                 Noon
                 ,
                 where
                 shall
                 be
                 seen
                 the
                 mighty
                 hand
                 of
                 God
                 working
                 Wonders
                 in
                 
                   Italy
                   ,
                   Sicily
                   ,
                   Bohemia
                   ,
                   Greece
                   ,
                   Armenia
                
                 and
                 Syria
                 ,
                 the
                 Kingdoms
                 subject
                 to
                 Leo.
                 The
                 body
                 of
                 the
                 Sun
                 in
                 this
                 Eclipse
                 will
                 be
                 totally
                 darkned
                 for
                 the
                 space
                 of
                 two
                 hours
                 and
                 29
                 Minutes
                 :
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 so
                 great
                 ,
                 the
                 like
                 hath
                 not
                 been
                 before
                 ,
                 nor
                 after
                 shall
                 be
                 :
                 greater
                 then
                 that
                 Eclipse
                 of
                 the
                 Sun
                 which
                 was
                 Feb.
                 25.
                 1597.
                 commonly
                 called
                 the
                 dark
                 Saturday
                 .
                 
                   Of
                   this
                   Eclipse
                   thus
                   Baudensis
                   M.S.
                   fol.
                   105.
                   
                   Exercit.
                   59.
                   
                   Papa
                   ,
                   
                   
                     dum
                     Petri
                     patrimonium
                     dilaturus
                     ,
                     Italicum
                     quendam
                     Ducem
                     possessionibus
                     spoliabit
                     avitis
                     ,
                  
                   &c.
                   The
                   Pope
                   attempting
                   to
                   enlarge
                   Peter's
                   Patrimony
                   by
                   seizing
                   upon
                   the
                   ancient
                   Estate
                   of
                   an
                   Italian
                   Duke
                   deceased
                   without
                   Issue
                   ,
                   sets
                   his
                   own
                   Nest
                   on
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   Rome
                   in
                   a
                   Combustion
                   .
                   This
                   year
                   shall
                   a
                   new
                   Sect
                   of
                   Sodomitical
                   Monks
                   arise
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   tollerated
                   by
                   the
                   Pope
                   ,
                   sets
                   that
                   Quarrel
                   betwixt
                   him
                   and
                   the
                   Duke
                   of
                   Florence
                   ,
                   which
                   shall
                   prove
                   the
                   downfall
                   of
                   both
                   in
                   a
                   few
                   years
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   affirmed
                   likewise
                   by
                   
                     Grebner
                     ,
                     Ban.
                  
                   75.
                   
                   Yet
                   in
                   the
                   interim
                   (
                   saith
                   Baudensis
                   )
                   God
                   shall
                   promote
                   the
                   happiness
                   of
                   
                     Ierusalem
                     ,
                     Peace
                     shall
                     be
                     within
                     her
                     wals
                     ,
                     and
                     plenteousness
                     within
                     her
                     Palaces
                     .
                  
                   And
                   fol.
                   134.
                   
                   Exerc.
                   67.
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   The
                   years
                   1657
                   ,
                   1658
                   ,
                   1661
                   ,
                   1663
                   ,
                   shall
                   be
                   formidable
                   
                   to
                   
                     Austria
                     ,
                     Silesia
                     ,
                     Hungary
                     ,
                     Holland
                     ,
                     France
                  
                   and
                   Portugal
                   ,
                   because
                   that
                   every
                   one
                   of
                   those
                   years
                   shall
                   be
                   attended
                   with
                   four
                   Eclipses
                   apiece
                   ,
                   portending
                   the
                   Mutations
                   of
                   all
                   those
                   several
                   States
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   Revolution
                   of
                   time
                   is
                   come
                   ,
                   wherein
                   they
                   must
                   give
                   place
                   to
                   the
                   Lion
                   of
                   the
                   North
                   ,
                   whose
                   Scepter
                   shall
                   bruise
                   their
                   power
                   to
                   nothing
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   Gauntlet
                   lay
                   their
                   Forces
                   prostrate
                   at
                   his
                   feet
                   .
                   At
                   which
                   time
                   all
                   Europe
                   shall
                   sing
                   this
                   mournfull
                   Ditty
                   ;
                
                 
                   
                     Heu
                     mala
                     progenies
                     fatis
                     servata
                     nefandis
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Gensque
                     nefandarum
                     domitrix
                     altrixque
                     ferarum
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Quid
                     fueras
                     ,
                     quid
                     ●isque
                     vide
                     :
                     tua
                     prima
                     propago
                  
                   
                     Bella
                     gerit
                     ,
                     ●ibolémque
                     petet
                     lues
                     atra
                     secundam
                     .
                  
                   
                     At
                     Leo
                     terribilis
                     Borealibus
                     editus
                     oris
                  
                   
                     Fammiferam
                     ex
                     Orco
                     &
                     pelagi
                     plangentibus
                     undis
                  
                   
                     Educens
                     aciem
                     ,
                     pecudes●
                     urbésque
                     virósque
                  
                   
                     Sternet
                     ,
                     &
                     antiquis
                     Solem
                     Lunámque
                     movebit
                  
                   
                     Sedibus
                     ;
                     ille
                     etiam
                     pacrio
                     jure
                     infima
                     summa
                  
                   
                     Reddet
                     ,
                     &
                     Occasum
                     sub
                     leges
                     mittet
                     inermem
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 Thus
                 Englished
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Alas
                   ill
                   race
                   ,
                   to
                   dismall
                   Fates
                   reserv'd
                   ,
                
                 
                   By
                   whom
                   dire
                   Beasts
                   are
                   tamed
                   and
                   preserv'd
                   ,
                
                 
                   See
                   what
                   thou
                   wert
                   and
                   art
                   :
                   Thy
                   first
                   issue
                
                 
                   Inclines
                   to
                   War
                   ,
                   Plague
                   doth
                   the
                   next
                   subdue
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   Lion
                   fierce
                   sprung
                   from
                   the
                   Northern
                   shore
                
                 
                   Shall
                   bring
                   from
                   deepest
                   Hell
                   and
                   waves
                   that
                   rore
                
                 
                   A
                   blasing
                   Army
                   ,
                   he
                   shall
                   men
                   o'rerun
                   ,
                
                 
                   Cities
                   and
                   cattel
                   ,
                   yea
                   the
                   Moon
                   and
                   Sun
                
                 
                   Shall
                   he
                   remove
                   ;
                   and
                   Father-like
                   the
                   least
                
                 
                   Make
                   highest
                   ,
                   and
                   give
                   Laws
                   to
                   the
                   weak
                   West
                   .
                
              
               
                 Yet
                 he
                 that
                 returns
                 back
                 in
                 reviewall
                 of
                 the
                 conjunctions
                 and
                 fiery
                 Triplicities
                 ,
                 
                 may
                 see
                 how
                 they
                 have
                 in
                 part
                 prognosticated
                 the
                 present
                 troubles
                 and
                 and
                 distractions
                 of
                 Europe
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 Common-wealths
                 of
                 England
                 and
                 Scotland
                 .
                 Anno
                 1603
                 in
                 the
                 first
                 great
                 conjunction
                 of
                 Saturn
                 and
                 Iupiter
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 fiery
                 triplicity
                 ,
                 K.
                 Iames
                 came
                 to
                 the
                 Crown
                 of
                 England
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 was
                 fulfilled
                 that
                 Prophecie
                 which
                 an
                 holy
                 Anchoret
                 made
                 890
                 years
                 agoe
                 ,
                 
                   English
                   men
                   for
                   that
                   they
                   wonneth
                   them
                   to
                   drunkeinesse
                   ,
                   to
                   treakson
                   ,
                   and
                   rechlesenesse
                   of
                   Got's
                   house
                   ,
                   firsten
                   by
                   Dancs
                   ,
                   thenth
                   by
                   Nortmans
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   thrid
                   time
                   by
                   Scots
                   ,
                   whom
                   they
                   holden
                   lest
                   worthen
                   of
                   all
                   ,
                   they
                   shallen
                   be
                   overcompn
                   .
                   Then
                   the
                   world
                   shallen
                   be
                   unstable
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   various
                   and
                   diversable
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   unstablenesse
                   of
                   thoughts
                   shallen
                   b●
                   betookeineid
                   by
                   many
                   manner
                   diversity
                   of
                   cloathing
                   .
                
                 This
                 could
                 never
                 be
                 fulfilled
                 but
                 by
                 a
                 Scottish
                 King
                 swaying
                 the
                 English-scepter
                 ;
                 and
                 therefore
                 never
                 came
                 to
                 passe
                 till
                 the
                 Union
                 of
                 the
                 two
                 Kingdoms
                 under
                 the
                 said
                 King.
                 As
                 the
                 second
                 Conjunction
                 ,
                 Anno
                 1623.
                 found
                 Germany
                 and
                 most
                 of
                 the
                 West
                 involved
                 
                 in
                 civil
                 Wars
                 ,
                 and
                 as
                 the
                 third
                 An.
                 1643.
                 found
                 the
                 King
                 and
                 Subjects
                 of
                 England
                 in
                 the
                 field
                 one
                 against
                 the
                 other
                 ;
                 so
                 the
                 fourth
                 Conjunction
                 ,
                 An.
                 1663
                 in
                 Sagitarius
                 shall
                 begin
                 those
                 destructive
                 Combustions
                 in
                 Italy
                 ,
                 which
                 shall
                 allure
                 the
                 Protestant
                 Armies
                 to
                 make
                 a
                 third
                 all-conquering
                 Party
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 fifth
                 An.
                 1683
                 in
                 Leo
                 shall
                 bring
                 forth
                 the
                 Conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 :
                 but
                 the
                 sixth
                 Conjunction
                 happening
                 in
                 Taurus
                 ,
                 An.
                 1703
                 ,
                 shall
                 behold
                 that
                 which
                 many
                 glorious
                 Saints
                 and
                 children
                 of
                 God
                 have
                 read
                 of
                 ,
                 and
                 ●ejoyced
                 and
                 desired
                 to
                 see
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 could
                 not
                 see
                 them
                 .
                 For
                 now
                 Revel
                 .
                 22.1
                 .
                 ●hall
                 the
                 Sea
                 (
                 that
                 is
                 ,
                 the
                 miserable
                 estate
                 of
                 the
                 World
                 by
                 Wars
                 ,
                 Desolations
                 and
                 Sicknesses
                 )
                 be
                 destroyed
                 ,
                 and
                 no
                 more
                 extant
                 .
                 Now
                 shall
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 Tribulation
                 ,
                 War
                 and
                 desolation
                 ,
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 torments
                 ,
                 temptation
                 ,
                 heresie
                 and
                 persecution
                 be
                 utterly
                 abolished
                 from
                 the
                 memory
                 of
                 men
                 For
                 a
                 new
                 Heaven
                 and
                 a
                 new
                 Earth
                 ,
                 a
                 renovated
                 Church
                 ,
                 purified
                 Saints
                 shall
                 succeed
                 in
                 the
                 room
                 of
                 those
                 Wolves
                 ,
                 who
                 in
                 sheeps-cloathing
                 devoured
                 the
                 Flock
                 of
                 Christ.
                 These
                 are
                 the
                 dayes
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 hope
                 of
                 which
                 the
                 stones
                 of
                 ●ion
                 cry
                 day
                 by
                 day
                 ,
                 though
                 little
                 esteeming
                 seven
                 thousand
                 deaths
                 in
                 regard
                 of
                 that
                 precious
                 assurance
                 g●aven
                 in
                 their
                 Brests
                 ,
                 that
                 they
                 shall
                 then
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 that
                 day
                 behold
                 the
                 Lord
                 ,
                 which
                 hath
                 mercifully
                 gathered
                 them
                 from
                 all
                 Nations
                 ,
                 and
                 hath
                 so
                 wonderfully
                 preserved
                 them
                 from
                 the
                 sorcery
                 of
                 Babylon
                 (
                 which
                 hath
                 destroyed
                 all
                 the
                 Earth
                 )
                 that
                 leadeth
                 them
                 in
                 and
                 out
                 bef●re
                 Pagans
                 ,
                 Hereticks
                 and
                 Idolaters
                 ,
                 before
                 the
                 covetous
                 and
                 foolish-wise
                 of
                 this
                 world
                 ,
                 so
                 prudently
                 and
                 so
                 invisibly
                 ,
                 that
                 they
                 seeing
                 are
                 not
                 seen
                 ,
                 and
                 living
                 are
                 not
                 known
                 .
              
               
                 
                 But
                 from
                 these
                 low
                 things
                 let
                 us
                 ascend
                 up
                 to
                 Scripture
                 further
                 to
                 prove
                 the
                 certainty
                 thereof
                 .
                 Daniels
                 Image
                 as
                 it
                 gave
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 so
                 it
                 gave
                 the
                 fullest
                 Knowledge
                 of
                 this
                 great
                 Mystery
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 Dan.
                 2.
                 
                   per
                   tot
                
                 .
                 In
                 which
                 Image
                 is
                 described
                 in
                 brief
                 the
                 Estate
                 of
                 the
                 World
                 ,
                 from
                 the
                 very
                 day
                 God
                 revealed
                 this
                 to
                 Daniel
                 ,
                 and
                 he
                 to
                 Nebuchadnezzar
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 full
                 and
                 final
                 End
                 and
                 Conclusion
                 of
                 time
                 .
                 By
                 the
                 golden
                 Head
                 ,
                 silver
                 Arms
                 ,
                 brazen
                 Belly
                 ,
                 and
                 iron
                 Legs
                 ,
                 we
                 must
                 understand
                 the
                 
                   Chaldean
                   ,
                   Persian
                   ,
                   Macedonian
                
                 and
                 Roman
                 Monarchies
                 ,
                 which
                 successively
                 one
                 after
                 another
                 ,
                 tyrannized
                 over
                 mankinde
                 by
                 cruelty
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 cruelty
                 came
                 to
                 as
                 miserable
                 Destructions
                 in
                 the
                 end
                 .
                 
                   The
                   feet
                   part
                   of
                   Iron
                   ,
                   and
                   part
                   of
                   Clay
                   ,
                
                 denoted
                 the
                 declining
                 Estate
                 of
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 (
                 after
                 that
                 indiscreet
                 Division
                 of
                 it
                 under
                 Charles
                 the
                 Great
                 into
                 the
                 Eastern
                 and
                 Western
                 )
                 under
                 the
                 present
                 Papacy
                 ,
                 and
                 now-vulturizing
                 house
                 of
                 Austria
                 ,
                 which
                 hitherto
                 doth
                 and
                 shall
                 continue
                 until
                 An.
                 1694.
                 
                 Therefore
                 
                   the
                   Stone
                   cut
                   without
                   hands
                
                 (
                 in
                 the
                 34
                 verse
                 )
                 (
                 
                   which
                   smote
                   the
                   Image
                   on
                   his
                   feet
                   ,
                   that
                   were
                   part
                   of
                   Iron
                   ,
                   part
                   of
                   Clay
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   brake
                   them
                   to
                   pieces
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Iron
                   ,
                   Brasse
                   ,
                   Clay
                   ,
                   Silver
                   and
                   Gold
                   became
                   as
                   chaff
                   of
                   the
                   Summer-flowers
                   that
                   the
                   winde
                   carried
                   them
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   more
                   place
                   was
                   found
                   for
                   them
                   ;
                   And
                   the
                   Stone
                   that
                   smote
                   the
                   Image
                   became
                   a
                   great
                   Mountain
                   ,
                   and
                   filled
                   the
                   Earth
                
                 )
                 must
                 needs
                 be
                 understood
                 of
                 a
                 glorious
                 Monarchy
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 God
                 upon
                 Earth
                 ,
                 which
                 by
                 the
                 Conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Universal
                 Nation
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 shall
                 overcome
                 all
                 her
                 Enemies
                 ,
                 and
                 reign
                 triumphantly
                 in
                 all
                 Nations
                 under
                 Heaven
                 ,
                 in
                 universality
                 ,
                 uniformity
                 ,
                 integrity
                 and
                 inn●cency
                 of
                 life
                 and
                 conversation
                 .
              
               
               
                 This
                 blessed
                 and
                 happy
                 estate
                 of
                 Christs
                 Church
                 upon
                 Earth
                 (
                 after
                 the
                 aforesaid
                 battel
                 of
                 Gog
                 and
                 Magog
                 described
                 Ezech.
                 38.
                 and
                 39
                 Chap.
                 of
                 which
                 enough
                 before
                 )
                 is
                 graphically
                 deciphered
                 in
                 the
                 nine
                 last
                 Chapters
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 Prophet
                 ,
                 
                 beginning
                 at
                 the
                 40
                 ;
                 where
                 under
                 a
                 specious
                 and
                 large
                 type
                 of
                 restoring
                 the
                 old
                 Jewish
                 Temple
                 with
                 the
                 Sacrifices
                 (
                 chap.
                 40.
                 )
                 the
                 measuring
                 ,
                 ordering
                 and
                 disposing
                 of
                 it
                 in
                 every
                 thing
                 thereto
                 belonging
                 (
                 chap.
                 41.
                 )
                 as
                 the
                 chambers
                 of
                 the
                 Priests
                 in
                 the
                 Temple
                 ,
                 the
                 holy
                 Utensils
                 (
                 chap.
                 42.
                 )
                 the
                 glory
                 of
                 God
                 filling
                 the
                 house
                 (
                 chap.
                 43.
                 )
                 his
                 paternall
                 upbraiding
                 the
                 Israelites
                 for
                 their
                 antient
                 Idolatry
                 ,
                 and
                 demonstrating
                 his
                 great
                 and
                 affectionate
                 love
                 to
                 them
                 for
                 the
                 present
                 (
                 chap.
                 44.
                 )
                 is
                 contained
                 (
                 as
                 I
                 said
                 before
                 )
                 a
                 pithy
                 discourse
                 how
                 powerfull
                 and
                 magnificent
                 these
                 new
                 converted
                 Christians
                 shall
                 be
                 ;
                 how
                 holy
                 ,
                 learned
                 and
                 unanimous
                 their
                 Ministers
                 should
                 be
                 ,
                 how
                 ardent
                 and
                 studious
                 they
                 shall
                 be
                 in
                 communicating
                 the
                 Gospel
                 of
                 Christ
                 to
                 such
                 as
                 yet
                 sit
                 in
                 darknesse
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 shadow
                 of
                 death
                 (
                 chap.
                 45.
                 )
                 how
                 vigilant
                 their
                 Princes
                 and
                 Magistrates
                 shall
                 be
                 in
                 being
                 keepers
                 of
                 the
                 house
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 that
                 is
                 in
                 incouraging
                 the
                 Ministers
                 ,
                 
                   tam
                   praemio
                   quàm
                   paenâ
                
                 ,
                 to
                 instruct
                 the
                 people
                 in
                 the
                 knowledge
                 of
                 the
                 truth
                 ,
                 that
                 so
                 both
                 Ministers
                 and
                 people
                 may
                 render
                 due
                 obedience
                 to
                 their
                 common
                 Saviour
                 ,
                 in
                 love
                 to
                 God
                 ,
                 and
                 charity
                 toward
                 men
                 .
                 And
                 again
                 ,
                 the
                 reserved
                 portions
                 of
                 Land
                 for
                 the
                 Temple
                 ,
                 City
                 ,
                 Priests
                 and
                 Princes
                 all
                 in
                 just
                 measures
                 and
                 dimensions
                 ,
                 the
                 waters
                 issuing
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Temple
                 ,
                 ever
                 increasing
                 in
                 Latitude
                 and
                 Profundity
                 ,
                 the
                 severall
                 divisions
                 of
                 the
                 particular
                 lots
                 of
                 Priests
                 ,
                 Temple
                 ,
                 Levites
                 ,
                 the
                 City
                 and
                 the
                 Princes
                 secondarily
                 repeated
                 in
                 the
                 45
                 ,
                 46
                 ,
                 47
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 last
                 Chapters
                 ,
                 evidently
                 declare
                 the
                 undoubted
                 certainty
                 and
                 verity
                 of
                 this
                 wonderfull
                 mystery
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Jews
                 shall
                 repossesse
                 their
                 antient
                 possessions
                 and
                 severall
                 inheritances
                 in
                 the
                 Land
                 of
                 Iudea
                 ;
                 how
                 devout
                 ,
                 pious
                 and
                 chearfull
                 they
                 shall
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 worship
                 and
                 service
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 intimated
                 by
                 the
                 frequent
                 performing
                 of
                 spirituall
                 Sacrifices
                 and
                 Oblations
                 :
                 how
                 potent
                 and
                 spatious
                 their
                 Church
                 shall
                 be
                 ,
                 how
                 great
                 and
                 infinite
                 the
                 Priviledges
                 ,
                 and
                 never
                 decreasing
                 Graces
                 of
                 God
                 shall
                 be
                 to
                 it
                 ,
                 signified
                 by
                 the
                 depth
                 and
                 latitude
                 of
                 the
                 spiritual
                 waters
                 of
                 Life
                 .
              
               
                 Thirdly
                 ,
                 
                 Daniel
                 in
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 his
                 11
                 Chap.
                 doth
                 above
                 all
                 other
                 ,
                 most
                 plainly
                 and
                 specifiquely
                 picture
                 the
                 two
                 grand
                 preparations
                 to
                 this
                 spirituall
                 Monarchy
                 of
                 Christs
                 Church
                 in
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 World
                 :
                 viz.
                 1
                 the
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                
                 of
                 the
                 enemies
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 and
                 2
                 the
                 Conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 .
                 For
                 in
                 the
                 40
                 ,
                 41
                 ,
                 42
                 ,
                 and
                 43
                 verses
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 11
                 Chapter
                 ,
                 declaring
                 first
                 ,
                 what
                 Victories
                 ,
                 the
                 Saracens
                 should
                 get
                 over
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 ,
                 by
                 saying
                 ,
                 
                   that
                   the
                   King
                   of
                   the
                   South
                   should
                   push
                   at
                   him
                
                 (
                 viz.
                 the
                 Saracens
                 should
                 invade
                 the
                 Emperour
                 )
                 and
                 secondly
                 ,
                 what
                 lamentable
                 havock
                 the
                 Turk
                 should
                 make
                 of
                 the
                 Roman
                 Monarchy
                 by
                 conquering
                 and
                 subduing
                 from
                 them
                 all
                 the
                 Eastern
                 Empire
                 of
                 Constantinople
                 ,
                 in
                 these
                 words
                 ,
                 
                   And
                   the
                   King
                   of
                   the
                   North
                   shall
                   come
                   against
                   him
                   like
                   a
                   whirlwinde
                   ,
                   with
                   charets
                   and
                   horsemen
                   and
                   many
                   ships
                   ,
                   and
                   shall
                   enter
                   into
                   the
                   Countries
                   ,
                   and
                   shall
                   overflow
                   and
                   passe
                   thorow
                
                 ;
                 which
                 was
                 verified
                 in
                 the
                 Turks
                 conque●ing
                 all
                 
                   Greece
                   ,
                   Scythia
                   ,
                   Moldavia
                   ,
                   Servia
                   ,
                   Asia
                   ,
                   Syria
                   ,
                   Mesopotamia
                
                 and
                 the
                 Isles
                 of
                 the
                 Aegean
                 sea
                 :
                 
                   And
                   he
                   shall
                   enter
                   into
                   the
                   pleasant
                   Land
                   ,
                   and
                   many
                   Countries
                   shall
                   be
                   overthrown
                   ,
                   but
                   these
                   shall
                   escape
                   out
                   of
                   his
                   hands
                   ,
                   
                   Edom
                
                 and
                 Moab
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 chief
                 of
                 the
                 Children
                 of
                 Ammon
                 ,
                 which
                 also
                 came
                 to
                 passe
                 when
                 Selimus
                 I.
                 invaded
                 Egypt
                 ,
                 slew
                 Tomumbey
                 the
                 Sultan
                 thereof
                 ,
                 eradicated
                 the
                 very
                 name
                 of
                 the
                 Mamalucks
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 got
                 all
                 the
                 wealth
                 and
                 treasures
                 of
                 Memphis
                 and
                 Grand-Cairo
                 ,
                 and
                 added
                 also
                 Iudea
                 as
                 a
                 member
                 of
                 Egypt
                 to
                 the
                 Turkish
                 Empire
                 ,
                 An.
                 1517.
                 
                 His
                 son
                 Solymon
                 the
                 Magnificent
                 ,
                 awed
                 India
                 and
                 Ethiopia
                 ,
                 and
                 his
                 Grandchilde
                 Selimus
                 II.
                 conquered
                 Tunis
                 and
                 Algiers
                 in
                 Afrique
                 ,
                 yet
                 neither
                 of
                 them
                 medled
                 with
                 the
                 
                   Arabians
                   ,
                   Edomites
                
                 or
                 Moabites
                 ,
                 as
                 thinking
                 them
                 a
                 people
                 not
                 worth
                 conquering
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 44
                 verse
                 ,
                 Daniel
                 saith
                 ,
                 
                   But
                   tydings
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   East
                   and
                   West
                   shall
                   trouble
                   him
                
                 ;
                 the
                 conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Eastern
                 and
                 Western
                 Iews
                 ,
                 shall
                 so
                 inrage
                 the
                 Turke
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 shall
                 levy
                 innumerable
                 Forces
                 ,
                 and
                 march
                 forth
                 in
                 great
                 fury
                 to
                 destroy
                 and
                 root
                 them
                 out
                 :
                 
                   And
                   he
                   shall
                   pitch
                   the
                   Tabernacle
                   of
                   his
                   Palace
                   between
                   the
                   seas
                   in
                   the
                   glorious
                   and
                   holy
                   Mountain
                   ,
                
                 shall
                 fight
                 a
                 most
                 terrible
                 and
                 bloudy
                 pitcht
                 Field
                 with
                 them
                 in
                 their
                 own
                 Land
                 of
                 
                   Iury
                   ,
                   and
                   yet
                   shall
                   he
                   come
                   to
                   his
                   end
                   ,
                
                 his
                 power
                 ,
                 by
                 God's
                 Providence
                 ,
                 shall
                 be
                 overthrown
                 ,
                 and
                 totally
                 eradicated
                 by
                 them
                 from
                 off
                 the
                 Earth
                 ,
                 and
                 none
                 shall
                 help
                 him
                 .
              
               
                 
                 Lastly
                 ,
                 S.
                 Iohn
                 in
                 Revel
                 .
                 9.15
                 .
                 setteth
                 down
                 in
                 plain
                 and
                 evident
                 numbers
                 ,
                 the
                 very
                 beginning
                 ,
                 increase
                 and
                 downfall
                 of
                 this
                 hellish
                 generation
                 .
                 For
                 in
                 saying
                 
                   the
                   Turkish
                   Armies
                   shall
                   be
                   prepared
                   at
                   an
                   hour
                   ,
                   a
                   day
                   ,
                   a
                   moneth
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   year
                   ,
                
                 he
                 analogically
                 declareth
                 the
                 very
                 time
                 of
                 their
                 birth
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 year
                 when
                 they
                 shall
                 come
                 to
                 a
                 finall
                 annihilation
                 .
                 Here
                 
                   a
                   Day
                
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 taken
                 prophetically
                 for
                 a
                 year
                 ,
                 
                   a
                   Moneth
                
                 for
                 31
                 daies
                 ,
                 which
                 likewise
                 make
                 so
                 many
                 years
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   a
                   year
                
                 for
                 the
                 daies
                 of
                 a
                 bissextile
                 Iulian
                 year
                 (
                 which
                 are
                 366
                 )
                 making
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 manner
                 as
                 many
                 propheticall
                 years
                 as
                 in
                 the
                 former
                 Epoch's
                 of
                 Daniel
                 and
                 Ezekiel●
                 So
                 the
                 sum's
                 of
                 366
                 ,
                 31
                 and
                 1
                 ,
                 make
                 a
                 compleat
                 Product
                 of
                 398
                 years
                 ,
                 which
                 added
                 to
                 An.
                 1300
                 (
                 the
                 year
                 in
                 which
                 the
                 Ottoman
                 Empire
                 first
                 saw
                 light
                 in
                 the
                 world
                 )
                 plainly
                 demonstrates
                 ,
                 that
                 as
                 the
                 Turkish
                 Empire
                 began
                 
                   An.
                   Christi
                
                 1300
                 ,
                 so
                 in
                 An.
                 1698
                 shall
                 be
                 the
                 fatall
                 end
                 and
                 finall
                 downfall
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 .
                 Thus
                 it
                 is
                 evident
                 ,
                 that
                 as
                 the
                 downfall
                 and
                 captivity
                 of
                 the
                 Jewish
                 Nation
                 fell
                 in
                 the
                 building
                 and
                 birth
                 of
                 that
                 City
                 ,
                 which
                 was
                 afterward
                 the
                 fourth
                 Monarchy
                 ;
                 so
                 in
                 the
                 buriall
                 and
                 ruine
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 City
                 and
                 Monarchy
                 shall
                 be
                 their
                 conversion
                 to
                 the
                 Gospel
                 of
                 truth
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 institution
                 of
                 the
                 Fifth
                 Monarchy
                 ;
                 in
                 which
                 all
                 power
                 ,
                 and
                 earthly
                 magnificence
                 must
                 submit
                 to
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 the
                 Saints
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 Scepters
                 bow
                 to
                 the
                 Authority
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 Christ.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 VIII
                 .
              
               
                 
                 Against
                 these
                 former
                 Assertions
                 it
                 is
                 thus
                 objected
                 :
                 That
                 these
                 are
                 but
                 the
                 Dreams
                 of
                 idle-headedmen
                 ,
                 considering
                 the
                 sad
                 Method
                 of
                 the
                 World
                 in
                 the
                 continuall
                 increase
                 of
                 sin
                 and
                 wickednesse
                 ,
                 and
                 degeneration
                 of
                 all
                 sublunary
                 things
                 daily
                 more
                 and
                 more
                 to
                 worse
                 ;
                 and
                 because
                 our
                 Saviour
                 said
                 ,
                 at
                 his
                 second
                 coming
                 he
                 should
                 scarce
                 finde
                 faith
                 upon
                 Earth
                 .
                 But
                 to
                 this
                 I
                 answer
                 ;
                 No
                 time
                 is
                 God's
                 time
                 for
                 the
                 propogation
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 ,
                 and
                 enlargement
                 of
                 his
                 Church
                 ,
                 but
                 in
                 the
                 Deluge
                 of
                 sin
                 and
                 inundation
                 of
                 impiety
                 :
                 then
                 is
                 his
                 Power
                 most
                 manifest
                 ,
                 when
                 man
                 is
                 weakest
                 ;
                 his
                 Decrees
                 most
                 
                 effectible
                 ,
                 when
                 we
                 think
                 him
                 the
                 furthest
                 off
                 ;
                 and
                 his
                 Providence
                 nearest
                 execution
                 ,
                 then
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 world
                 is
                 most
                 irregular
                 ,
                 and
                 incapable
                 of
                 a
                 Reformation
                 .
                 When
                 the
                 Abominations
                 and
                 Paganismes
                 of
                 the
                 old
                 World
                 had
                 destroyed
                 all
                 true
                 worship
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 and
                 an
                 120
                 years
                 of
                 repentance
                 did
                 no
                 good
                 ,
                 then
                 was
                 God's
                 time
                 to
                 separate
                 the
                 Wheat
                 from
                 the
                 Chaffe
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 saving
                 of
                 Noahs
                 family
                 to
                 preserve
                 a
                 seed
                 for
                 the
                 implantation
                 of
                 a
                 new
                 .
                 So
                 in
                 the
                 n●w
                 World
                 ,
                 when
                 Idolatry
                 had
                 overspread
                 all
                 ,
                 the
                 Judgement
                 and
                 Mercy
                 of
                 God
                 most
                 appeared
                 in
                 Abrahams
                 Vocation
                 ,
                 by
                 selecting
                 his
                 Church
                 from
                 the
                 rest
                 of
                 mankinde
                 ,
                 and
                 continuing
                 it
                 above
                 2000
                 years
                 in
                 the
                 House
                 of
                 Heber
                 ,
                 the
                 true
                 Heir
                 to
                 Grace
                 and
                 Salvation
                 .
                 Thus
                 was
                 it
                 in
                 the
                 destruction
                 of
                 Sodome
                 and
                 Gomorrha
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Babylonish
                 Captivity
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Reformation
                 by
                 Luther
                 ,
                 when
                 all
                 the
                 world
                 were
                 become
                 Apostates
                 ,
                 God's
                 Providence
                 shone
                 out
                 brightest
                 ,
                 and
                 was
                 most
                 conspicuous
                 in
                 propagating
                 Religion
                 ,
                 maugre
                 all
                 the
                 opposition
                 the
                 devil
                 and
                 the
                 world
                 could
                 invent
                 or
                 de●ise
                 :
                 So
                 shall
                 it
                 be
                 in
                 this
                 prefixed
                 time
                 :
                 though
                 the
                 world
                 must
                 degenerate
                 more
                 and
                 more
                 in
                 civility
                 and
                 humanity
                 ;
                 Christianity
                 be
                 eclipsed
                 in
                 a
                 higher
                 measure
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 true
                 Worshippers
                 of
                 God
                 decrease
                 above
                 what
                 ever
                 yet
                 hath
                 been
                 done
                 :
                 though
                 Protestantisme
                 in
                 many
                 Coasts
                 and
                 Kingdom●
                 shall
                 be
                 totally
                 swallowed
                 up
                 of
                 Popery
                 and
                 Mahumetanisme
                 ;
                 more
                 lamentable
                 Warres
                 and
                 fearfull
                 Massacres
                 rage
                 through
                 
                   England
                   ,
                   Germany
                   ,
                   France
                   ,
                   Spain
                   ,
                   Italy
                   ,
                
                 and
                 all
                 European
                 Monarchies
                 ,
                 then
                 we
                 have
                 yet
                 beheld
                 ;
                 and
                 though
                 some
                 of
                 these
                 Kingdoms
                 wholly
                 revolt
                 to
                 Popery
                 ,
                 others
                 be
                 luke-warm
                 and
                 at
                 a
                 stand
                 ,
                 until
                 An.
                 1686
                 ;
                 yet
                 all
                 these
                 shall
                 but
                 make
                 way
                 for
                 the
                 finall
                 Eradication
                 of
                 the
                 enemies
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 glorious
                 and
                 wonderfull
                 Birth
                 ,
                 and
                 erection
                 of
                 the
                 FIFTH
                 MONARCHIE
                 UNIVERSALL
                 ,
                 which
                 by
                 these
                 pangs
                 and
                 sorrows
                 of
                 Christendome
                 shall
                 be
                 brought
                 forth
                 about
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 the
                 totall
                 conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 .
                 For
                 the
                 season
                 is
                 now
                 come
                 ,
                 when
                 Judgement
                 must
                 begin
                 (
                 not
                 at
                 the
                 Temple
                 of
                 Antichrist
                 )
                 but
                 at
                 the
                 House
                 of
                 God
                 ;
                 and
                 what
                 bloud
                 soever
                 is
                 shed
                 upon
                 the
                 soyl
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 shall
                 be
                 no
                 other
                 then
                 fruitfull
                 showers
                 and
                 warm
                 seasons
                 ,
                 to
                 make
                 the
                 Field
                 of
                 Christ
                 more
                 pregnant
                 in
                 production
                 of
                 that
                 glorious
                 Harvest
                 of
                 Saints
                 ,
                 which
                 shall
                 cover
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
                 For
                 as
                 it
                 shall
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 World
                 ,
                 this
                 old
                 ,
                 decrepit
                 ,
                 and
                 corrupt
                 world
                 must
                 be
                 purged
                 and
                 refined
                 with
                 the
                 fire
                 of
                 the
                 Lord
                 ,
                 before
                 there
                 can
                 be
                 placed
                 in
                 stead
                 thereof
                 a
                 new
                 Heaven
                 and
                 a
                 new
                 Earth
                 :
                 So
                 in
                 the
                 finall
                 Conclusion
                 of
                 the
                 troubles
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 warres
                 ,
                 Apostasies
                 ,
                 alterations
                 and
                 changes
                 in
                 Kingdoms
                 and
                 States
                 ,
                 the
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                
                 of
                 Gog
                 and
                 Magog
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 the
                 enemies
                 of
                 Christ
                 ,
                 the
                 amputation
                 of
                 unprofitable
                 Trees
                 ,
                 and
                 eradication
                 of
                 noxious
                 Weeds
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Garden
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 shall
                 facilitate
                 and
                 prepare
                 the
                 way
                 for
                 the
                 ingresse
                 of
                 the
                 Monarchy
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 into
                 the
                 eyes
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 .
                 Far
                 wide
                 therefore
                 is
                 the
                 Surmise
                 of
                 those
                 Christians
                 ,
                 how
                 this
                 doctrine
                 of
                 the
                 universall
                 Regiment
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 upon
                 earth
                 is
                 a
                 vain-glorious
                 and
                 fantastick
                 dream
                 ,
                 considering
                 the
                 hopes
                 of
                 it
                 now
                 are
                 small
                 ,
                 and
                 like
                 to
                 be
                 lesser
                 ,
                 because
                 charity
                 and
                 devotion
                 daily
                 decreaseth
                 :
                 Nay
                 rather
                 this
                 is
                 the
                 most
                 evident
                 sign
                 that
                 it
                 speedily
                 approacheth
                 ,
                 because
                 the
                 malice
                 of
                 the
                 devil
                 with
                 the
                 corruption
                 of
                 mankinde
                 ,
                 hourly
                 augmenteth
                 and
                 strives
                 to
                 stifle
                 and
                 prevent
                 
                 it
                 .
                 If
                 God
                 be
                 known
                 to
                 be
                 God
                 by
                 bringing
                 light
                 out
                 of
                 darknesse
                 ,
                 and
                 manifesting
                 his
                 power
                 in
                 weaknesse
                 ;
                 then
                 certainly
                 shall
                 these
                 warres
                 and
                 schismes
                 among
                 Christians
                 ,
                 the
                 barbarous
                 invasions
                 ●nd
                 conquests
                 of
                 Turks
                 and
                 Tartars
                 ,
                 the
                 encreasing
                 Idolatry
                 of
                 the
                 Western
                 and
                 Eastern
                 Indians
                 ,
                 be
                 an
                 Axe
                 in
                 the
                 hand
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 to
                 lop
                 off
                 all
                 superfluous
                 branches
                 from
                 his
                 Vine
                 ,
                 to
                 make
                 it
                 overspread
                 with
                 nourishing
                 fruit
                 ,
                 the
                 Globe
                 of
                 the
                 whole
                 Earth
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 IX
                 .
              
               
                 
                 And
                 that
                 these
                 are
                 no
                 novell
                 Opinions
                 ,
                 these
                 following
                 Testimonies
                 may
                 give
                 sufficient
                 evidence
                 ,
                 
                   Petrus
                   Damiani
                
                 flourished
                 Anno
                 1060.
                 a
                 laborious
                 Divine
                 ,
                 an
                 acute
                 Philosopher
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 witty
                 Poet.
                 Gesner
                 and
                 other
                 Bibliothecaries
                 say
                 nothing
                 of
                 him
                 is
                 extant
                 .
                 Yet
                 I
                 have
                 seen
                 in
                 the
                 Library
                 of
                 Trinity-Colledge
                 in
                 Cambridge
                 certain
                 Latine
                 Epigrams
                 of
                 his
                 ,
                 Of
                 the
                 conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 ,
                 Of
                 the
                 destruction
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 by
                 fire
                 in
                 the
                 last
                 day
                 ,
                 Of
                 the
                 ruine
                 of
                 Rome
                 ,
                 and
                 Of
                 the
                 last
                 Judgement
                 ,
                 which
                 Latine
                 Epigrams
                 I
                 finde
                 translated
                 into
                 English
                 Stanza's
                 in
                 an
                 old
                 Manuscript
                 of
                 
                   L.
                   B.
                
                 intituled
                 
                   The
                   Dove
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     1.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Burning
                     of
                     the
                     world
                     by
                     fire
                     .
                  
                   
                     Primum
                     foedavit
                     mundum
                     scelcrata
                     libido
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Cujus
                     quàm
                     ad
                     coelum
                     flammea
                     massa
                     venit
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Diluvium
                     immissum
                     est
                     ,
                     immensumque
                     obruit
                     orbem
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Vt
                     mala
                     tanta
                     pijs
                     eluerentur
                     aquis
                     :
                  
                   
                     O
                     dira
                     Ebrietas
                     mundi
                     faex
                     prima
                     secundi
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Te
                     opposita
                     interiment
                     atque
                     elementa
                     prement
                     .
                  
                   
                     Iustitiam
                     Domini
                     in
                     cunctis
                     sic
                     cernimus
                     actis
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Vnda
                     lavat
                     venerem
                     ,
                     pocula
                     flamma
                     bibet
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 Thus
                 Englished
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     As
                     the
                     first
                     world
                     did
                     first
                     by
                     lust
                     offend
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Whose
                     burning
                     rage
                     to
                     such
                     a
                     height
                     did
                     win
                     ,
                  
                   
                     That
                     God
                     to
                     quench
                     the
                     same
                     a
                     Floud
                     did
                     send
                     ,
                  
                   
                     O
                     Drunkennesse
                     ,
                     the
                     second
                     world's
                     first
                     sin
                     !
                  
                   
                     The
                     course
                     of
                     Vice
                     that
                     Element
                     must
                     end
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Which
                     is
                     opposed
                     to
                     that
                     which
                     did
                     begin
                     .
                  
                   
                     In
                     every
                     thing
                     Gods
                     justice
                     we
                     may
                     spie
                     ,
                  
                   
                     As
                     Flouds
                     drown
                     Lust
                     ,
                     Flames
                     Drunkennesse
                     must
                     dry
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     2.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     ruine
                     of
                     Rome
                     .
                  
                   
                     Effuge
                     ,
                     Grex
                     Christi
                     ,
                     peccati
                     à
                     Gurgite
                     diro
                     .
                  
                   
                     Cui
                     meretrix
                     odio
                     est
                     ,
                     atque
                     corona
                     triplex
                     ,
                  
                   
                   
                     Effuge
                     ,
                     dum
                     Tempus
                     datur
                     ,
                     &
                     fera
                     praelia
                     cessane
                     ;
                  
                   
                     Ne
                     ut
                     tu
                     delitias
                     ,
                     sic
                     sua
                     damna
                     feras
                     .
                  
                   
                     Quum
                     jam
                     funestos
                     Agnus
                     superaverit
                     hostes
                     .
                  
                   
                     Pingue
                     gregique
                     epulum
                     militibusque
                     dabit
                     .
                  
                   
                     Se
                     mentem
                     metet
                     haec
                     meretrix
                     ,
                     quam
                     sevit
                     ,
                     eandem
                     :
                  
                   
                     Iam
                     Sathanae
                     sedes
                     ,
                     quae
                     Domina
                     orbis
                     erat
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 Thus
                 Englished
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     Fly
                     ,
                     Faithfull
                     Christians
                     ,
                     from
                     that
                     Sea
                     of
                     sin
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Who
                     hate
                     the
                     Whore
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     two-horned
                     Beast
                     ;
                  
                   
                     Fly
                     ,
                     fly
                     ,
                     in
                     time
                     before
                     their
                     griefs
                     begin
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Lest
                     as
                     their
                     pleasures
                     ,
                     so
                     their
                     plagues
                     you
                     taste
                     .
                  
                   
                     When
                     once
                     the
                     Lamb
                     the
                     victory
                     doth
                     win
                     ,
                  
                   
                     He
                     of
                     fat
                     things
                     will
                     make
                     his
                     Flock
                     a
                     Feast
                     .
                  
                   
                     Who
                     as
                     she
                     sowed
                     ,
                     so
                     shall
                     she
                     reap
                     those
                     evils
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Once
                     the
                     worlds
                     Mistresse
                     ,
                     now
                     a
                     Cage
                     of
                     devils
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     3.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     conversion
                     of
                     the
                     Jews
                     .
                  
                   
                     Postquam
                     Evangelium
                     toto
                     narretur
                     in
                     orbe
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Fulget
                     &
                     ignotis
                     nostris
                     genitoribus
                     oris
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Quum
                     Gentes
                     Christum
                     agnoscunt
                     generalit●r
                     〈◊〉
                     .
                  
                   
                     Qu●s
                     Deus
                     aeter●●im
                     aetherea
                     dignabitur
                     aulā
                     .
                  
                   
                     Tunc
                     amplectetur
                     verum
                     Solynaea
                     propago
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Quod
                     priùs
                     invidid
                     tam
                     aversabatur
                     iniquā
                     :
                  
                   
                     Vltima
                     Evangelium
                     ,
                     Legem
                     quae
                     prima
                     recepit
                     .
                  
                   
                     Quos
                     d●cuit
                     primos
                     ,
                     postremos
                     Christus
                     habebit
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 Thus
                 Englished
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     The
                     Gospel
                     once
                     being
                     preacht
                     in
                     every
                     place●
                  
                   
                     To
                     lands
                     of
                     which
                     our
                     Fathers
                     could
                     not
                     tell
                     ,
                  
                   
                     And
                     when
                     the
                     Gentiles
                     all
                     are
                     drawn
                     to
                     Grace
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Which
                     in
                     the
                     new
                     Jerusalem
                     should
                     dwell
                     .
                  
                   
                     Then
                     shall
                     the
                     stubborn
                     Jews
                     the
                     Truth
                     embrace●
                  
                   
                     From
                     which
                     with
                     such
                     disdain
                     they
                     did
                     rebell
                     :
                  
                   
                     Who
                     first
                     the
                     Law
                     ,
                     last
                     shall
                     the
                     Gospel
                     have
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Christ
                     whom
                     he
                     first
                     did
                     call
                     ,
                     shall
                     last
                     receiv●
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     4.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     last
                     judgement
                     .
                  
                   
                     Indictum
                     Tempus
                     ,
                     quod
                     totum
                     territet
                     orbem
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Per
                     praedicta
                     homines
                     signa
                     monere
                     solet
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     Praelia
                     ,
                     Evangelium
                     mundo
                     vulgatur
                     ,
                     adorant
                  
                   
                     Iudaei
                     Christum
                     ,
                     cognita
                     jam
                     meretrix
                     :
                  
                   
                     Zelus
                     hebet
                     ,
                     Stellaeque
                     cadunt
                     ,
                     fera
                     crimina
                     regnant
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Aegra
                     fides
                     languet
                     ,
                     Daemonis
                     ira
                     furit
                     :
                  
                   
                     Vltima
                     jam
                     genus
                     omne
                     malorum
                     buccina
                     clangit
                     ,
                  
                   
                     Supremamque
                     diem
                     signa
                     tremenda
                     notant
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 Thus
                 Englished
                 .
              
               
                 
                   That
                   threatned
                   time
                   which
                   must
                   the
                   world
                   appall
                   ,
                
                 
                   Is
                   that
                   all
                   may
                   amend
                   by
                   signs
                   foreshown
                   .
                
                 
                   Wars
                   rumor'd
                   are
                   ,
                   the
                   Gospel
                   preach'd
                   o're
                   all
                   ,
                
                 
                   The
                   Jews
                   convert
                   ,
                   the
                   Antichrist
                   is
                   known
                   .
                
                 
                   Devils
                   rage
                   ,
                   Vice
                   reigns
                   ,
                   Zeal
                   cools
                   ,
                   Faith
                   fails
                   ,
                   Stars
                   fall
                   ,
                
                 
                   All
                   sorts
                   of
                   plagues
                   hath
                   the
                   last
                   Trumpet
                   blown
                   .
                
                 
                   And
                   by
                   prodigious
                   signs
                   't
                   may
                   plain
                   appear
                   ,
                
                 
                   That
                   of
                   the
                   Son
                   of
                   man
                   the
                   time
                   draws
                   near
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 Thus
                 by
                 this
                 great
                 Divine
                 living
                 in
                 the
                 mistiest
                 times
                 of
                 Popery
                 ,
                 it
                 may
                 plain
                 appear
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 was
                 a
                 received
                 opinion
                 that
                 the
                 total
                 destruction
                 of
                 Rome
                 ,
                 the
                 conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 fifth
                 Monarchy
                 should
                 precede
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 .
                 And
                 this
                 is
                 also
                 confirmed
                 by
                 
                   Hieronymus
                   Savanarola
                
                 (
                 who
                 died
                 a
                 Martyr
                 at
                 
                   Florence
                   ,
                   A.
                
                 1498.
                 )
                 whose
                 Prophesies
                 are
                 extant
                 in
                 the
                 works
                 of
                 
                   Franciscus
                   Mirandula
                
                 .
                 
                   That
                   in
                   the
                   last
                   times
                   Jews
                   ,
                   Turks
                   and
                   Moors
                   should
                   be
                   converted
                   to
                   Christ
                   ,
                   a
                   man
                   like
                   Cyrus
                   with
                   a
                   numerous
                   Army
                   of
                   true
                   professors
                   should
                   come
                   over
                   the
                   Alpes
                   and
                   destroy
                   Rome
                   ,
                   and
                   ruinate
                   all
                   the
                   Kingdoms
                   and
                   States
                   of
                   Italy
                   .
                   That
                   grievous
                   Wars
                   ,
                   Bloud-sheddings
                   and
                   Massacres
                   should
                   arise
                   in
                   the
                   world
                   by
                   a
                   Northern
                   King
                   for
                   a
                   happy
                   Reformation
                   ,
                   who
                   should
                   carry
                   the
                   Gospel
                   out
                   of
                   Europe
                   into
                   a
                   vast
                   and
                   unknown
                   world
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   time
                   .
                   That
                   an
                   Eastern
                   King
                   should
                   blow
                   the
                   Trumpet
                   of
                   God
                   from
                   Tartaria
                   ,
                   which
                   should
                   reform
                   all
                   the
                   Islands
                   of
                   the
                   Indian
                   Infidels
                   .
                   He
                   likewise
                   prophesied
                   in
                   particular
                   of
                   Iulio
                   the
                   second
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   troubles
                   of
                   the
                   Duke
                   of
                   Mirandula
                   ,
                   Of
                   Luthers
                   Reformation
                   ,
                   Of
                   the
                   Persecutions
                   of
                   
                     Merindol
                     ,
                     Chabriers
                     ,
                     Angrogne
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   Valtolin●
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   places
                   of
                   France
                   ,
                   all
                   which
                   most
                   evidently
                   came
                   to
                   passe
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 Thirdly
                 ,
                 A
                 Prophecie
                 of
                 the
                 estate
                 and
                 condition
                 of
                 the
                 times
                 unto
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 ,
                 was
                 found
                 written
                 in
                 Hebrew
                 under
                 the
                 Foundation
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 S.
                 Denis
                 in
                 France
                 ,
                 A.
                 1616.
                 by
                 the
                 Sexton
                 of
                 the
                 place
                 ,
                 as
                 he
                 digged
                 for
                 the
                 erecting
                 of
                 a
                 Monument
                 for
                 the
                 Lord
                 Teligni
                 .
                 He
                 gave
                 it
                 unto
                 the
                 Popes
                 Nuncio
                 (
                 who
                 rewarded
                 him
                 with
                 200
                 dollars
                 for
                 his
                 pains
                 )
                 from
                 him
                 it
                 was
                 sent
                 to
                 the
                 Cardinall
                 of
                 Bruges
                 ,
                 who
                 presented
                 it
                 unto
                 the
                 young
                 K.
                 Lewis
                 XIII
                 .
                 It
                 was
                 written
                 in
                 parchment
                 ,
                 and
                 wrapped
                 in
                 lead
                 in
                 the
                 form
                 of
                 an
                 Heart
                 :
                 Hebrew
                 numericall
                 letters
                 were
                 set
                 at
                 the
                 side
                 of
                 every
                 Line
                 ,
                 signifying
                 in
                 what
                 Year
                 of
                 our
                 Lord
                 every
                 accident
                 should
                 come
                 to
                 passe
                 ,
                 and
                 be
                 manifested
                 to
                 the
                 world
                 .
                 Out
                 of
                 Hebrew
                 it
                 was
                 translated
                 into
                 Latine
                 by
                 
                   Iohannes
                   Parmarino
                
                 Secretary
                 to
                 the
                 said
                 Cardinall
                 .
              
               
               
                 The
                 Prophesie
                 runs
                 thus
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     
                       
                         
                           Anno
                           Christi
                           .
                        
                         1661
                      
                       Obruit
                       Italiam
                       saevo
                       Mars
                       impius
                       aestu
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           Anno
                           Christi
                           .
                        
                         1665
                      
                       Vnica
                       sint
                       Christo
                       pascua
                       ,
                       campus
                       ,
                       oves
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           Anno
                           Christi
                           .
                        
                         1666
                      
                       Totum
                       operit
                       mundum
                       terror
                       &
                       ira
                       Dei.
                       
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           Anno
                           Christi
                           .
                        
                         1667
                      
                       Pauci
                       Iehovam
                       venerantur
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           Anno
                           Christi
                           .
                        
                         1678
                      
                       Inclytus
                       exurgit
                       factis
                       Heros
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           Anno
                           Christi
                           .
                        
                         1686
                      
                       Europa
                       tremit
                       :
                       Asā
                       urget
                       metus
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           Anno
                           Christi
                           .
                        
                         1693
                      
                       Generalis
                       Terrae
                       motus
                       ruit
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           Anno
                           Christi
                           .
                        
                         1699
                      
                       Agnoscunt
                       omnes
                       Gentes
                       Deum
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           Anno
                           Christi
                           .
                        
                         1700
                      
                       Flumina
                       siccentur
                       ubique
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         
                           Anno
                           Christi
                           .
                        
                         1710
                      
                       Pastor
                       &
                       Ecclesia
                       unica
                       .
                    
                     
                       3
                       Alephs
                       .
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   The
                   heat
                   of
                   war
                   doth
                   Italy
                   surround
                   ,
                
                 
                   Let
                   Christ's
                   pasture
                   be
                   one
                   ,
                   his
                   sheep
                   and
                   ground
                   .
                
                 
                   Gods
                   wrath
                   and
                   terrour
                   doth
                   the
                   world
                   confound
                   .
                
                 
                   But
                   few
                   that
                   God
                   do
                   reverence
                   .
                
                 
                   A
                   Prince
                   shall
                   rise
                   of
                   eminence
                   .
                
                 
                   Asia
                   doth
                   tremble
                   ,
                   Europe
                   shake
                   .
                
                 
                   Now
                   is
                   a
                   generall
                   Earthquake
                   .
                
                 
                   All
                   Nations
                   Gods
                   knowledge
                   partake
                   .
                
                 
                   Rivers
                   are
                   dried
                   every
                   where
                   .
                
                 
                   Pastor
                   and
                   Church
                   only
                   one
                   are
                   .
                
              
               
                 By
                 this
                 Prophecy
                 great
                 troubles
                 must
                 arise
                 in
                 Italy
                 within
                 this
                 small
                 time
                 ,
                 cruell
                 wars
                 afflicting
                 every
                 State
                 thereof
                 ,
                 which
                 must
                 be
                 preparations
                 to
                 the
                 eternall
                 destruction
                 and
                 ruine
                 of
                 Rome
                 the
                 head
                 City
                 thereof
                 :
                 Rome
                 can
                 never
                 be
                 destroyed
                 except
                 Protestants
                 lay
                 aside
                 their
                 unnecessary
                 civill
                 contentions
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 (
                 God
                 so
                 disposing
                 )
                 come
                 to
                 them
                 about
                 Anno
                 1665.
                 
                 After
                 which
                 great
                 commotions
                 are
                 like
                 to
                 aris●
                 in
                 Europe
                 ,
                 till
                 a
                 noble
                 Hero
                 arise
                 ,
                 which
                 shall
                 quench
                 those
                 evils
                 by
                 imploying
                 Christians
                 in
                 mutuall
                 Leagues
                 against
                 the
                 Turk
                 .
                 Suddenly
                 after
                 which
                 comes
                 troublesome
                 daies
                 in
                 Asia
                 and
                 Africk
                 .
                 Then
                 follows
                 universall
                 peace
                 and
                 quietnesse
                 of
                 Nations
                 ,
                 prophesied
                 
                 of
                 by
                 Ezechiel
                 and
                 S.
                 Iohn
                 in
                 the
                 Revelations
                 ,
                 which
                 must
                 bring
                 forth
                 the
                 purity
                 and
                 perfection
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 over
                 the
                 whole
                 Earth
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 X.
                 
              
               
                 
                 Of
                 how
                 large
                 an
                 extent
                 the
                 Turki●h
                 Empire
                 should
                 be
                 ,
                 how
                 far
                 it
                 should
                 prevail
                 against
                 Christendome
                 ,
                 when
                 it
                 should
                 be
                 at
                 the
                 height
                 ,
                 and
                 whe●
                 Christians
                 should
                 begin
                 to
                 cry
                 quits
                 with
                 them
                 by
                 victories
                 and
                 conquests
                 ,
                 is
                 long
                 since
                 ex●ant
                 in
                 ancient
                 Prophesies
                 .
                 One
                 whereof
                 M.
                 Fox
                 in
                 his
                 first
                 Volume
                 of
                 
                   Acts
                   and
                   Monuments
                
                 ,
                 pag.
                 746.
                 antiq
                 .
                 edit
                 .
                 relates
                 he
                 found
                 in
                 the
                 Persian
                 language
                 in
                 a
                 Manuscript
                 of
                 
                   Bartholomary
                   Georgienitz
                
                 :
                 the
                 substance
                 whereof
                 in
                 Latine
                 is
                 this
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Imperator
                   noster
                   veniet
                   ,
                   Ethnici
                   Principes
                   Regnum
                   capiet
                   ,
                   rubrum
                   quoque
                   pomum
                   capiet
                   ,
                   inque
                   suam
                   potestatem
                   rediget
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Quod
                   si
                   in
                   septimum
                   usque
                   annum
                   Christianorum
                   gladius
                   no●
                   insurrexerit
                   ,
                   u●que
                   ad
                   duodecimum
                   annum
                   eis
                   dominabitur
                   .
                   Domos
                   aedificabit
                   ,
                   vineas
                   plantabit
                   ,
                   hortos
                   sepibus
                   muniet
                   ,
                   liberos
                   procreabit
                   ,
                   &
                   post
                   duodecimum
                   a●num
                   Christianorum
                   gladiu●
                   apparebit
                   ,
                   &
                   Turcam
                   quaque
                   versum
                   in
                   fugam
                   aget
                   .
                
              
               
                 Our
                 Emperour
                 shall
                 come
                 ,
                 he
                 shall
                 take
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 a
                 heathen
                 Prince
                 ,
                 he
                 shall
                 also
                 take
                 the
                 red
                 apple
                 ,
                 and
                 subdue
                 it
                 to
                 himself
                 .
              
               
                 But
                 if
                 the
                 Christians
                 sword
                 shall
                 not
                 arise
                 by
                 the
                 seventh
                 year
                 ,
                 he
                 shall
                 reign
                 over
                 them
                 to
                 the
                 twelfth
                 year
                 ,
                 he
                 shall
                 build
                 houses
                 ,
                 plant
                 vineyards
                 ,
                 hedg●
                 in
                 Orchards
                 ,
                 and
                 beget
                 children
                 ,
                 and
                 after
                 the
                 twelfth
                 year
                 shall
                 the
                 Christians
                 sword
                 appear
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 the
                 Turk
                 to
                 flight
                 on
                 every
                 side
                 .
              
               
                 M.
                 Fox
                 expounds
                 these
                 12
                 years
                 to
                 be
                 12
                 Turkish
                 Emperours
                 prevailing
                 against
                 Christians
                 ,
                 beginning
                 at
                 the
                 first
                 Emperour
                 Ottoman
                 An.
                 1300.
                 and
                 so
                 Solyman
                 the
                 magnificent
                 to
                 be
                 the
                 twelfth
                 Emperour
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 last
                 that
                 should
                 prevail
                 against
                 Christians
                 ;
                 who
                 began
                 his
                 reign
                 An.
                 1519.
                 and
                 died
                 An.
                 1567.
                 
                 But
                 I
                 think
                 rather
                 it
                 must
                 begin
                 at
                 Mahomet
                 the
                 II.
                 winning
                 of
                 Constantinople
                 (
                 called
                 here
                 
                   rubrum
                   pomum
                
                 )
                 An.
                 1452.
                 and
                 must
                 end
                 at
                 the
                 late
                 Emperour
                 Mahomet
                 the
                 IV.
                 his
                 death
                 the
                 last
                 August
                 ,
                 1649.
                 
                 My
                 reason
                 is
                 this
                 :
                 Other
                 Emperours
                 have
                 prevailed
                 against
                 Christians
                 ,
                 since
                 Solyman
                 the
                 magnificent
                 .
                 For
                 Selimus
                 the
                 II.
                 his
                 son
                 wan
                 Cyprus
                 from
                 the
                 
                   Venetians
                   .
                   Armurath
                
                 III.
                 took
                 the
                 Fort
                 Guiermo
                 from
                 the
                 Hungarians
                 ,
                 and
                 his
                 son
                 Mahomet
                 III.
                 took
                 Agria
                 in
                 Hungary
                 ,
                 and
                 had
                 he
                 pursued
                 his
                 victory
                 ,
                 had
                 won
                 that
                 whole
                 Kingdom
                 in
                 lesse
                 then
                 a
                 year
                 :
                 So
                 the
                 late
                 Mahomet
                 is
                 the
                 12
                 Emperour
                 from
                 Mahomet
                 the
                 II.
                 and
                 now
                 ●fter
                 his
                 death
                 shall
                 the
                 Turks
                 prevail
                 no
                 more
                 against
                 Christians
                 .
                 For
                 fourty
                 years
                 agoe
                 that
                 Kingdom
                 was
                 at
                 a
                 stand
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 declining
                 to
                 an
                 eternall
                 destruction
                 .
                 The
                 sword
                 of
                 the
                 Christians
                 shall
                 now
                 arise
                 and
                 prevail
                 again●t
                 the
                 Turks
                 ●ill
                 An.
                 1696.
                 when
                 the
                 converted
                 Jews
                 shall
                 gather
                 head
                 to
                 overcome
                 them
                 in
                 a
                 bloudy
                 pitcht
                 field
                 ,
                 and
                 root
                 out
                 their
                 name
                 from
                 off
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
                 By
                 this
                 young
                 Emperours
                 decease
                 without
                 issue
                 ,
                 the
                 Ottoman
                 Line
                 is
                 extinct
                 ,
                 and
                 none
                 left
                 .
                 One
                 
                   Sultan
                   Hali
                
                 (
                 a
                 Persian
                 by
                 birth
                 )
                 is
                 now
                 Steward
                 of
                 the
                 Ottoman
                 house
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Crim-Tartar
                 by
                 old
                 composition
                 and
                 agreement
                 layeth
                 claim
                 to
                 the
                 Turkish
                 Empire
                 ,
                 which
                 at
                 present
                 is
                 in
                 combustion
                 because
                 of
                 this
                 .
                 
                 And
                 though
                 above
                 200000
                 Turks
                 are
                 in
                 the
                 Field
                 ,
                 with
                 an
                 intent
                 (
                 as
                 is
                 thought
                 )
                 to
                 invade
                 Germany
                 ,
                 yet
                 if
                 Christians
                 could
                 but
                 leave
                 o●●
                 their
                 unnecessary
                 divisions
                 ,
                 they
                 might
                 soon
                 ruinate
                 the
                 Turkish
                 Empire
                 .
                 For
                 since
                 Armurath
                 IV.
                 his
                 death
                 ,
                 An.
                 1642.
                 (
                 who
                 began
                 to
                 reign
                 ,
                 An.
                 1623.
                 )
                 all
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 this
                 late
                 
                 Mahomet's
                 reign
                 ,
                 since
                 there
                 hath
                 been
                 continuall
                 contentions
                 and
                 massacres
                 amongst
                 the
                 Turks
                 ,
                 the
                 Jannizaries
                 eluding
                 and
                 despising
                 the
                 young
                 and
                 weak
                 Emperour
                 ,
                 which
                 terrified
                 the
                 Mufti
                 and
                 the
                 Bassa's
                 sore
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 had
                 a
                 prophecy
                 ,
                 that
                 as
                 a
                 Mahomet
                 wan
                 Constantinople
                 ,
                 so
                 a
                 Mahomet
                 should
                 lose
                 it
                 again
                 to
                 the
                 Christians
                 .
                 However
                 the
                 matter
                 goes
                 for
                 the
                 present
                 ,
                 
                 the
                 year
                 1698
                 shall
                 be
                 fatall
                 both
                 to
                 them
                 and
                 to
                 the
                 Pope
                 in
                 both
                 their
                 ruines
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 the
                 comparative
                 felicity
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 as
                 may
                 be
                 further
                 manifested
                 by
                 an
                 excellent
                 Prophecy
                 ,
                 which
                 the
                 learned
                 Erasmus
                 received
                 from
                 Reuchliuus
                 ,
                 and
                 was
                 found
                 in
                 the
                 study
                 of
                 
                   Iustus
                   Lypsius
                
                 by
                 
                   Ianus
                   Douza
                
                 the
                 younger
                 ,
                 running
                 thus
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Post
                   mille
                   expl●tos
                   à
                   partu
                   Virginis
                   annos
                   ,
                
                 
                   Et
                   post
                   sexcentos
                   rursus
                   ab
                   orbe
                   datos
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nonagefimus
                   octavus
                   mirabilis
                   annus
                
                 
                   Ingruet
                   ,
                   is
                   secum
                   gaudia
                   laeta
                   faeret
                   .
                
                 
                   Corruet
                   hoc
                   anno
                   Turcarum
                   i●visa
                   propago
                   ;
                
                 
                   Roma
                   ,
                   tuum
                   in
                   libris
                   fabula
                   nomen
                   ●rit
                   .
                
                 
                   Omnia
                   tunc
                   mundi
                   sursum
                   ibunt
                   atque
                   retrorsum
                
                 
                   Imperiae
                   ,
                   ut
                   populus
                   sceptra
                   novella
                   premant
                   :
                
                 
                   Vtque
                   suum
                   cunct
                   as
                   Verbum
                   diffundat
                   in
                   oras
                   .
                
                 
                   Christus
                   ,
                   &
                   imperitet
                   nomine
                   ubique
                   suo
                   .
                
              
               
                 Thus
                 Englished
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Six
                   thousand
                   years
                   from
                   Virgins
                   birth
                   expir'd
                   ,
                
                 
                   Six
                   hundred
                   after
                   that
                   acquir'd
                   ,
                
                 
                   The
                   famous
                   ninety
                   eighth
                   year
                   shall
                   come
                   on
                   ,
                
                 
                   Full
                   of
                   great
                   Contentation
                   .
                
                 
                   This
                   year
                   the
                   Turkish
                   hatefull
                   race
                   shall
                   rue
                   ,
                
                 
                   Rome
                   shall
                   a
                   fable
                   be
                   ,
                   not
                   true
                   .
                
                 
                   Then
                   shall
                   be
                   tost
                   all
                   Kingdoms
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                
                 
                   And
                   into
                   a
                   new
                   Kingdom
                   hurl'd
                   :
                
                 
                   That
                   into
                   all
                   coasts
                   Christ
                   his
                   Word
                   may
                   spred
                   ,
                
                 
                   And
                   be
                   alone
                   the
                   Peoples
                   Head.
                   
                
              
            
             
               
                 XI
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 two
                 Books
                 of
                 Esdras
                 are
                 thought
                 (
                 and
                 that
                 by
                 none
                 of
                 the
                 least
                 learned
                 ,
                 
                 as
                 
                   Augustine
                   ,
                   Hierome
                   ,
                   Ambrose
                   ,
                   Tostatus
                   ,
                   Scaliger
                
                 the
                 elder
                 ,
                 
                   Melan●thon
                   ,
                   Arrias
                   Montanus
                   ,
                   Bucer
                   ,
                
                 and
                 Bibliander
                 )
                 to
                 be
                 Canonicall
                 ,
                 because
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 evident
                 fulfilling
                 of
                 many
                 predictions
                 in
                 them
                 contained
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 11
                 chap.
                 of
                 the
                 second
                 of
                 those
                 Books
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 under
                 the
                 type
                 of
                 an
                 Eagle
                 ,
                 a
                 manifest
                 
                 prophecie
                 both
                 of
                 the
                 Roman
                 Heathenish
                 Empire
                 ,
                 as
                 likewise
                 of
                 the
                 Papacy
                 with
                 her
                 chief
                 Leagurers
                 to
                 this
                 present
                 time
                 throughout
                 the
                 whole
                 Chapter
                 .
                 This
                 Eagle
                 is
                 that
                 Roman
                 Heathenish
                 Empire
                 ;
                 her
                 twelve
                 feathered
                 wings
                 are
                 the
                 twelve
                 first
                 Emperours
                 from
                 
                   Iulius
                   Cesar
                
                 to
                 
                   Nerva
                   Cocceius
                
                 .
                 The
                 three
                 Heads
                 are
                 the
                 three
                 Kingdoms
                 of
                 
                   France
                   ,
                   Spain
                
                 and
                 Germany
                 ,
                 preordained
                 of
                 God
                 to
                 uphold
                 and
                 maintain
                 the
                 power
                 of
                 her
                 pride
                 ,
                 when
                 all
                 her
                 wings
                 (
                 her
                 heathenish
                 and
                 tyrannicall
                 Cesars
                 )
                 should
                 fail
                 her
                 .
                 Neverthelesse
                 ,
                 under
                 her
                 12
                 first
                 Cesars
                 are
                 comprehended
                 in
                 generall
                 all
                 the
                 Emperours
                 which
                 reigned
                 in
                 her
                 from
                 
                   Iulius
                   Cesar
                
                 (
                 who
                 first
                 crackt
                 the
                 strings
                 of
                 her
                 liberty
                 )
                 to
                 
                   Augustulus
                   Momyllus
                
                 (
                 her
                 last
                 Roman
                 Cesar
                 )
                 for
                 the
                 space
                 of
                 474
                 years
                 .
                 Her
                 8
                 contrary
                 feathers
                 are
                 the
                 8
                 terrible
                 Inundations
                 of
                 severall
                 Nations
                 from
                 the
                 North
                 (
                 God's
                 scourges
                 )
                 which
                 overwhelmed
                 her
                 fairest
                 Provinces
                 ,
                 sunk
                 her
                 State
                 in
                 bloud
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 fire
                 and
                 sword
                 humbled
                 her
                 as
                 low
                 as
                 the
                 dust
                 she
                 trod
                 on
                 ;
                 viz.
                 1
                 Alaricus
                 and
                 his
                 West-Gothes
                 ,
                 2
                 Attilas
                 and
                 his
                 Hunnes
                 ,
                 3
                 Gensericus
                 and
                 his
                 Vandals
                 ,
                 4
                 Odoacer
                 ,
                 5
                 Theodoricus
                 and
                 his
                 East-Goths
                 ,
                 6
                 Totilas
                 and
                 his
                 Spaniards
                 ,
                 7
                 Alboinus
                 and
                 his
                 Longobards
                 (
                 who
                 deposed
                 her
                 diminitive
                 
                   Cesar
                   Augustulus
                   Momyllus
                
                 )
                 8
                 and
                 lastly
                 ,
                 the
                 intestine
                 homebred
                 Faction
                 and
                 Conspiracy
                 ,
                 which
                 proved
                 more
                 pernitious
                 then
                 the
                 rest
                 (
                 as
                 all
                 included
                 diseases
                 are
                 the
                 worst
                 )
                 which
                 in
                 the
                 reigns
                 of
                 Otho
                 the
                 Great
                 ,
                 Otho
                 III
                 ,
                 and
                 Frederique
                 II
                 ,
                 so
                 often
                 strove
                 to
                 eradicate
                 the
                 Papall
                 Superiority
                 ,
                 and
                 reedifie
                 her
                 S.P.Q.R.
                 buried
                 so
                 many
                 ages
                 ago
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 ruines
                 of
                 the
                 City
                 .
                 The
                 Head
                 in
                 the
                 midst
                 is
                 the
                 Germane
                 Empire
                 ,
                 begun
                 An.
                 801
                 on
                 Christmas
                 day
                 ,
                 by
                 Charles
                 the
                 Great
                 ,
                 which
                 though
                 vers
                 .
                 32.
                 it
                 long
                 did
                 and
                 yet
                 doth
                 put
                 the
                 Earth
                 in
                 great
                 fear
                 ,
                 yet
                 vers
                 .
                 33.
                 must
                 vanish
                 in
                 an
                 instant
                 ,
                 as
                 did
                 the
                 Wings
                 ,
                 and
                 come
                 to
                 nought
                 .
                 The
                 Germane
                 Empire
                 thus
                 destroied
                 ,
                 vers
                 .
                 35.
                 
                 The
                 Head
                 on
                 the
                 right
                 side
                 (
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 Spain
                 )
                 must
                 devour
                 the
                 Head
                 on
                 the
                 left
                 side
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 France
                 .
                 Therefore
                 it
                 is
                 manifest
                 ,
                 That
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 France
                 ,
                 though
                 now
                 it
                 flourisheth
                 in
                 what
                 Glory
                 and
                 Magnificence
                 Earth
                 can
                 afford
                 ,
                 must
                 ere
                 long
                 be
                 humbled
                 by
                 the
                 power
                 of
                 Spain
                 ,
                 with
                 many
                 Discomfitures
                 ,
                 and
                 brought
                 to
                 dolefull
                 streights
                 and
                 great
                 perplexities
                 .
                 I
                 my self
                 have
                 observed
                 one
                 remarkable
                 Adjunct
                 of
                 that
                 Kingdome
                 in
                 particular
                 ,
                 how
                 that
                 year
                 (
                 in
                 which
                 the
                 Figures
                 of
                 the
                 Golden
                 Number
                 were
                 equall
                 to
                 the
                 Figures
                 of
                 the
                 year
                 of
                 Christ
                 )
                 hath
                 ever
                 proved
                 fatall
                 to
                 that
                 Monarchy
                 for
                 Warre
                 ,
                 Bloudshed
                 ,
                 Pestilence
                 and
                 Famine
                 .
                 It
                 was
                 so
                 with
                 them
                 from
                 An.
                 1570
                 to
                 An.
                 1576.
                 in
                 all
                 which
                 seven
                 years
                 ,
                 the
                 Guisian
                 faction
                 made
                 lamentable
                 havock
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 God
                 and
                 the
                 Kingdom
                 ;
                 so
                 shall
                 it
                 be
                 in
                 that
                 year
                 in
                 which
                 the
                 finall
                 Tragedy
                 of
                 that
                 Kingdom
                 shall
                 be
                 acted
                 ,
                 six
                 years
                 after
                 which
                 France
                 shall
                 be
                 no
                 more
                 .
                 But
                 when
                 that
                 shall
                 be
                 ,
                 no
                 sign
                 of
                 Europe
                 shall
                 remain
                 ,
                 nor
                 remembrance
                 where
                 the
                 wals
                 of
                 Rome
                 stood
                 .
                 The
                 LION
                 (
                 which
                 vers
                 .
                 37.
                 and
                 chap.
                 12.
                 v.
                 31.
                 came
                 roaring
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Wood
                 speaking
                 to
                 the
                 Eagle
                 ,
                 and
                 rebuking
                 her
                 for
                 her
                 wickednesse
                 )
                 is
                 the
                 WIND
                 which
                 the
                 most
                 high
                 God
                 hath
                 kept
                 for
                 Rome
                 and
                 her
                 wickednesse
                 till
                 the
                 end
                 ,
                 even
                 the
                 LION
                 OF
                 THE
                 NORTH
                 (
                 of
                 which
                 you
                 shall
                 hear
                 anon
                 a
                 Prophesie
                 of
                 the
                 true
                 Merlin
                 )
                 which
                 shall
                 reprove
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 ,
                 and
                 cast
                 before
                 her
                 her
                 spoils
                 ;
                 he
                 
                 shall
                 set
                 her
                 alive
                 in
                 Judgement
                 ,
                 rebuke
                 and
                 correct
                 her
                 ,
                 and
                 deliver
                 the
                 residue
                 of
                 Gods
                 people
                 by
                 Afflicton
                 which
                 are
                 preserved
                 upon
                 his
                 borders
                 and
                 make
                 them
                 joyfull
                 untill
                 the
                 day
                 of
                 Judgement
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 13
                 Chapter
                 ,
                 Esdras
                 beholds
                 a
                 vision
                 of
                 a
                 man
                 rising
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Sea
                 ,
                 and
                 devouring
                 the
                 multitudes
                 of
                 fighters
                 that
                 came
                 against
                 him
                 ,
                 neither
                 with
                 sword
                 ,
                 spear
                 nor
                 any
                 instrument
                 of
                 Warre
                 ,
                 but
                 only
                 with
                 the
                 fire
                 and
                 storm
                 that
                 came
                 out
                 of
                 his
                 mouth
                 ;
                 which
                 is
                 Christ
                 the
                 son
                 of
                 man
                 ,
                 who
                 through
                 a
                 sea
                 of
                 bloudy
                 persecutions
                 and
                 tribulations
                 propagated
                 his
                 Gospel
                 over
                 the
                 Earth
                 ,
                 confounding
                 and
                 devouring
                 the
                 multitudinous
                 Pagans
                 and
                 Idolaters
                 fighting
                 against
                 Christians
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 invincible
                 force
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 .
                 After
                 a
                 long
                 time
                 of
                 the
                 obstinate
                 wilfulnesse
                 and
                 fulnesse
                 of
                 the
                 Gentiles
                 ,
                 he
                 shall
                 call
                 to
                 himself
                 another
                 peaceable
                 multitude
                 ,
                 vers
                 .
                 12
                 ,
                 40.
                 even
                 the
                 whole
                 Nation
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 ,
                 out
                 of
                 
                   Armenia
                   ,
                   Tartaria
                
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Eastern
                 India
                 ,
                 whom
                 God
                 shall
                 defend
                 and
                 convert
                 to
                 the
                 Gospel
                 ,
                 when
                 he
                 shall
                 destroy
                 all
                 other
                 Nations
                 upon
                 Earth
                 .
                 These
                 are
                 called
                 the
                 peaceable
                 People
                 ,
                 because
                 after
                 the
                 conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 ,
                 shall
                 come
                 that
                 Ministeriall
                 Monarchy
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 over
                 the
                 whole
                 World
                 ;
                 that
                 
                   peaceable
                   and
                   still
                   Time
                
                 ,
                 when
                 all
                 Kingdoms
                 under
                 heaven
                 shall
                 forget
                 fighting
                 one
                 against
                 another
                 ,
                 Warres
                 shall
                 cease
                 in
                 all
                 the
                 World
                 ,
                 and
                 swords
                 and
                 spears
                 shall
                 be
                 beaten
                 into
                 Plowshares
                 and
                 pruning
                 hooks
                 .
                 When
                 the
                 seventh
                 Angel
                 blew
                 the
                 Trumpet
                 ,
                 Luther
                 began
                 his
                 Reformation
                 ,
                 then
                 it
                 is
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 Multitude
                 stood
                 before
                 the
                 Lamb
                 ,
                 and
                 sung
                 the
                 new
                 song
                 of
                 Moses
                 ;
                 and
                 then
                 neverthelesse
                 is
                 but
                 the
                 vail
                 only
                 of
                 the
                 Tabernacle
                 opened
                 in
                 heaven
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 great
                 cloud
                 and
                 smoak
                 covered
                 that
                 Glory
                 .
                 But
                 it
                 must
                 be
                 180
                 years
                 after
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 Kingdomes
                 of
                 this
                 World
                 become
                 the
                 Kingdoms
                 of
                 our
                 Lord
                 and
                 of
                 his
                 Christ
                 ,
                 and
                 those
                 be
                 destroyed
                 that
                 destroyed
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
                 For
                 then
                 and
                 not
                 till
                 then
                 shall
                 the
                 Temple
                 of
                 God
                 be
                 fully
                 opened
                 in
                 Heaven
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Ark
                 of
                 his
                 Testament
                 (
                 the
                 very
                 same
                 modell
                 ,
                 which
                 God
                 shewed
                 to
                 Moses
                 in
                 the
                 Mount
                 )
                 shall
                 be
                 seen
                 in
                 Ierusalem
                 ,
                 not
                 in
                 a
                 Tabernacle
                 ,
                 but
                 in
                 that
                 Temple
                 ,
                 which
                 the
                 power
                 of
                 God
                 shall
                 make
                 .
                 Then
                 shall
                 lastly
                 ,
                 the
                 four
                 Beasts
                 ,
                 the
                 Elders
                 ,
                 with
                 all
                 the
                 Angels
                 of
                 Heaven
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 the
                 creatures
                 of
                 Heaven
                 and
                 Earth
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 the
                 Sea
                 and
                 under
                 the
                 Earth
                 fall
                 down
                 before
                 the
                 Throne
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 glory
                 ,
                 honour
                 ,
                 blessing
                 and
                 praise
                 unto
                 him
                 that
                 sitteth
                 on
                 the
                 Throne
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 the
                 Lamb
                 for
                 ever
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 four
                 Beasts
                 shall
                 say
                 ,
                 Amen
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 XII
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 have
                 heard
                 many
                 Jews
                 discoursing
                 of
                 this
                 their
                 glorious
                 Restauration
                 and
                 Religion
                 to
                 come
                 .
                 
                 They
                 say
                 ,
                 they
                 never
                 possessed
                 (
                 no
                 not
                 in
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 David
                 and
                 Solomon
                 ,
                 when
                 their
                 Kingdom
                 was
                 largest
                 )
                 an
                 half
                 of
                 that
                 which
                 God
                 promised
                 in
                 Deuteronomy
                 and
                 Ioshua
                 .
                 Indeed
                 it
                 is
                 said
                 in
                 
                   Ioshua
                   ,
                   No
                   good
                   thing
                   failed
                   of
                   what
                   God
                   promised
                   ,
                
                 but
                 this
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 understood
                 of
                 their
                 peaceable
                 settlement
                 in
                 what
                 Ioshua
                 then
                 conquer'd
                 ,
                 not
                 of
                 the
                 utmost
                 boundders
                 of
                 what
                 they
                 were
                 to
                 possesse
                 towards
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 Time.
                 From
                 Euphrates
                 to
                 the
                 red
                 Sea
                 ,
                 all
                 the
                 Coasts
                 on
                 the
                 West
                 to
                 the
                 great
                 Mediterranean
                 Sea
                 ,
                 with
                 Tyrus
                 and
                 Sydon
                 ,
                 on
                 the
                 North
                 Hemath
                 and
                 Cel●syria
                 ,
                 even
                 in
                 length
                 
                 from
                 L●banon
                 to
                 Egypt
                 ,
                 was
                 to
                 be
                 the
                 confines
                 of
                 this
                 sacred
                 Commonwealth
                 .
                 Now
                 if
                 we
                 consider
                 ,
                 what
                 a
                 Moity
                 of
                 this
                 was
                 possessed
                 by
                 
                   Lot
                   ,
                   Ammon
                   ,
                   Esau
                
                 ,
                 the
                 Kings
                 of
                 Tyrus
                 and
                 Sidon
                 ,
                 the
                 Philistines
                 with
                 Syria
                 ,
                 we
                 may
                 plainly
                 see
                 ,
                 that
                 more
                 then
                 an
                 half
                 was
                 never
                 their
                 own
                 ,
                 of
                 what
                 God
                 promised
                 .
                 In
                 confidence
                 of
                 possessing
                 which
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 the
                 world
                 beside
                 in
                 time
                 to
                 come
                 ,
                 in
                 their
                 great
                 Hosanna
                 they
                 shake
                 Palmes
                 in
                 their
                 hands
                 ,
                 in
                 triumph
                 towards
                 the
                 four
                 coasts
                 of
                 heaven
                 ,
                 to
                 intimate
                 that
                 in
                 their
                 universall
                 Empire
                 every
                 tree
                 of
                 the
                 wood
                 shall
                 clap
                 hands
                 ,
                 and
                 sing
                 for
                 joy
                 .
                 It
                 is
                 strange
                 ,
                 and
                 makes
                 me
                 give
                 more
                 credit
                 to
                 Esdras
                 then
                 otherwise
                 I
                 would
                 ,
                 to
                 see
                 how
                 pat
                 he
                 goes
                 with
                 our
                 Saviour
                 Christ
                 ,
                 in
                 affirming
                 the
                 second
                 Captivity
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 to
                 be
                 long
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 their
                 return
                 should
                 be
                 about
                 the
                 ruine
                 of
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 .
                 He
                 relates
                 how
                 the
                 ten
                 Tribes
                 (
                 soon
                 after
                 their
                 Captivity
                 by
                 Salmanasser
                 )
                 travelled
                 through
                 a
                 great
                 River
                 or
                 strait
                 (
                 perhaps
                 the
                 Streits
                 of
                 Anian
                 )
                 in
                 a
                 long
                 journey
                 of
                 many
                 moneths
                 or
                 years
                 to
                 a
                 Country
                 not
                 inhabited
                 .
                 Yea
                 many
                 good
                 Authors
                 ,
                 who
                 write
                 of
                 the
                 Histories
                 of
                 America
                 ,
                 relate
                 how
                 the
                 Maxicans
                 have
                 a
                 Tradition
                 (
                 delivered
                 from
                 father
                 to
                 son
                 ,
                 time
                 out
                 of
                 minde
                 )
                 of
                 a
                 great
                 multitude
                 coming
                 a
                 great
                 journey
                 into
                 those
                 parts
                 with
                 an
                 Ark
                 carried
                 before
                 them
                 on
                 mens
                 shoulders
                 ,
                 with
                 their
                 God
                 inclosed
                 therein
                 .
                 These
                 people
                 certainly
                 were
                 Jews
                 ,
                 from
                 whom
                 they
                 learned
                 Circumcision
                 (
                 which
                 our
                 travellers
                 finde
                 in
                 most
                 of
                 their
                 Coasts
                 )
                 with
                 other
                 Rites
                 of
                 Tribes
                 ,
                 Heads
                 of
                 Tribes
                 and
                 Families
                 ,
                 with
                 some
                 handsome
                 Ceremonies
                 of
                 Marriages
                 ,
                 Funerals
                 and
                 Washings
                 ,
                 directly
                 the
                 same
                 with
                 the
                 Jews
                 or
                 Israelites
                 .
                 But
                 to
                 prove
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Israelites
                 were
                 first
                 placed
                 in
                 Media
                 and
                 Carmania
                 ,
                 and
                 from
                 thence
                 removed
                 into
                 India
                 ,
                 
                 let
                 us
                 return
                 a
                 little
                 back
                 ,
                 and
                 survey
                 Scriptures
                 and
                 some
                 approved
                 Authors
                 .
                 When
                 Salmanasser
                 King
                 of
                 Assyria
                 carried
                 the
                 ten
                 Tribes
                 into
                 Captivity
                 (
                 in
                 the
                 fifth
                 year
                 of
                 the
                 reign
                 of
                 Hezekiah
                 King
                 of
                 Iudah
                 )
                 he
                 was
                 a
                 Prince
                 of
                 spacious
                 Dominions
                 and
                 invincible
                 forces
                 ,
                 as
                 comprizing
                 within
                 his
                 Empire
                 all
                 Media
                 and
                 
                   Persia
                   ,
                   Mesepotamia
                   ,
                   Assyria
                
                 ,
                 all
                 Arabia
                 and
                 Ethiopia
                 inferiour
                 to
                 the
                 confines
                 of
                 Egypt
                 ,
                 all
                 Syria
                 and
                 Palestine
                 (
                 save
                 only
                 the
                 poor
                 exhausted
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 Iudah
                 )
                 and
                 lastly
                 Armenia
                 with
                 all
                 the
                 Coasts
                 bordering
                 upon
                 the
                 Caspian
                 and
                 Euxine
                 sea
                 ,
                 as
                 farre
                 as
                 Tartaria
                 .
                 By
                 this
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 hard
                 to
                 define
                 in
                 which
                 Province
                 of
                 his
                 Empire
                 he
                 placed
                 them
                 ,
                 out
                 of
                 his
                 Dominions
                 we
                 may
                 well
                 think
                 he
                 would
                 not
                 abandon
                 them
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 2
                 King.
                 17.6
                 .
                 it
                 is
                 said
                 that
                 he
                 placed
                 them
                 in
                 Hala
                 and
                 Habor
                 by
                 the
                 River
                 of
                 Gozan
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 
                   Cities
                   of
                   the
                   Medes
                
                 .
                 Which
                 Hala
                 (
                 or
                 rather
                 Chala
                 )
                 and
                 Habor
                 by
                 affinity
                 of
                 pronuntiation
                 ,
                 can
                 be
                 no
                 other
                 then
                 Col●hies
                 and
                 Iberia
                 ,
                 two
                 Provinces
                 of
                 Armenia
                 ,
                 the
                 first
                 bordering
                 upon
                 the
                 Euxine
                 ,
                 the
                 latter
                 upon
                 the
                 Caspian
                 sea
                 and
                 the
                 confines
                 of
                 the
                 Tartars
                 .
                 East
                 of
                 Armenia
                 lies
                 Media
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Cities
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 a
                 great
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Israelites
                 were
                 likewise
                 placed
                 to
                 inhabit
                 .
                 North
                 of
                 Armenia
                 is
                 the
                 entrance
                 into
                 those
                 immense
                 and
                 indiscoverable
                 Nations
                 of
                 Muscovites
                 and
                 Tartars
                 ,
                 the
                 utmost
                 limits
                 of
                 whose
                 Kingdoms
                 were
                 never
                 yet
                 fully
                 known
                 .
                 The
                 chief
                 River
                 of
                 which
                 Countries
                 arising
                 farre
                 beyond
                 the
                 Hyperborian
                 Territories
                 ,
                 after
                 a
                 wearisome
                 travel
                 through
                 many
                 Nations
                 and
                 Provinces
                 ,
                 disburthens
                 it self
                 at
                 last
                 into
                 the
                 Caspian
                 sea
                 ,
                 at
                 the
                 very
                 entrance
                 into
                 Armenia
                 ,
                 where
                 it
                 is
                 called
                 Zolga
                 (
                 though
                 our
                 Mariners
                 call
                 it
                 Wolga
                 )
                 which
                 is
                 nothing
                 else
                 but
                 a
                 
                 Metathesis
                 or
                 a
                 bad
                 pronunciation
                 of
                 the
                 word
                 Gozan
                 .
                 So
                 that
                 that
                 saying
                 of
                 Ben-Gorion
                 is
                 true
                 (
                 if
                 that
                 Manuscript
                 be
                 his
                 which
                 Gallo-Belgicus
                 fathers
                 upon
                 him
                 ,
                 yet
                 visible
                 in
                 
                   Bibliothecâ
                   Florentinâ
                
                 )
                 Salbumadzar
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 
                   
                     rex
                     Assyrius
                     ,
                     exciso
                     Samariae
                     regno
                     ,
                     decem
                     illas
                     Tribus
                     ,
                     quae
                     à
                     divino
                     cultu
                     tandiu
                     ante
                     desciverant
                     ad
                     Idololatriam
                     ,
                     abductas
                     in
                     Captivitatem
                     conlocavit
                     in
                     Fasso
                     ,
                     Alvati
                     ,
                     Loride
                     ,
                     &
                     Bascapante
                     civitatibus
                     Colchidos
                     &
                     Iberiae
                     Arm●nicarum
                     provinciarum
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     Ecbatan●
                     &
                     Bocchu
                     urbibus
                     Mediae
                     juxta
                     Pontum
                     Euxinum
                     ,
                     &
                     mare
                     Caspium
                     .
                  
                
                 Thus
                 by
                 the
                 testimony
                 of
                 this
                 great
                 Rabbi
                 it
                 is
                 manifest
                 that
                 the
                 Opinion
                 of
                 those
                 men
                 is
                 fond
                 who
                 think
                 the
                 ten
                 Tribes
                 to
                 be
                 utterly
                 lost
                 ;
                 thus
                 likewise
                 is
                 it
                 plain
                 that
                 the
                 Jews
                 Conversion
                 must
                 first
                 a●ise
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 East
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 
                   Fassum
                   ,
                   Alvatis
                   ,
                   Loris
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Bascapan
                 Cities
                 of
                 Colchis
                 and
                 Iberia
                 ,
                 and
                 Ecbatana
                 and
                 Bocchu
                 Cities
                 of
                 Media
                 were
                 the
                 places
                 ,
                 where
                 Salmanasser
                 (
                 called
                 here
                 Salbumadzar
                 )
                 placed
                 these
                 Israelites
                 in
                 name
                 ,
                 but
                 Pagans
                 in
                 nature
                 .
                 And
                 
                   Iohn
                   Lunclay
                
                 in
                 his
                 Pandects
                 of
                 the
                 Turkish
                 History
                 ,
                 fol.
                 769.
                 writes
                 ,
                 how
                 there
                 are
                 certain
                 Hoords
                 (
                 Troops
                 or
                 Families
                 )
                 of
                 people
                 near
                 the
                 more
                 Northern
                 parts
                 of
                 Tartaria
                 ,
                 which
                 retain
                 the
                 names
                 of
                 
                   Dan
                   ,
                   Z●bulun
                
                 and
                 Nepthali
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 vicinity
                 of
                 Rega
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 certain
                 barbarous
                 Nation
                 of
                 Letti
                 ,
                 which
                 for
                 three
                 moneths
                 in
                 the
                 year
                 perpetually
                 wander
                 up
                 and
                 down
                 the
                 fields
                 ,
                 having
                 these
                 words
                 Iure-shel●-mashalom
                 continually
                 in
                 their
                 mouth
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 kinde
                 of
                 lamentable
                 tune
                 or
                 mournfull
                 Ditty
                 :
                 by
                 which
                 words
                 Authours
                 credibly
                 suppose
                 are
                 meant
                 Jerusalem
                 and
                 Damascus
                 the
                 two
                 head
                 cities
                 of
                 Judah
                 and
                 Israel
                 .
                 He
                 that
                 diligen●ly
                 reades
                 the
                 history
                 of
                 these
                 X.
                 Tribes
                 in
                 Scripture
                 ,
                 after
                 their
                 revolt
                 from
                 the
                 house
                 of
                 David
                 ,
                 and
                 combination
                 with
                 I●roboam
                 in
                 erecting
                 Idolatry
                 ,
                 may
                 see
                 that
                 they
                 were
                 a
                 Nation
                 quickly
                 overgrown
                 with
                 Heathenism
                 ,
                 cruelty
                 ,
                 and
                 barbarousnesse
                 ,
                 wholly
                 become
                 abominable
                 Pagans
                 in
                 nature
                 ,
                 manners
                 ,
                 life
                 ,
                 condition
                 and
                 conversations
                 ;
                 as
                 if
                 they
                 had
                 had
                 
                   Numa
                   Pomphilius
                
                 to
                 their
                 Father
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 Abraham
                 the
                 faithfull
                 :
                 they
                 only
                 kept
                 Circumcision
                 and
                 the
                 names
                 of
                 their
                 Progenitors
                 in
                 remembrance
                 ,
                 but
                 had
                 quite
                 forgotten
                 the
                 Stories
                 of
                 their
                 religion
                 and
                 piety
                 ,
                 thence
                 it
                 came
                 to
                 passe
                 that
                 in
                 this
                 their
                 Captivity
                 ,
                 being
                 transported
                 and
                 implanted
                 among
                 those
                 Nations
                 ,
                 they
                 quickly
                 conjoyned
                 and
                 counited
                 with
                 them
                 in
                 marriage
                 and
                 affinity
                 (
                 being
                 already
                 long
                 before
                 coupled
                 with
                 them
                 in
                 Idolatry
                 )
                 and
                 so
                 ceased
                 to
                 be
                 called
                 Israelites
                 ,
                 but
                 being
                 now
                 all
                 one
                 people
                 ,
                 were
                 called
                 by
                 the
                 names
                 of
                 Armenians
                 and
                 Medes
                 .
                 That
                 these
                 Israeltes
                 likewise
                 inhabited
                 part
                 of
                 Tartaria
                 ,
                 and
                 from
                 thence
                 spread
                 into
                 India
                 and
                 the
                 East
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 they
                 likewise
                 possessed
                 a
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Caucasian
                 Mountains
                 mingled
                 with
                 a
                 people
                 ,
                 which
                 Herodotus
                 calls
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                
                 (
                 a
                 word
                 not
                 unakin
                 to
                 Turks
                 )
                 is
                 manifest
                 by
                 these
                 undeniable
                 Reasons
                 .
              
               
                 1.
                 
                 Because
                 the
                 Colchians
                 ,
                 Iberians
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 great
                 part
                 of
                 Tartaria
                 used
                 Circumcision
                 in
                 most
                 ancient
                 times
                 ,
                 long
                 before
                 the
                 building
                 of
                 Rome
                 ,
                 which
                 they
                 could
                 not
                 have
                 received
                 from
                 any
                 people
                 else
                 but
                 from
                 these
                 Israelites
                 ,
                 who
                 30.
                 years
                 before
                 the
                 foundation
                 of
                 Rome
                 were
                 sent
                 to
                 inhabit
                 among
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 2.
                 
                 The
                 Crim-Tartars
                 derive
                 their
                 Progeny
                 from
                 Sampson
                 (
                 hence
                 so
                 many
                 of
                 them
                 have
                 been
                 called
                 Camson
                 ,
                 an
                 obscure
                 Notion
                 of
                 Sampson
                 )
                 and
                 in
                 imitation
                 of
                 him
                 wear
                 long
                 hair
                 ;
                 which
                 could
                 not
                 have
                 been
                 ,
                 except
                 they
                 
                 had
                 had
                 their
                 Originall
                 from
                 those
                 people
                 from
                 whom
                 they
                 had
                 the
                 memory
                 of
                 Sampson
                 .
              
               
                 3.
                 
                 The
                 names
                 likewise
                 of
                 
                   Moses
                   ,
                   Aharon
                   ,
                   Cham
                   ,
                   Selim
                   ,
                
                 or
                 Solyman
                 (
                 a
                 vitious
                 Pronunciation
                 of
                 Shlemo
                 or
                 Solomon
                 )
                 were
                 proper
                 names
                 of
                 men
                 amongst
                 the
                 Turks
                 long
                 before
                 ever
                 they
                 broke
                 into
                 Asia
                 .
                 Now
                 what
                 times
                 the
                 Turks
                 first
                 broke
                 into
                 Asia
                 ,
                 Chronologers
                 agree
                 not
                 among
                 themselves
                 :
                 Some
                 say
                 they
                 broke
                 through
                 the
                 Caspian
                 Streits
                 into
                 
                   Armenia
                   major
                
                 (
                 now
                 Turcomannia
                 )
                 An.
                 844.
                 
                 But
                 I
                 rather
                 suppose
                 their
                 first
                 Irr●ption
                 into
                 Asia
                 was
                 20.
                 years
                 after
                 the
                 death
                 of
                 Alexander
                 the
                 great
                 ,
                 about
                 
                   An.
                   M.
                
                 3718.
                 when
                 the
                 Parthians
                 shook
                 off
                 the
                 Macedonian
                 yoke
                 ,
                 and
                 began
                 their
                 Empire
                 :
                 for
                 in
                 those
                 times
                 we
                 reade
                 in
                 
                   Mela
                   ,
                   Pliny
                
                 and
                 Herodotus
                 ,
                 that
                 a
                 ba●barous
                 and
                 savage
                 people
                 from
                 the
                 North
                 had
                 invaded
                 and
                 possessed
                 Carmania
                 ,
                 which
                 could
                 be
                 no
                 other
                 then
                 this
                 Nation
                 of
                 the
                 Turks
                 .
                 Thus
                 it
                 is
                 plainly
                 manifest
                 ,
                 that
                 when
                 these
                 Israelites
                 passed
                 into
                 America
                 ,
                 they
                 left
                 a
                 great
                 part
                 of
                 their
                 Brethren
                 behinde
                 them
                 in
                 
                   Asia
                   ,
                   Tartaria
                
                 ,
                 and
                 India
                 .
                 Millions
                 of
                 them
                 are
                 in
                 Persia
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 domineering
                 at
                 this
                 present
                 day
                 in
                 Carmania
                 ,
                 is
                 rightly
                 observed
                 by
                 Benjamin
                 the
                 Jew
                 in
                 Eyre
                 ,
                 by
                 
                   M●rcator
                   ,
                   Ortelius
                
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 Geographers
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 XIII
                 .
              
               
                 
                 Abraham
                 was
                 told
                 in
                 Genesis
                 ,
                 His
                 seed
                 must
                 thrice
                 be
                 like
                 Dust
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 afterward
                 like
                 Stars
                 (
                 Stars
                 not
                 for
                 multitude
                 ,
                 but
                 for
                 Piety
                 and
                 Glory
                 )
                 onc●
                 in
                 Aegypt
                 ;
                 secondly
                 in
                 Babel
                 ;
                 thirdly
                 throughout
                 the
                 world
                 in
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 ,
                 and
                 afterward
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 the
                 FIFTH
                 MONARCHY
                 must
                 enlighten
                 the
                 whole
                 world
                 with
                 the
                 Glory
                 of
                 God.
                 And
                 the
                 Jews
                 themselves
                 have
                 an
                 ancient
                 tradition
                 ,
                 That
                 they
                 must
                 have
                 two
                 Messiahs
                 ;
                 1
                 The
                 first
                 should
                 come
                 about
                 what
                 time
                 the
                 Government
                 was
                 taken
                 from
                 Iudah
                 ;
                 he
                 should
                 lay
                 the
                 Foundation
                 of
                 their
                 Redemption
                 ,
                 afterwards
                 be
                 betrayed
                 ,
                 crucified
                 ,
                 and
                 die
                 by
                 their
                 own
                 hands
                 ,
                 and
                 leave
                 them
                 in
                 a
                 dolefull
                 plight
                 in
                 the
                 jaws
                 of
                 destruction
                 by
                 the
                 Gentiles
                 :
                 him
                 they
                 called
                 Ben-Ioseph
                 or
                 Ben-Ephraim
                 ,
                 alluding
                 to
                 sorrowful
                 Ioseph
                 ,
                 who
                 endured
                 so
                 much
                 hardship
                 ,
                 being
                 sold
                 by
                 his
                 brethren
                 into
                 Aegypt
                 ,
                 and
                 estranged
                 from
                 his
                 fathers
                 house
                 ;
                 and
                 to
                 the
                 unfortunate
                 Attempt
                 of
                 the
                 Tribe
                 of
                 Ephraim
                 (
                 soon
                 after
                 that
                 barbarous
                 Edict
                 of
                 murthering
                 male
                 Infants
                 came
                 forth
                 )
                 to
                 deliver
                 themselves
                 and
                 the
                 Israelites
                 by
                 force
                 of
                 Arms
                 from
                 Pharaoh
                 some
                 12
                 years
                 before
                 the
                 Birth
                 of
                 Moses
                 ;
                 when
                 Pharaoh
                 levying
                 an
                 huge
                 Army
                 ,
                 made
                 fearful
                 slaughters
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 forcing
                 them
                 to
                 return
                 to
                 their
                 old
                 obedience
                 ,
                 of
                 which
                 you
                 may
                 reade
                 in
                 Psal.
                 78.9
                 .
                 In
                 this
                 doleful
                 misery
                 they
                 should
                 remain
                 so
                 long
                 till
                 their
                 second
                 Messiah
                 came
                 and
                 delivered
                 them
                 from
                 the
                 hands
                 of
                 all
                 their
                 enemies
                 ,
                 restored
                 them
                 to
                 their
                 native
                 Land
                 of
                 Iudea
                 ,
                 and
                 reigned
                 over
                 th●m
                 in
                 equal
                 fame
                 and
                 prosperity
                 with
                 David
                 their
                 father
                 .
                 Him
                 therefore
                 they
                 call
                 Ben-David
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Secondly
                 ,
                 Isaac
                 was
                 mo●
                 wayes
                 then
                 in
                 his
                 Immolation
                 a
                 figure
                 of
                 Christ.
                 He
                 had
                 two
                 sons
                 Esa●
                 and
                 Iacob
                 ,
                 of
                 whom
                 it
                 is
                 said
                 ,
                 
                   The
                   Elder
                   shall
                   serve
                   the
                   younger●
                   Edom
                
                 (
                 which
                 Jews
                 interpret
                 to
                 be
                 the
                 Roman
                 Christian
                 Church
                 ,
                 
                 the
                 First-born
                 to
                 Christ
                 from
                 Isaac
                 )
                 must
                 come
                 to
                 serve
                 the
                 younger
                 ,
                 
                   The
                   Iewish
                   converted
                   Church
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   once
                   come
                   up
                   .
                
              
               
                 Thirdly
                 ,
                 3
                 Iacob
                 a
                 Type
                 of
                 Christ
                 in
                 his
                 Descent
                 to
                 Aegypt
                 had
                 two
                 wives
                 ,
                 Leah
                 a
                 Type
                 of
                 the
                 visible
                 Church
                 of
                 carnal
                 Jews
                 using
                 and
                 leaning
                 upon
                 ceremonious
                 shadows
                 in
                 stead
                 of
                 the
                 true
                 sacrifice
                 from
                 Moses
                 to
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 second
                 Temple
                 :
                 as
                 likewise
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 of
                 the
                 Gentiles
                 ,
                 which
                 from
                 the
                 Ascension
                 of
                 Christ
                 was
                 to
                 continue
                 in
                 vicissitudinary
                 fortune
                 to
                 it's
                 end
                 ,
                 full
                 1668
                 years
                 .
                 Thus
                 Leah
                 was
                 blear-ey'd
                 ,
                 but
                 fruitfull
                 in
                 her
                 posterity
                 ,
                 yet
                 not
                 so
                 acceptable
                 and
                 lovely
                 in
                 the
                 eyes
                 of
                 her
                 husband
                 as
                 Rachel
                 (
                 a
                 Type
                 of
                 the
                 glorious
                 Jewish
                 Church
                 in
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 Monarchies
                 )
                 who
                 was
                 to
                 be
                 many
                 dayes
                 barren
                 ,
                 even
                 from
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 second
                 Temple
                 ,
                 till
                 Anno
                 1683
                 ,
                 then
                 brings
                 forth
                 Ioseph
                 ,
                 leaves
                 her
                 fathers
                 idolatrous
                 house
                 ,
                 within
                 a
                 few
                 years
                 after
                 travels
                 again
                 ,
                 and
                 brings
                 forth
                 the
                 staff
                 of
                 Iacobs
                 old
                 age
                 with
                 the
                 losse
                 of
                 her
                 own
                 life
                 .
              
               
                 Fourthly
                 ,
                 4
                 That
                 the
                 Jews
                 were
                 to
                 have
                 a
                 temporal
                 Monarchy
                 in
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 ,
                 is
                 evident
                 likewise
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 New
                 Testament
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 first
                 of
                 Acts
                 our
                 Saviour
                 Christs
                 Disciples
                 shewed
                 how
                 greatly
                 the
                 Jews
                 expected
                 for
                 this
                 time
                 ,
                 when
                 their
                 Messiah
                 should
                 deliver
                 them
                 from
                 the
                 yoke
                 of
                 the
                 Romans
                 ,
                 and
                 restore
                 them
                 to
                 their
                 temporal
                 Kingdom
                 in
                 Iudea
                 ;
                 as
                 likewise
                 how
                 near
                 they
                 thought
                 the
                 season
                 and
                 period
                 to
                 be
                 in
                 our
                 Saviours
                 time
                 ,
                 when
                 they
                 came
                 to
                 him
                 ,
                 saying
                 ,
                 
                   Lord
                   ,
                   wilt
                   thou
                   at
                   this
                   time
                   restore
                   the
                   Kingdom
                   to
                   Israel
                   ?
                
                 Our
                 Saviour
                 in
                 his
                 Answer
                 doth
                 not
                 deny
                 but
                 that
                 such
                 a
                 time
                 was
                 to
                 be
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 Jews
                 should
                 be
                 restored
                 to
                 their
                 temporal
                 Kingdom
                 in
                 their
                 own
                 Land
                 (
                 which
                 should
                 exceed
                 Davids
                 and
                 Solomons
                 in
                 magnificence
                 ,
                 and
                 should
                 extend
                 over
                 the
                 whole
                 world
                 )
                 but
                 only
                 blames
                 and
                 checks
                 his
                 Apostles
                 for
                 enquiring
                 of
                 that
                 which
                 neither
                 was
                 needful
                 for
                 them
                 to
                 know
                 ,
                 neither
                 should
                 be
                 in
                 their
                 dayes
                 ;
                 as
                 likewise
                 for
                 being
                 too
                 inquisitive
                 in
                 the
                 times
                 and
                 seasons
                 when
                 it
                 should
                 be
                 ,
                 and
                 was
                 to
                 begin
                 ,
                 Which
                 (
                 said
                 he
                 )
                 
                   the
                   Father
                   hath
                   put
                   in
                   his
                   own
                   power
                   .
                
                 And
                 whoso
                 reads
                 Hos.
                 3.4
                 ,
                 5.
                 the
                 four
                 last
                 Chapters
                 of
                 Zechary
                 ,
                 Mich.
                 7.15
                 ,
                 16
                 ,
                 17.
                 
                 Esa.
                 2.2
                 ,
                 3
                 ,
                 4.
                 and
                 Chapter
                 27.
                 12
                 ,
                 13.
                 with
                 Ier.
                 24.6
                 ,
                 7.
                 with
                 divers
                 other
                 passages
                 in
                 Scripture
                 ,
                 may
                 plainly
                 see
                 that
                 neither
                 Solomons
                 house
                 nor
                 the
                 Maccabees
                 ever
                 obtained
                 their
                 full
                 propriety
                 ,
                 nor
                 were
                 those
                 Prophecies
                 of
                 their
                 universall
                 Soveraignty
                 ever
                 fulfilled
                 in
                 the
                 Old
                 Testament
                 .
              
               
                 Fifthly
                 ,
                 5
                 The
                 Song
                 of
                 Moses
                 in
                 the
                 32.
                 of
                 Deuteronomy
                 ,
                 is
                 clear
                 ,
                 that
                 many
                 and
                 great
                 afflictions
                 shall
                 befall
                 them
                 in
                 the
                 latter
                 daies
                 ,
                 even
                 all
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 their
                 first
                 Messiah
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 .
                 No
                 Jew
                 in
                 the
                 world
                 ever
                 expounded
                 otherwise
                 from
                 the
                 36.
                 verse
                 to
                 the
                 43.
                 of
                 that
                 Song
                 .
                 And
                 to
                 this
                 place
                 they
                 referre
                 their
                 afflictions
                 which
                 they
                 have
                 ,
                 and
                 shall
                 suffer
                 all
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 till
                 their
                 Restauration
                 .
                 There
                 is
                 but
                 few
                 of
                 them
                 now
                 ,
                 but
                 will
                 confesse
                 that
                 their
                 Messiah
                 Ben-Ioseph
                 ,
                 is
                 come
                 already
                 ,
                 but
                 their
                 Ben-David
                 is
                 yet
                 hid
                 in
                 the
                 depth
                 of
                 the
                 Sea
                 ,
                 and
                 will
                 arise
                 from
                 thence
                 about
                 the
                 finall
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 destruction
                 of
                 the
                 Gentiles
                 .
              
               
                 Sixthly
                 ,
                 6
                 The
                 life
                 of
                 Ioseph
                 in
                 Genesis
                 hath
                 in
                 it
                 more
                 then
                 History
                 .
                 At
                 17.
                 years
                 of
                 age
                 he
                 was
                 sold
                 by
                 his
                 Brethren
                 ,
                 and
                 stood
                 before
                 Pharaoh
                 to
                 expound
                 him
                 his
                 Dreams
                 at
                 thirty
                 .
                 So
                 he
                 lived
                 above
                 12.
                 years
                 in
                 misery
                 and
                 
                 irons
                 .
                 And
                 for
                 those
                 12.
                 years
                 God
                 rewarded
                 him
                 with
                 80.
                 years
                 of
                 government
                 in
                 and
                 over
                 all
                 the
                 land
                 of
                 Aegypt
                 .
                 His
                 brethren
                 came
                 and
                 bowed
                 to
                 him
                 according
                 to
                 his
                 Dream
                 of
                 the
                 sheaves
                 ;
                 his
                 father
                 also
                 was
                 inferiour
                 and
                 subjected
                 to
                 him
                 as
                 he
                 was
                 Viceroy
                 in
                 the
                 government
                 of
                 Aegypt
                 :
                 and
                 was
                 nourished
                 and
                 maintained
                 by
                 him
                 according
                 to
                 his
                 second
                 D●eam
                 of
                 the
                 Sun
                 ,
                 Moon
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 eleven
                 Stars
                 crouching
                 and
                 making
                 obeisance
                 .
                 Though
                 his
                 Brethren
                 pitied
                 him
                 not
                 in
                 the
                 anguish
                 of
                 his
                 soul
                 ,
                 yet
                 he
                 forgiveth
                 and
                 preserveth
                 them
                 in
                 Aegypt
                 ,
                 and
                 at
                 their
                 deliverance
                 thence
                 marcheth
                 triumphantly
                 before
                 them
                 to
                 Canaan
                 in
                 his
                 Coffin
                 .
                 But
                 yet
                 neverthelesse
                 Iacob
                 was
                 to
                 stay
                 in
                 Canaan
                 ,
                 and
                 Ioseph
                 was
                 to
                 be
                 unknown
                 to
                 his
                 Brethren
                 till
                 Aegypt
                 be
                 destroied
                 by
                 Famine
                 ,
                 and
                 yeeld
                 if
                 self
                 to
                 Ioseph
                 .
                 And
                 the
                 bon●s
                 of
                 Ioseph
                 too
                 must
                 stay
                 in
                 Aegypt
                 till
                 600000
                 men
                 besides
                 women
                 and
                 children
                 be
                 delivered
                 them
                 by
                 the
                 hands
                 of
                 Moses
                 and
                 Aaron
                 .
                 No
                 departure
                 from
                 Aegypt
                 ,
                 no
                 passage
                 through
                 the
                 Red-Sea
                 without
                 the
                 bones
                 of
                 
                   Ioseph
                   .
                   Edom
                
                 in
                 the
                 dayes
                 of
                 Moses
                 ,
                 and
                 Babylon
                 in
                 Daniels
                 time
                 suffered
                 the
                 severest
                 punishments
                 God
                 could
                 inflict
                 upon
                 a
                 people
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 for
                 afflicting
                 Eber.
                 And
                 here
                 is
                 a
                 mystery
                 not
                 so
                 observed
                 as
                 observable
                 in
                 Scripture
                 .
                 As
                 Aegypt
                 was
                 broken
                 before
                 the
                 first
                 Tabernacle
                 was
                 set
                 up
                 by
                 Moses
                 :
                 as
                 Edom
                 was
                 harrowed
                 by
                 David
                 before
                 the
                 first
                 Temple
                 was
                 erected
                 by
                 Solomon
                 :
                 and
                 thirdly
                 ,
                 as
                 Babel
                 was
                 Brought
                 to
                 nothing
                 by
                 Cyrus
                 before
                 the
                 second
                 Temple
                 was
                 built
                 by
                 Zorubbabel
                 and
                 I●hoshuah
                 :
                 so
                 shall
                 both
                 Edom
                 and
                 Babel
                 ,
                 Turk
                 ,
                 Pope
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 Monarchies
                 in
                 the
                 Earth
                 be
                 brought
                 to
                 dust
                 ,
                 before
                 the
                 third
                 Temple
                 be
                 built
                 by
                 the
                 converted
                 Jews
                 in
                 their
                 native
                 Land
                 of
                 Iudea
                 and
                 
                   Ierusalem
                   .
                   Ierusalem
                
                 now
                 inhabited
                 by
                 Turks
                 and
                 hereticall
                 Christians
                 shall
                 at
                 that
                 time
                 be
                 purged
                 from
                 filth
                 ,
                 and
                 be
                 the
                 only
                 Receptacle
                 of
                 the
                 children
                 of
                 God.
                 But
                 when
                 that
                 time
                 shall
                 be
                 ,
                 I
                 have
                 abundantly
                 shewn
                 in
                 the
                 Sections
                 before
                 .
                 And
                 in
                 that
                 season
                 shall
                 Benjamin
                 be
                 sent
                 down
                 from
                 his
                 good
                 father
                 in
                 the
                 power
                 of
                 his
                 right
                 arm
                 ,
                 and
                 Ioseph
                 (
                 even
                 Ben-Ioseph
                 )
                 shall
                 make
                 himself
                 known
                 to
                 his
                 Brethren
                 ,
                 who
                 did
                 hate
                 him
                 ,
                 shoot
                 at
                 him
                 ,
                 cast
                 him
                 into
                 the
                 pir
                 ,
                 and
                 delivered
                 him
                 to
                 the
                 Gentiles
                 .
                 Which
                 excellent
                 Parallels
                 of
                 Ioseph
                 and
                 Christ
                 are
                 fully
                 explained
                 in
                 the
                 
                   Massorch
                   ,
                   Zoar
                
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 Rabbi-Asse
                 ,
                 besides
                 Ezechiel
                 and
                 S.
                 Iohn
                 in
                 the
                 Revelations
                 .
                 Notwithstanding
                 in
                 citing
                 these
                 Jewish
                 Traditions
                 ,
                 I
                 would
                 not
                 be
                 mistaken
                 ,
                 as
                 if
                 I
                 maintained
                 a
                 second
                 descention
                 of
                 our
                 Saviour
                 Christ
                 from
                 Heaven
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Millenaries
                 do
                 ;
                 or
                 that
                 the
                 Jews
                 must
                 have
                 him
                 come
                 personally
                 dowm
                 from
                 heaven
                 to
                 destroy
                 the
                 whole
                 world
                 ,
                 and
                 restore
                 them
                 to
                 their
                 Land
                 of
                 Iudea
                 ,
                 I
                 mean
                 no
                 such
                 thing
                 .
                 God
                 hath
                 other
                 means
                 to
                 bring
                 his
                 purposes
                 to
                 passe
                 then
                 ,
                 by
                 sending
                 his
                 Sonne
                 Christ
                 to
                 sojourn
                 the
                 second
                 time
                 upon
                 earth
                 .
                 A
                 second
                 Moses
                 ,
                 yet
                 a
                 King
                 ,
                 must
                 work
                 all
                 this
                 for
                 them
                 :
                 yet
                 not
                 a
                 Moses
                 of
                 their
                 own
                 bloud
                 ,
                 but
                 a
                 Captain
                 from
                 the
                 North
                 ;
                 who
                 shall
                 work
                 the
                 works
                 of
                 God
                 in
                 righteousnesse
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 peace
                 like
                 a
                 mighty
                 stream
                 overflow
                 the
                 whole
                 earth
                 .
                 
              
            
             
               
                 XIV
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 consideration
                 of
                 these
                 future
                 great
                 blessings
                 of
                 God
                 towards
                 this
                 Nation
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 them
                 to
                 all
                 the
                 world
                 in
                 the
                 advancement
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 ;
                 
                 as
                 likewise
                 the
                 laying
                 to
                 heart
                 the
                 grievous
                 calamities
                 which
                 have
                 so
                 long
                 tossed
                 the
                 Kingdomes
                 and
                 Free-states
                 of
                 Europe
                 ,
                 
                 should
                 move
                 all
                 men
                 with
                 repentance
                 to
                 prepare
                 themselves
                 to
                 meet
                 those
                 great
                 and
                 fearfull
                 mutations
                 which
                 God
                 is
                 bringing
                 upon
                 all
                 the
                 European
                 Coasts
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 .
                 Historians
                 have
                 made
                 their
                 four
                 Monarchies
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 rise
                 or
                 fall
                 of
                 severall
                 particular
                 Nations
                 .
                 1.
                 
                 Assyrians
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 Persians
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 Grecians
                 .
                 and
                 4.
                 
                 Romans
                 :
                 but
                 this
                 is
                 a
                 lame
                 Division
                 ,
                 and
                 comes
                 far
                 short
                 of
                 that
                 transcendent
                 Metamorphosis
                 of
                 humane
                 affairs
                 ,
                 which
                 (
                 by
                 comparing
                 of
                 Histories
                 ,
                 observation
                 of
                 new
                 Starres
                 and
                 Comets
                 of
                 late
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 consideration
                 of
                 the
                 manners
                 and
                 conditions
                 of
                 the
                 sonnes
                 of
                 men
                 )
                 we
                 may
                 easily
                 perceive
                 must
                 within
                 these
                 few
                 years
                 be
                 brought
                 upon
                 the
                 world
                 .
                 The
                 learned
                 Mathematicians
                 and
                 Philosophers
                 (
                 who
                 have
                 more
                 throughly
                 searched
                 into
                 the
                 secrets
                 of
                 Astrology
                 )
                 rightlier
                 place
                 their
                 four
                 Monarchies
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 four
                 coasts
                 of
                 Heaven
                 .
                 1.
                 
                 The
                 Eastern
                 Monarchy
                 of
                 the
                 Assyrians
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 The
                 two
                 Southern
                 Monarchies
                 of
                 the
                 Persians
                 and
                 Grecians
                 ,
                 bounded
                 within
                 the
                 circumference
                 of
                 3600
                 miles
                 ,
                 or
                 11
                 degrees
                 of
                 latitude
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 The
                 Western
                 Monarchy
                 of
                 the
                 Romans
                 .
                 4.
                 and
                 lastly
                 ,
                 the
                 Northern
                 Monarchy
                 (
                 but
                 in
                 right
                 accompt
                 the
                 fifth
                 )
                 must
                 be
                 of
                 the
                 Northern
                 LION
                 ,
                 which
                 to
                 the
                 amazement
                 of
                 Christendome
                 ,
                 shall
                 arise
                 from
                 the
                 Northern
                 Sea
                 ,
                 and
                 pitch
                 his
                 Tents
                 in
                 the
                 ashes
                 of
                 the
                 Eastern
                 and
                 Western
                 Monarchies
                 .
                 But
                 now
                 having
                 made
                 mention
                 so
                 oft
                 of
                 this
                 V.
                 Monarchy
                 in
                 this
                 Pamphlet
                 ,
                 
                 I
                 think
                 it
                 meet
                 to
                 produce
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 Reasons
                 of
                 the
                 truth
                 and
                 certainty
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 deduced
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 holy
                 Scriptures
                 and
                 humane
                 Authority
                 .
              
               
                 First
                 ,
                 The
                 Jews
                 have
                 a
                 Tenet
                 among
                 them
                 ,
                 That
                 their
                 Messias
                 must
                 not
                 
                 come
                 in
                 the
                 Flesh
                 till
                 the
                 destruction
                 of
                 the
                 fourth
                 Monarchy
                 in
                 Daniel
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 Roman
                 :
                 and
                 so
                 will
                 not
                 beleeve
                 Christians
                 professing
                 him
                 to
                 be
                 come
                 already
                 :
                 but
                 say
                 ,
                 this
                 coming
                 is
                 deferred
                 till
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 be
                 totally
                 abolished
                 ;
                 which
                 because
                 it
                 is
                 not
                 nor
                 must
                 be
                 yet
                 ,
                 they
                 will
                 not
                 beleeve
                 he
                 hath
                 appeared
                 .
                 But
                 the
                 Jews
                 are
                 deceived
                 in
                 this
                 ,
                 for
                 Dan.
                 2.44
                 .
                 and
                 7.9
                 ,
                 22.
                 the
                 Incarnation
                 of
                 our
                 Saviour
                 Christ
                 was
                 promised
                 to
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 very
                 nick
                 of
                 the
                 constitution
                 and
                 establishment
                 of
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 after
                 the
                 ruine
                 of
                 it
                 (
                 which
                 was
                 performed
                 accordingly
                 )
                 else
                 should
                 there
                 have
                 been
                 six
                 Monarchies
                 before
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 .
                 For
                 the
                 dispersion
                 and
                 rejection
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 ,
                 the
                 revelation
                 of
                 Antichrist
                 with
                 the
                 Fulnesse
                 of
                 the
                 Gentiles
                 ,
                 was
                 prophesied
                 to
                 be
                 accomplished
                 in
                 the
                 fourth
                 Monarchy
                 ,
                 all
                 which
                 we
                 see
                 are
                 punctually
                 fulfilled
                 .
                 None
                 of
                 which
                 should
                 yet
                 have
                 come
                 to
                 passe
                 ,
                 if
                 our
                 Saviour
                 Christ
                 was
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 incarnate
                 before
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 .
                 Therefore
                 as
                 the
                 rejection
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 with
                 these
                 other
                 signs
                 and
                 things
                 was
                 to
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 fourth
                 Monarchy
                 ;
                 so
                 their
                 conversion
                 and
                 remission
                 into
                 the
                 Church
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 glorious
                 estate
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 upon
                 earth
                 must
                 be
                 in
                 another
                 fifth
                 Monarchy
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 yet
                 to
                 come
                 .
              
               
                 Secondly
                 ,
                 So
                 many
                 Empires
                 as
                 are
                 comprized
                 in
                 Nebuchadnezzars
                 Image
                 
                 (
                 Dan.
                 2.
                 )
                 must
                 come
                 to
                 passe
                 before
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 World
                 :
                 But
                 five
                 Monarchies
                 are
                 comprehended
                 in
                 that
                 Image
                 ,
                 Erg●
                 .
                 The
                 major
                 is
                 manifest
                 ,
                 The
                 minor
                 is
                 thus
                 proved
                 :
                 Nebuchadnezzar
                 himself
                 was
                 the
                 Golden
                 Head
                 of
                 this
                 Image
                 ,
                 as
                 he
                 was
                 in
                 another
                 respect
                 the
                 Feet
                 of
                 the
                 old
                 decrepit
                 Assyrian
                 
                 Monarchy
                 ,
                 which
                 by
                 his
                 Chaldean
                 Empire
                 and
                 the
                 ruine
                 thereof
                 (
                 which
                 was
                 approaching
                 )
                 should
                 totally
                 be
                 annihilated
                 .
                 The
                 Armes
                 and
                 Brests
                 of
                 Silver
                 are
                 the
                 Empire
                 of
                 the
                 Medes
                 and
                 Persians
                 .
                 The
                 Belly
                 of
                 brasse
                 is
                 the
                 Empire
                 of
                 the
                 Grecians
                 by
                 Alexander
                 the
                 Great
                 .
                 Lastly
                 ,
                 the
                 Iron
                 Leggs
                 and
                 the
                 Clay
                 Toes
                 depictured
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 present
                 declining
                 House
                 of
                 Austria
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 breathlesse
                 Papacy
                 .
                 Therefore
                 
                   the
                   Stone
                   cut
                   without
                   Hands
                   which
                   brake
                   this
                   Image
                   in
                   pieces
                   ,
                   and
                   became
                   a
                   Mountain
                   and
                   filled
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                
                 must
                 be
                 understood
                 (
                 as
                 I
                 touched
                 before
                 )
                 of
                 a
                 Fifth
                 Monarchy
                 yet
                 to
                 come
                 ,
                 in
                 which
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 Conversion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 and
                 fulnesse
                 of
                 the
                 Gentiles
                 the
                 Gospel
                 shall
                 shine
                 in
                 majesty
                 over
                 all
                 Kingdoms
                 upon
                 Earth
                 .
              
               
                 
                 Thirdly
                 ,
                 If
                 the
                 rejection
                 and
                 dispersion
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 were
                 to
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 fourth
                 Monarchy
                 ,
                 as
                 is
                 apparent
                 by
                 Gen.
                 49.10
                 .
                 and
                 Numb
                 .
                 24.24
                 .
                 then
                 was
                 their
                 conversion
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 till
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 the
                 fifth
                 ,
                 and
                 towards
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 the
                 World
                 ,
                 as
                 is
                 manifest
                 by
                 the
                 Apostle
                 ,
                 Rom.
                 11.25
                 .
                 But
                 the
                 first
                 is
                 true
                 and
                 therefore
                 the
                 latter
                 also
                 .
              
               
                 
                 Fourthly
                 ,
                 the
                 conversion
                 and
                 restauration
                 of
                 the
                 Jews
                 to
                 their
                 antient
                 Inheritances
                 in
                 the
                 holy
                 Land
                 (
                 which
                 Ezekiel
                 hath
                 so
                 largely
                 described
                 in
                 his
                 twelve
                 last
                 Chapters
                 )
                 and
                 the
                 glorious
                 felicity
                 of
                 the
                 Gospel
                 of
                 Christ
                 proceeding
                 from
                 their
                 conversion
                 ,
                 must
                 either
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 fourth
                 Monarchy
                 ,
                 or
                 not
                 untill
                 the
                 fifth
                 .
                 But
                 in
                 the
                 fourth
                 Monarchy
                 it
                 cannot
                 be
                 ,
                 for
                 among
                 the
                 Turks
                 the
                 Jews
                 are
                 kept
                 in
                 extream
                 slavery
                 ,
                 Idolatry
                 and
                 ignorance
                 :
                 and
                 under
                 the
                 Papacy
                 they
                 are
                 not
                 permitted
                 to
                 use
                 the
                 new
                 Testament
                 (
                 by
                 which
                 only
                 they
                 must
                 be
                 saved
                 )
                 and
                 besides
                 they
                 are
                 so
                 inraged
                 against
                 Christianity
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 Papists
                 Image-worship
                 ,
                 that
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 flat
                 impossibility
                 (
                 much
                 lesse
                 any
                 hopes
                 )
                 of
                 their
                 conversion
                 ,
                 so
                 long
                 as
                 either
                 the
                 Turkish
                 Empire
                 or
                 the
                 Papacy
                 stands
                 in
                 force
                 .
                 Ergò
                 their
                 conversion
                 and
                 restauration
                 cannot
                 be
                 ,
                 till
                 both
                 Turk
                 and
                 Pope
                 eternally
                 be
                 destroyed
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 the
                 fourth
                 Monarchy
                 finally
                 ended
                 .
              
               
                 
                 Thus
                 having
                 delivered
                 the
                 reasons
                 of
                 a
                 fifth
                 Monarchy
                 ,
                 I
                 come
                 to
                 describe
                 the
                 LION
                 of
                 the
                 North
                 ,
                 as
                 I
                 finde
                 it
                 in
                 an
                 antient
                 Prophecie
                 of
                 the
                 true
                 Merlin
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 Grebner
                 .
              
               
                 1
                 First
                 of
                 Merlin
                 .
                 Many
                 Scholars
                 have
                 often
                 disputed
                 what
                 Merlin
                 should
                 be
                 ,
                 who
                 he
                 was
                 ,
                 what
                 time
                 he
                 lived
                 in
                 ,
                 whether
                 those
                 Prophecies
                 be
                 true
                 ,
                 and
                 his
                 ,
                 which
                 go
                 under
                 his
                 name
                 ,
                 or
                 not
                 :
                 how
                 he
                 came
                 by
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 lastly
                 ,
                 what
                 reckoning
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 made
                 of
                 them
                 .
                 Of
                 every
                 of
                 which
                 somewhat
                 .
                 It
                 hath
                 fared
                 with
                 Merlin
                 ,
                 as
                 with
                 Tostatus
                 in
                 Spain
                 ,
                 and
                 many
                 Learned
                 in
                 our
                 times
                 ;
                 who
                 for
                 the
                 eminency
                 of
                 their
                 Learning
                 ,
                 and
                 approbation
                 of
                 their
                 writings
                 ,
                 became
                 so
                 famous
                 ,
                 that
                 Pedlar
                 Authors
                 father'd
                 bastar'd
                 ware
                 upon
                 them
                 in
                 every
                 corner
                 for
                 easier
                 vent
                 .
                 Merlins
                 there
                 were
                 severall
                 of
                 old
                 ;
                 one
                 a
                 Welsh-man
                 in
                 the
                 daies
                 of
                 Edgar
                 the
                 Monarch
                 ,
                 of
                 an
                 austere
                 living
                 and
                 Monkish
                 conversation
                 .
                 He
                 lived
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 in
                 the
                 Isle
                 of
                 Anglesey
                 ,
                 where
                 he
                 had
                 familiarity
                 and
                 acquaintance
                 with
                 the
                 Bards
                 and
                 Druides
                 then
                 not
                 wholly
                 extinct
                 ,
                 who
                 had
                 incomparable
                 skill
                 in
                 Divination
                 by
                 Birds
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 kinde
                 of
                 Magique
                 .
                 He
                 was
                 an
                 excellent
                 Astrologer
                 and
                 a
                 great
                 Chymist
                 :
                 so
                 that
                 many
                 think
                 those
                 Prophecies
                 ,
                 that
                 are
                 like
                 his
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 deducted
                 from
                 no
                 more
                 then
                 naturall
                 reason
                 .
                 All
                 those
                 Prophecies
                 
                 which
                 I
                 have
                 seen
                 of
                 his
                 (
                 some
                 of
                 which
                 I
                 have
                 )
                 I
                 cannot
                 see
                 how
                 they
                 smell
                 any
                 whit
                 of
                 a
                 prophetique
                 spirit
                 ;
                 they
                 speak
                 him
                 a
                 great
                 Scholar
                 in
                 Astrology
                 ,
                 but
                 no
                 Prophet
                 .
                 But
                 there
                 was
                 living
                 in
                 K.
                 Lucius
                 daies
                 another
                 Merlin
                 (
                 called
                 the
                 first
                 )
                 a
                 Scottish
                 man
                 ,
                 and
                 he
                 is
                 the
                 true
                 Merlin
                 ,
                 and
                 if
                 any
                 Prophecies
                 could
                 be
                 found
                 of
                 his
                 ,
                 great
                 credit
                 was
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 to
                 them
                 .
                 He
                 was
                 a
                 great
                 friend
                 of
                 K.
                 Lucius
                 himself
                 ,
                 and
                 his
                 daily
                 companion
                 .
                 Of
                 his
                 there
                 is
                 but
                 one
                 Prophecie
                 extant
                 ,
                 which
                 I
                 found
                 in
                 that
                 antient
                 Chronicle
                 of
                 Nennius
                 of
                 Bangor
                 of
                 the
                 Saxons
                 (
                 who
                 yet
                 lives
                 in
                 Manuscript
                 )
                 K.
                 Lucius
                 being
                 as
                 yet
                 unconverted
                 from
                 Paganisme
                 to
                 Christianity
                 ,
                 would
                 needs
                 joyn
                 in
                 confederacy
                 with
                 Santoline
                 a
                 King
                 of
                 the
                 Scutti
                 (
                 now
                 Scots
                 )
                 to
                 raise
                 warre
                 against
                 the
                 Roman
                 Emperour
                 ;
                 to
                 which
                 purpose
                 he
                 asked
                 councel
                 of
                 Merlin
                 what
                 he
                 should
                 do
                 in
                 this
                 matter
                 ;
                 who
                 earnestly
                 dehorted
                 him
                 from
                 his
                 purpose
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 end
                 prevailed
                 .
                 Merlin
                 prophesied
                 to
                 him
                 ,
                 
                   That
                   within
                   lesse
                   then
                   a
                   sesquidecumane
                   period
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   the
                   Eagles
                   head
                   should
                   be
                   cloven
                   in
                   two
                   ;
                   one
                   part
                   whereof
                   Agar
                   should
                   burn
                   with
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   Iaphet
                   the
                   other
                   after
                   the
                   grand
                   revolution
                   of
                   daies
                   .
                   Mark
                   (
                   O
                   King
                   )
                   saith
                   he
                   ,
                   and
                   consider
                   ,
                   Samothea
                   shall
                   be
                   quickly
                   overflown
                   with
                   a
                   vagabond
                   Army
                   of
                   an
                   unknown
                   Originall
                   ,
                   spued
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   land
                   toward
                   the
                   East
                   ,
                   which
                   a
                   floud
                   from
                   the
                   North
                   shall
                   quickly
                   possesse
                   .
                   I
                   know
                   thy
                   thoughts
                   and
                   the
                   intents
                   of
                   thy
                   heart
                   ;
                   thou
                   seekest
                   Friendship
                   from
                   a
                   people
                   ,
                   whose
                   weaknesse
                   shall
                   be
                   thy
                   glory
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   greatnesse
                   thy
                   ruine
                   .
                   A
                   squadron
                   of
                   Fishers
                   are
                   risen
                   up
                   from
                   the
                   East
                   ,
                   which
                   shall
                   ascend
                   unarmed
                   upon
                   the
                   world
                   without
                   spear
                   and
                   shield
                   ,
                   to
                   whom
                   all
                   Nations
                   shall
                   in
                   time
                   obey
                   .
                   They
                   shall
                   destroy
                   the
                   Temples
                   of
                   thy
                   Gods
                   (
                   O
                   Lucius
                   )
                   and
                   convert
                   them
                   to
                   the
                   service
                   of
                   their
                   eternall
                   King
                   ,
                   who
                   only
                   can
                   rescue
                   from
                   the
                   grave
                   ,
                   and
                   deliver
                   from
                   the
                   snares
                   of
                   death
                   .
                   Behold
                   I
                   see
                   a
                   great
                   Sun
                   arise
                   i●sensibly
                   upon
                   us
                   Brittanes
                   !
                   But
                   (
                   woe
                   is
                   me
                   !
                   )
                   what
                   black
                   seas
                   of
                   darknesse
                   ,
                   and
                   rivers
                   of
                   bloud
                   pursu●
                   after
                   it
                   ?
                   Hast
                   thou
                   not
                   heard
                   of
                   the
                   valiant
                   Angles
                   ,
                   of
                   barbarous
                   Neustria
                   ,
                   of
                   yonder
                   terrible
                   Picts
                   thy
                   perfidious
                   enemies
                   ?
                   These
                   shall
                   overflow
                   thy
                   Land
                   ,
                   and
                   possess
                   the
                   Cities
                   thereof
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   old
                   age
                   of
                   Empires
                   ,
                   and
                   Government
                   shall
                   flow
                   upon
                   the
                   world
                   .
                   
                     Illis
                     autem
                     temporibus
                     revolutis
                     ,
                     Cauda
                     Virginis
                     Leonem
                     intrabit
                     ,
                     &
                     Sagittarii
                     dorsum
                     Scorpius
                     ascendet
                     .
                     Borcalia
                     Regna
                     à
                     Messoribus
                     obterentur
                     ,
                     Australes
                     Principatus
                     in
                     statum
                     pulvereum
                     d●●ine●t
                     ,
                     &
                     insulanarum
                     Monarchiarum
                     potestates
                     sine
                     fraeno
                     aut
                     milite
                     ephippiabuntur
                     ;
                     bella
                     atrocia
                     ventis
                     dissipabúntur
                     ,
                     &
                     pessum
                     ibunt
                     judiciali
                     grandine
                     ,
                     quae
                     per
                     baculum
                     ortum
                     habuerunt
                     ,
                     per
                     spuri●s
                     juventutem
                     .
                     Sol
                     ipse
                     tympanizabit
                     miniato
                     clamyde
                     indutus
                     ,
                     &
                     Luna
                     cineritiis
                     cothur●is
                     ad
                     nundinas
                     tolutabit
                     .
                     Rides
                     ,
                     O
                     Rex
                     ?
                     At
                     quibus
                     haec
                     supervenient
                     ,
                     luctu
                     &
                     maerore
                     contabescent
                     .
                     Haec
                     omnia
                     vix
                     plenè
                     peragentur
                     ,
                     qu●m
                     Princeps
                     regali
                     origine
                     coronatus
                     ex
                     Borealibus
                     plagis
                     proveniet
                     ,
                     suis
                     inexpectatus
                     ,
                     alienigenis
                     desideratus
                     ;
                     qui
                     ●ò
                     quòd
                     L●one
                     feroci●nte
                     in●ignietur
                     ,
                     Leo
                     nuncupabitur
                     ,
                     Non
                     conquiescet
                     ,
                     donec
                     Synodo
                     per
                     eum
                     convocat●
                     minisque
                     dissolutâ
                     ,
                     victricia
                     arma
                     in
                     hostes
                     transferat
                     ,
                     &
                     lamentabili
                     successu
                     vicinorum
                     Principum
                     ditiones
                     pessundet
                     .
                     Alexandrum
                     Magnum
                     virtute
                     ,
                     Cyrum
                     felicitate
                     superabit
                     :
                     freta
                     transnavigabit
                     ;
                     à
                     multis
                     regibus
                     Imperator
                     sal●tabitur
                     ;
                     &
                     Urbem
                     quandam
                     vetustam
                     solo
                     aequabit
                     .
                     Intereà
                     ex
                     Oriente
                     Princeps
                     bellipotens
                     illum
                     praelio
                     lacesse●
                     ,
                     contrà
                     
                     quem
                     Leo
                     cum
                     omnibus
                     copiis
                     procedet
                     ,
                     &
                     ●is
                     Euphratem
                     positis
                     castris
                     illum
                     expectabit
                     .
                     Si
                     Princeps
                     flumen
                     transibit
                     ,
                     Leo
                     superabitur
                     ;
                     at
                     ipse
                     exercitu
                     fluvium
                     transducto
                     hostem
                     cruento
                     conflictu
                     superabit
                     ,
                     &
                     universum
                     Orientem
                     in
                     potestatem
                     rediget
                     .
                     Dum
                     haec
                     agentur
                     ,
                     complures
                     Reguli
                     ex
                     India
                     in
                     Suriam
                     cum
                     ingentibus
                     irrumpent
                     excercitibus
                     ,
                     &
                     circà
                     vallem
                     Iehosaphat
                     praeliabundi
                     Leonem
                     opperibunt
                     ,
                     ubi
                     ab
                     ipso
                     ad
                     internecionem
                     omnes
                     delebuntur
                     .
                     Nec
                     multò
                     post
                     ,
                     Leo
                     ipse
                     fatis
                     concedet
                     ,
                     postquàm
                     regnum
                     Transfugarum
                     mirand●
                     pietate
                     in
                     perpetuum
                     fundavit
                     .
                  
                
                 Those
                 times
                 being
                 past
                 ,
                 the
                 tail
                 of
                 the
                 Virgin
                 shall
                 enter
                 the
                 Lion
                 ,
                 and
                 Scorpio
                 shall
                 ascend
                 the
                 back
                 of
                 Sagittary
                 :
                 The
                 Northern
                 Kingdoms
                 shall
                 be
                 wasted
                 by
                 Reapers
                 ,
                 the
                 Southern
                 Principalities
                 shall
                 end
                 in
                 dust
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 powers
                 of
                 the
                 Iland-Monarchies
                 without
                 either
                 bridle
                 or
                 souldier
                 shall
                 be
                 harnessed
                 .
                 Cruell
                 warres
                 shall
                 be
                 scattered
                 by
                 the
                 windes
                 ,
                 and
                 quell'd
                 by
                 a
                 revengefull
                 hail
                 ,
                 whose
                 beginning
                 were
                 by
                 a
                 staff
                 ,
                 their
                 growth
                 and
                 continuance
                 by
                 bastards
                 .
                 The
                 Sun
                 it self
                 shall
                 play
                 on
                 the
                 timbrell
                 clad
                 with
                 a
                 vermilion
                 coat
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Moon
                 with
                 dunne
                 buskins
                 shall
                 amble
                 to
                 the
                 fair
                 .
                 Laugh'st
                 thou
                 ,
                 O
                 King
                 ?
                 But
                 those
                 on
                 whom
                 these
                 things
                 shall
                 come
                 ,
                 for
                 grief
                 and
                 sorrow
                 shall
                 pine
                 away
                 .
                 All
                 these
                 things
                 shall
                 scarce
                 be
                 accomplisht
                 ,
                 when
                 a
                 Prince
                 of
                 royall
                 stock
                 shall
                 come
                 forth
                 crowned
                 from
                 the
                 Northern
                 parts
                 ,
                 as
                 to
                 his
                 own
                 people
                 unexpected
                 ,
                 but
                 desired
                 by
                 forreigners
                 ,
                 who
                 because
                 he
                 shall
                 bear
                 a
                 Rampant
                 Lion
                 ,
                 shall
                 therefore
                 be
                 called
                 a
                 Lion.
                 He
                 shall
                 not
                 rest
                 ,
                 till
                 having
                 called
                 a
                 Synod
                 and
                 after
                 dissolved
                 it
                 by
                 threats
                 ,
                 he
                 shall
                 advance
                 his
                 conquering
                 arms
                 against
                 his
                 enemies
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 wofull
                 successe
                 shall
                 harrase
                 the
                 territories
                 of
                 neighbour
                 Princes
                 .
                 He
                 shall
                 exceed
                 Alexander
                 the
                 Great
                 in
                 vertue
                 ,
                 and
                 Cyrus
                 in
                 successe
                 .
                 He
                 shall
                 passe
                 the
                 seas
                 and
                 be
                 saluted
                 Emperour
                 by
                 many
                 Kings
                 :
                 A
                 certain
                 antient
                 City
                 shall
                 he
                 lay
                 even
                 with
                 the
                 ground
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 mean
                 while
                 a
                 powerfull
                 Prince
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 East
                 shall
                 provoke
                 him
                 to
                 battel
                 ,
                 against
                 whom
                 the
                 Lion
                 shall
                 march
                 with
                 all
                 his
                 forces
                 ,
                 and
                 pitching
                 his
                 Camp
                 on
                 this
                 side
                 Euphrates
                 ,
                 shall
                 expect
                 him
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Prince
                 shall
                 come
                 over
                 the
                 river
                 ,
                 the
                 Lion
                 shall
                 be
                 overcome
                 :
                 but
                 he
                 shall
                 passe
                 his
                 army
                 over
                 the
                 river
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 his
                 Enemy
                 a
                 bloudy
                 defeat
                 ,
                 and
                 be
                 master
                 of
                 all
                 the
                 East
                 .
                 While
                 these
                 things
                 are
                 in
                 action
                 ,
                 divers
                 petty
                 Kings
                 from
                 India
                 shall
                 break
                 into
                 Syria
                 with
                 mighty
                 armies
                 ,
                 and
                 provided
                 for
                 battel
                 shall
                 wait
                 for
                 the
                 Lion
                 about
                 the
                 valley
                 of
                 Iehoshaphat
                 ,
                 where
                 they
                 shall
                 by
                 him
                 be
                 all
                 wholly
                 cut
                 off
                 .
                 Not
                 long
                 after
                 shall
                 the
                 Lion
                 himself
                 decease
                 ,
                 after
                 that
                 with
                 eminent
                 piety
                 he
                 shall
                 have
                 established
                 the
                 Kingdome
                 of
                 fugitives
                 .
                 This
                 is
                 all
                 that
                 is
                 extant
                 of
                 this
                 former
                 Merlin
                 ,
                 whose
                 glorious
                 works
                 and
                 inestimable
                 Prophecies
                 are
                 utterly
                 lost
                 to
                 the
                 great
                 detriment
                 of
                 learning
                 .
              
               
                 2
                 Not
                 much
                 unlike
                 this
                 ,
                 is
                 that
                 of
                 Greb●er
                 ,
                 Ban.
                 73.
                 
                 
                   
                     Europae
                     labes
                     &
                     imbecillitas
                     singulorum
                     ejusdem
                     Regnorum
                     sedem
                     mirabilitèr
                     struet
                     QVINTAE
                     MONARCHIAE
                     ,
                     quae
                     sub
                     tempus
                     exitii
                     Imperii
                     Romani
                     ad
                     terrorem
                     totius
                     mundi
                     ex
                     ruinis
                     Germaniae
                     refulgebit
                     .
                     Haec
                     triennii
                     spatio
                     caetera
                     Europae
                     regna
                     aut
                     vi
                     perdomitabit
                     ,
                     aut
                     belli
                     metu
                     ad
                     soci●tatem
                     perpellet
                     :
                     quò
                     universalem
                     Ligam
                     &
                     Unionem
                     omnium
                     Protestantium
                     e●●ici●t
                     sub
                     specie
                     bellum
                     Poloniae
                     inferendi
                     ,
                     re
                     autem
                     verâ
                     Imperium
                     Austriacum
                     Italiamque
                     invadendi
                     .
                     Nec
                     eum
                     spes
                     fefellerit
                     .
                     Nam
                     circà
                     hoc
                     tempus
                     SECTA
                     quaedam
                     manachorum
                     adeò
                     abominabilis
                     ,
                     
                     obscaena
                     ,
                     &
                     seditiosa
                     in
                     Papat●s
                     si●●
                     orictur
                     ;
                     ut
                     compellet
                     tam
                     Protetestantes
                     quàm
                     Italiae
                     Principes
                     extremum
                     Romae
                     exitium
                     moliri
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 The
                 corruption
                 of
                 Europe
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 weaknesse
                 of
                 her
                 several
                 Kingdoms
                 shall
                 strangely
                 make
                 way
                 for
                 the
                 FIFTH
                 MONARCHY
                 ,
                 which
                 about
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 the
                 fall
                 of
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 to
                 the
                 terrour
                 of
                 the
                 whole
                 world
                 shall
                 appear
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 ruines
                 of
                 Germany
                 .
                 She
                 within
                 three
                 years
                 shall
                 either
                 subdue
                 by
                 force
                 the
                 rest
                 of
                 the
                 Kingdoms
                 of
                 Asia
                 ,
                 or
                 for
                 fear
                 of
                 war
                 shall
                 bring
                 them
                 to
                 a
                 league
                 ,
                 whereby
                 she
                 shall
                 conclude
                 an
                 universal
                 confederacy
                 ,
                 under
                 colour
                 of
                 making
                 warre
                 against
                 Polonia
                 ,
                 but
                 in
                 deed
                 to
                 invade
                 the
                 Austrian
                 Empire
                 and
                 Italy
                 .
                 Neither
                 shall
                 her
                 hope
                 fail
                 her
                 :
                 For
                 about
                 this
                 time
                 a
                 certain
                 SECT
                 of
                 Monks
                 shall
                 arise
                 in
                 the
                 bosome
                 of
                 the
                 Papacy
                 ,
                 so
                 abominable
                 ,
                 obscene
                 and
                 seditious
                 ;
                 that
                 it
                 shall
                 urge
                 both
                 the
                 Protestants
                 and
                 Princes
                 of
                 Italy
                 to
                 endeavour
                 the
                 utter
                 subversion
                 of
                 Rome
                 .
              
               
                 Thus
                 having
                 shewed
                 the
                 Seat
                 and
                 Certainty
                 of
                 this
                 V.
                 Monarchie
                 ;
                 I
                 come
                 to
                 declare
                 what
                 People
                 or
                 Kingdom
                 in
                 Europe
                 shall
                 obtain
                 and
                 rule
                 it
                 ,
                 
                 and
                 whose
                 it
                 shall
                 soly
                 be
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 European
                 Christians
                 two
                 several
                 Kingdoms
                 long
                 since
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 late
                 have
                 mainly
                 striven
                 for
                 the
                 FIFTH
                 MONARCHY
                 .
              
               
                 First
                 ,
                 
                 The
                 Kingdom
                 of
                 Spain
                 hath
                 alwayes
                 for
                 a
                 matter
                 of
                 170
                 years
                 ago
                 by
                 incorporating
                 it self
                 with
                 the
                 House
                 of
                 Austria
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 most
                 potent
                 Families
                 of
                 Germany
                 and
                 Italy
                 by
                 strange
                 Marriages
                 and
                 odde
                 medlies
                 laboured
                 extremely
                 to
                 bring
                 all
                 Europe
                 under
                 her
                 Wings
                 ,
                 that
                 so
                 she
                 might
                 become
                 the
                 glorious
                 Sun
                 of
                 the
                 West
                 .
                 On
                 the
                 other
                 side
                 ,
                 the
                 Swede
                 of
                 late
                 by
                 keeping
                 an
                 high
                 hand
                 over
                 the
                 King
                 of
                 Poland
                 ,
                 and
                 fixing
                 his
                 glorious
                 Trophies
                 of
                 Conquest
                 in
                 all
                 corners
                 of
                 Germany
                 ;
                 hath
                 brought
                 the
                 Emperour
                 to
                 so
                 low
                 an
                 ebb
                 ,
                 and
                 hath
                 of
                 late
                 become
                 so
                 terrible
                 to
                 the
                 Pope
                 and
                 Spaniard
                 :
                 and
                 lastly
                 can
                 in
                 an
                 instant
                 enleague
                 himself
                 with
                 all
                 Protestant
                 Kingdoms
                 and
                 States
                 ,
                 either
                 for
                 fear
                 or
                 favour
                 upon
                 any
                 necessary
                 occasion
                 ,
                 that
                 many
                 account
                 him
                 the
                 man
                 that
                 both
                 goeth
                 the
                 directest
                 way
                 ,
                 and
                 whom
                 heaven
                 hath
                 ordained
                 to
                 sway
                 the
                 Imperial
                 Scepter
                 within
                 the
                 limits
                 of
                 the
                 Church
                 .
                 But
                 neither
                 of
                 these
                 are
                 they
                 who
                 are
                 ordained
                 to
                 the
                 Empire
                 of
                 the
                 fifth
                 Monarchy
                 .
                 Not
                 the
                 Spaniard
                 ,
                 because
                 he
                 is
                 for
                 his
                 inhumane
                 cruelty
                 so
                 generally
                 hated
                 of
                 Christians
                 ,
                 all
                 men
                 avoiding
                 him
                 and
                 flying
                 from
                 him
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Serpent
                 from
                 the
                 Ash
                 :
                 His
                 Indian
                 Plantations
                 both
                 thrive
                 nor
                 ,
                 and
                 likewise
                 for
                 their
                 barbarousnesse
                 are
                 so
                 detested
                 of
                 the
                 savages
                 worse
                 than
                 vipers
                 ,
                 and
                 upon
                 opportunities
                 are
                 accordingly
                 massacred
                 .
                 Yea
                 ,
                 those
                 places●
                 of
                 Italy
                 which
                 are
                 under
                 his
                 Protection
                 ,
                 as
                 
                   Florence
                   ,
                   Genoa
                   ,
                   Millain
                
                 and
                 other
                 Cities
                 afford
                 him
                 as
                 much
                 affection
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Spider
                 doth
                 the
                 Serpent
                 .
                 Thus
                 is
                 He
                 the
                 universal
                 Odium
                 of
                 all
                 the
                 world
                 ,
                 thrives
                 in
                 no
                 place
                 ,
                 and
                 like
                 oyl
                 over-swiming
                 all
                 other
                 liquids
                 ,
                 and
                 can
                 hardly
                 incorporate
                 with
                 any
                 ;
                 so
                 seldom
                 is
                 he
                 conjoyned
                 but
                 in
                 natural
                 Antipathy
                 with
                 all
                 Nations
                 .
                 Adde
                 hereunto
                 the
                 austerity
                 and
                 unpleasantnesse
                 of
                 his
                 Government
                 ,
                 chusing
                 rather
                 to
                 domineer
                 over
                 subdued
                 Countries
                 by
                 rapine
                 and
                 cruelty
                 ,
                 than
                 to
                 govern
                 them
                 by
                 Love
                 and
                 Piety
                 .
                 And
                 lastly
                 ,
                 his
                 Governours
                 in
                 every
                 Province
                 aim
                 at
                 their
                 own
                 ends
                 ,
                 pilling
                 and
                 squeezing
                 the
                 Subjects
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 his
                 Name
                 
                 and
                 Government
                 is
                 every
                 where
                 abominated
                 ,
                 no
                 Province
                 continuing
                 loyal
                 any
                 longer
                 then
                 they
                 can
                 get
                 arms
                 and
                 stoutly
                 rebel
                 .
                 The
                 injustice
                 of
                 which
                 hath
                 caused
                 Portugal
                 to
                 be
                 rent
                 from
                 him
                 ,
                 which
                 while
                 the
                 world
                 standeth
                 shall
                 never
                 be
                 his
                 again
                 .
                 And
                 moreover
                 the
                 Oracle
                 tels
                 him
                 ,
                 that
                 
                   Naples
                   ,
                   Navar
                
                 ,
                 his
                 reconciled
                 Provinces
                 in
                 Belgia
                 ,
                 with
                 his
                 Indian
                 Plantations
                 (
                 the
                 best
                 Jewels
                 he
                 hath
                 )
                 shall
                 be
                 pluckt
                 within
                 30
                 years
                 to
                 come
                 from
                 his
                 ambitious
                 Crown
                 ,
                 never
                 to
                 be
                 recovered
                 again
                 .
              
               
                 
                 Secondly
                 ,
                 The
                 Swede
                 cannot
                 be
                 Paramount
                 in
                 this
                 Monarchy
                 ,
                 because
                 of
                 the
                 various
                 Sects
                 and
                 Schisms
                 he
                 is
                 pestered
                 with
                 ,
                 so
                 inveterate
                 and
                 so
                 predominant
                 ,
                 that
                 no
                 Reformation
                 can
                 purge
                 him
                 of
                 them
                 .
                 The
                 male
                 Line
                 of
                 that
                 Royal
                 Pedegree
                 is
                 extinct
                 ,
                 and
                 only
                 a
                 weak
                 young
                 Princess
                 surviving
                 ;
                 the
                 whole
                 Kingdom
                 shared
                 and
                 governed
                 by
                 factious
                 Nobles
                 and
                 covetous
                 Generals
                 ,
                 and
                 while
                 every
                 one
                 sucks
                 from
                 the
                 veins
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 Politique
                 to
                 cram
                 his
                 own
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 soon
                 evacuated
                 ,
                 both
                 of
                 life
                 and
                 nourishment
                 .
                 Besides
                 ,
                 it
                 hath
                 been
                 since
                 prophesied
                 to
                 Sweden
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 shall
                 not
                 be
                 so
                 much
                 as
                 a
                 tributary
                 Kingdom
                 to
                 this
                 great
                 Soveraignty
                 ,
                 but
                 shall
                 be
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 that
                 shall
                 be
                 made
                 a
                 slave
                 to
                 that
                 famous
                 Northern
                 Lion
                 ,
                 who
                 shall
                 wear
                 the
                 Crown
                 of
                 that
                 transcendent
                 Monarchy
                 .
                 As
                 for
                 
                   France
                   ,
                   Denmark
                   ,
                   England
                
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 free
                 Cantons
                 of
                 Germany
                 ,
                 they
                 make
                 account
                 for
                 the
                 present
                 they
                 d●
                 valiantly
                 if
                 they
                 can
                 well
                 husband
                 what
                 is
                 got
                 already
                 .
                 And
                 for
                 England
                 in
                 particular
                 ,
                 if
                 it
                 chance
                 that
                 she
                 make
                 war
                 upon
                 any
                 neighbour
                 Enemy
                 ,
                 and
                 enlarge
                 their
                 Dominions
                 by
                 Conquest
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 more
                 to
                 secure
                 her self
                 ,
                 and
                 prevent
                 the
                 Invasion
                 of
                 the
                 great
                 Eagle
                 ,
                 and
                 her
                 chief
                 feathers
                 ,
                 then
                 any
                 gre●dinesse
                 of
                 extending
                 her
                 Bounders
                 by
                 the
                 Conquest
                 and
                 ruine
                 of
                 others
                 .
                 If
                 she
                 keep
                 her
                 ancient
                 soil
                 and
                 possessions
                 in
                 those
                 times
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 as
                 much
                 as
                 heaven
                 hath
                 ordained
                 her
                 ,
                 
                 and
                 more
                 she
                 shall
                 not
                 have
                 .
                 Who
                 then
                 must
                 be
                 Lord
                 of
                 this
                 Monarchy
                 ?
                 Or
                 what
                 people
                 shall
                 be
                 parts
                 and
                 members
                 thereof
                 ?
                 Even
                 a
                 Nation
                 which
                 at
                 this
                 day
                 is
                 hid
                 invisibly
                 within
                 the
                 bowels
                 of
                 Europe
                 ,
                 
                 which
                 seeing
                 are
                 not
                 seen
                 ,
                 and
                 living
                 are
                 not
                 known
                 :
                 Which
                 shall
                 by
                 a
                 miraculous
                 Resurrection
                 (
                 like
                 the
                 Jews
                 from
                 India
                 and
                 Tartaria
                 )
                 be
                 raised
                 to
                 destroy
                 all
                 Idolatry
                 and
                 abomination
                 out
                 of
                 every
                 corner
                 of
                 the
                 North
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 weapons
                 of
                 an
                 holy
                 warfare
                 tending
                 to
                 the
                 glory
                 of
                 God
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Honour
                 of
                 their
                 King.
                 His
                 Sword
                 shall
                 be
                 Religion
                 ,
                 and
                 his
                 Ensigns
                 Righteousnesse
                 and
                 Piety
                 .
                 All
                 the
                 godly
                 in
                 every
                 Kingdom
                 and
                 State
                 in
                 Europe
                 ,
                 the
                 converted
                 Jews
                 conjoyned
                 and
                 united
                 with
                 them
                 in
                 spirit
                 and
                 habitation
                 ,
                 shall
                 (
                 as
                 I
                 said
                 before
                 )
                 root
                 out
                 all
                 names
                 of
                 Iniquity
                 ,
                 and
                 be
                 this
                 Monarchy
                 ,
                 which
                 shall
                 only
                 consist
                 of
                 ,
                 and
                 subsist
                 by
                 Holinesse
                 ,
                 and
                 an
                 unquenchable
                 desire
                 of
                 propagating
                 the
                 Glory
                 and
                 Gospel
                 of
                 God
                 :
                 according
                 to
                 that
                 of
                 Daniel
                 ,
                 Chap.
                 7.
                 ver
                 .
                 27.
                 
                 
                   And
                   the
                   Kingdom
                   ,
                   and
                   Dominion
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   greatnesse
                   of
                   the
                   Kingdom
                   under
                   the
                   whole
                   Heaven
                   shall
                   be
                   given
                   to
                   the
                   people
                   of
                   the
                   Saints
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   High
                   ,
                
                 
                 
                   whose
                   Kingdom
                   is
                   an
                   everlasting
                   Kingdom
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   Dominions
                   shall
                   serve
                   and
                   obey
                   him
                   .
                
                 The
                 first
                 preparation
                 to
                 the
                 Birth
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 was
                 that
                 ominous
                 and
                 fatal
                 Starre
                 which
                 appeared
                 in
                 the
                 head
                 of
                 Cassiopea
                 ,
                 An.
                 1572
                 ,
                 the
                 effects
                 of
                 which
                 shall
                 begin
                 to
                 operate
                 upon
                 Europe
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Eastern
                 Coasts
                 of
                 America
                 ,
                 An.
                 1699
                 ,
                 in
                 bringing
                 a
                 Mystery
                 to
                 light
                 which
                 all
                 the
                 sons
                 of
                 Adam
                 are
                 not
                 able
                 to
                 effect
                 .
                 Of
                 this
                 fat●l
                 and
                 ominous
                 
                 Starre
                 (
                 or
                 Comet
                 ,
                 chuse
                 you
                 whether
                 )
                 I
                 finde
                 several
                 Tractates
                 written
                 .
              
               
                 One
                 
                   Nuntius
                   Propheticus
                
                 in
                 Print
                 :
                 
                   Magell
                   de
                   quintà
                   Monarchiâ
                   ,
                   &
                   Openheims
                   Ephemeris
                   Caelica
                   ,
                
                 both
                 Manuscripts
                 ,
                 both
                 excellently
                 discoursing
                 of
                 the
                 Effects
                 thereof
                 :
                 How
                 that
                 ,
                 
                   
                     Quo
                     tempore
                     accidet
                     septima
                     &
                     ultima-maxima
                     superiorum
                     Planetarum
                     Conjunctio
                     ,
                     princeps
                     erit
                     Monarchia
                     prima
                     ,
                     quae
                     caput
                     ex
                     ruinis
                     quarti
                     Imperii
                     erexerit
                     .
                     Currus
                     Lunae
                     Zodiacum
                     perturbabit
                     ,
                     Cauda
                     Draconis
                     coget
                     Pl●iades
                     in
                     fletum
                     prorumpere
                     ,
                     dorsum
                     Delphini
                     ascendet
                     ,
                     &
                     flores
                     Virgineos
                     obfuscabit
                     :
                     continuae
                     turbae
                     ,
                     seditiones
                     ,
                     bella
                     civilia
                     ,
                     strages
                     ,
                     panolethriae
                     luctuosissimae
                     omnia
                     illa
                     regna
                     &
                     illustres
                     Familias
                     persequentur
                     ,
                     ex
                     quibus
                     ista
                     Monarchia
                     orta
                     est
                     ,
                     aut
                     ei
                     ullo
                     modo
                     obviabunt
                     .
                     Burgundiae
                     domus
                     fi●em
                     accipiet
                     ,
                     Sile●iae
                     libertas
                     Gallico
                     Neroni
                     prostituetur
                     .
                     Belgarum
                     Ordines
                     potentiae
                     &
                     Aristocratiae
                     suae
                     finem
                     videbunt
                     ,
                  
                   &c.
                   
                     Openheim
                     fol.
                  
                   86.
                   
                
              
               
                 But
                 Magel
                 is
                 most
                 plain
                 above
                 all
                 three
                 ,
                 fol.
                 67.
                 col
                 .
                 8.
                 
                 
                   
                     Fateor
                     majorum
                     Luminarium
                     deliquia
                     sine
                     insigni
                     hominum
                     pernicie
                     pecorumque
                     strage
                     nunquam
                     extitisse
                     :
                     Regnorum
                     mutationes
                     etiam
                     ,
                     populorum
                     clades
                     ,
                     regum
                     fun●ra
                     ,
                     bella
                     &
                     incendia
                     in
                     ipsorum
                     Deliquiorum
                     Articulis
                     ,
                     aut
                     paulò
                     post
                     evidentèr
                     apparuisse
                     .
                     Fateor
                     etiam
                     superiorum
                     erronum
                     coitum
                     malorum
                     ut
                     plurimùm
                     Iliade
                     comitari
                     :
                     atque
                     hanc
                     stellam
                  
                   (
                   
                     quae
                     hoc
                     An.
                  
                   1572
                   
                     in
                     vertice
                     Cassiopeae
                     illuxit
                  
                   )
                   
                     suprà
                     omnem
                     elementarem
                     regionem
                     collocatam
                     novi
                     Imperij
                     Revolutionem
                     Dominiumque
                     significasse
                     .
                     Quae
                     tamen
                     effecta
                     haec
                     aetas
                     nostra
                     minimè
                     perspiciet
                     :
                     reservanda
                     nihilominùs
                     in
                     gentem
                     quandam
                     etiamnum
                     invi●ibilem
                     ,
                     cujus
                     magnitudinis
                     radij
                     in
                     universum
                     caeli
                     terraeque
                     ambitum
                     extende●tur
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 At
                 what
                 time
                 the
                 7
                 th
                 ,
                 the
                 last
                 and
                 greatest
                 Conjunction
                 of
                 the
                 chief
                 Planets
                 shall
                 happen
                 ,
                 the
                 first
                 Monarchy
                 shall
                 reign
                 ,
                 which
                 shall
                 lift
                 up
                 her
                 head
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 ruines
                 of
                 the
                 IV
                 Empire
                 .
                 The
                 Chariot
                 of
                 the
                 Moon
                 shall
                 disturb
                 the
                 Zodiack
                 .
                 The
                 Tail
                 of
                 the
                 Dragon
                 shall
                 force
                 the
                 Pleiades
                 to
                 break
                 out
                 into
                 weeping
                 ,
                 shall
                 ascend
                 the
                 back
                 of
                 the
                 Dolphin
                 ,
                 and
                 shall
                 darken
                 the
                 lustre
                 of
                 the
                 Virgin
                 :
                 Daily
                 troubles
                 ,
                 seditions
                 ,
                 civil
                 wars
                 ,
                 slaughters
                 ,
                 and
                 most
                 lamentable
                 universal
                 Destructions
                 shall
                 vex
                 all
                 those
                 Kingdoms
                 and
                 eminent
                 Families
                 ,
                 from
                 whence
                 that
                 Monarchy
                 sprang
                 ,
                 or
                 which
                 shall
                 any
                 way
                 crosse
                 it
                 .
                 The
                 house
                 of
                 Burgundie
                 shall
                 be
                 at
                 an
                 End
                 :
                 the
                 Liberty
                 of
                 Silesia
                 shall
                 be
                 prostituted
                 to
                 a
                 French
                 Nero.
                 The
                 Estates
                 of
                 Belgia
                 shall
                 see
                 an
                 end
                 of
                 their
                 Power
                 and
                 Aristocracy
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 confesse
                 Eclipses
                 of
                 the
                 great
                 Luminaries
                 never
                 hapned
                 without
                 the
                 notable
                 Destruction
                 of
                 men
                 and
                 slaughter
                 of
                 Cattel
                 :
                 the
                 Changes
                 also
                 of
                 Kingdoms
                 ,
                 the
                 Deaths
                 of
                 People
                 ,
                 Funerals
                 of
                 Kings
                 ,
                 Wars
                 and
                 fires
                 have
                 broke
                 forth
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 very
                 time
                 of
                 their
                 Eclipses
                 ,
                 or
                 within
                 a
                 little
                 after
                 .
                 I
                 confesse
                 also
                 the
                 Conjunction
                 of
                 the
                 higher
                 wandring
                 Starres
                 is
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 attended
                 with
                 an
                 Iliad
                 of
                 mischiefs
                 :
                 and
                 that
                 this
                 Star
                 (
                 which
                 this
                 year
                 1572
                 appeared
                 on
                 the
                 top
                 of
                 Ca●●iopaea
                 )
                 being
                 placed
                 above
                 the
                 whole
                 Elementary
                 Region
                 ,
                 did
                 signifie
                 the
                 Revolution
                 and
                 Dominion
                 of
                 a
                 new
                 Empire
                 .
                 Which
                 effects
                 shall
                 not
                 yet
                 be
                 seen
                 by
                 this
                 our
                 age
                 ;
                 yet
                 are
                 they
                 reserved
                 for
                 a
                 certain
                 Nation
                 ,
                 as
                 yet
                 invisible
                 ,
                 the
                 beams
                 of
                 whose
                 greatness
                 shall
                 be
                 extended
                 through
                 the
                 whole
                 verge
                 of
                 Heaven
                 and
                 Earth
                 .
              
               
               
                 
                 In
                 that
                 same
                 year
                 shall
                 the
                 kingdom●
                 of
                 salvation
                 be
                 preached
                 by
                 the
                 Ministry
                 of
                 the
                 Saints
                 the
                 most
                 High
                 ,
                 to
                 those
                 immense
                 and
                 unknown
                 American
                 Coasts
                 ,
                 to
                 whom
                 as
                 yet
                 the
                 Name
                 of
                 Christ
                 was
                 never
                 yet
                 revealed
                 .
                 And
                 that
                 people●
                 who
                 from
                 the
                 Creation
                 till
                 that
                 time
                 were
                 the
                 Empire
                 of
                 Satan
                 ,
                 shall
                 be
                 called
                 the
                 specious
                 and
                 spacious
                 Church
                 of
                 God.
                 The
                 gates
                 of
                 which
                 shall
                 be
                 open
                 continually
                 ,
                 neither
                 day
                 nor
                 night
                 shall
                 they
                 be
                 shut
                 ,
                 that
                 men
                 may
                 bring
                 unto
                 them
                 the
                 riches
                 of
                 the
                 Gentiles
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 treasures
                 of
                 the
                 Kings
                 of
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
                 All
                 Nations
                 and
                 Kingdoms
                 ,
                 that
                 will
                 not
                 serve
                 her
                 ,
                 shall
                 perish
                 and
                 be
                 destroyed
                 for
                 ever
                 .
                 
                   Within
                   whose
                   land
                   shall
                   be
                   heard
                   no
                   violence
                   nor
                   destruction
                   ,
                   nor
                   desolation
                   within
                   her
                   Borders
                   ,
                   but
                   Salvation
                   shall
                   be
                   her
                   wals
                   ,
                   and
                   praise
                   her
                   gates
                   .
                   Her
                   Government
                   shall
                   be
                   peace
                   ,
                   and
                   her
                   Exaactors
                   Righteousnesse
                   .
                   H●r
                   Sun
                   shall
                   never
                   go
                   down
                   ,
                   nor
                   her
                   Moon
                   ever
                   be
                   hid
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   Lord
                   shall
                   be
                   her
                   everlasting
                   light
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   dayes
                   of
                   her
                   sorrow
                   shall
                   be
                   ended
                   .
                   The
                   people
                   within
                   her
                   shall
                   be
                   all
                   righteous
                   ;
                   for
                   ever
                   shall
                   they
                   possesse
                   their
                   proper
                   inheritances
                   ,
                   for
                   God
                   shall
                   make
                   them
                   an
                   everlasting
                   Glory
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Ioy
                   from
                   Generation
                   to
                   Generation
                   .
                
                 Therefore
                 ought
                 no
                 man
                 to
                 be
                 sorrowfull
                 for
                 the
                 Calamities
                 of
                 Europe
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 afflictions
                 of
                 the
                 times
                 ;
                 nor
                 grieved
                 with
                 the
                 mutations
                 and
                 Downfals
                 of
                 Kingdoms
                 and
                 Empires
                 ,
                 neither
                 should
                 he
                 be
                 afraid
                 because
                 Wars
                 and
                 miseries
                 rage
                 in
                 all
                 Coasts
                 of
                 the
                 world
                 .
                 For
                 this
                 is
                 the
                 eternal
                 Law
                 of
                 Creatures
                 (
                 which
                 the
                 Creator
                 imposed
                 upon
                 them
                 at
                 first
                 )
                 that
                 the
                 Birth
                 of
                 one
                 thing
                 should
                 be
                 the
                 Death
                 of
                 another
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 order
                 of
                 Nature
                 should
                 be
                 preserved
                 by
                 the
                 vicissitudinary
                 course
                 of
                 alternate
                 Mutability
                 .
                 And
                 why
                 should
                 we
                 be
                 offended
                 at
                 warres
                 amongst
                 men
                 ,
                 when
                 there
                 are
                 daily
                 and
                 continual
                 Conflicts
                 between
                 the
                 Elements
                 themselves
                 ?
                 Cities
                 ,
                 Republiques
                 ,
                 Empires
                 and
                 Families
                 are
                 mortal
                 as
                 men
                 ,
                 have
                 their
                 states
                 of
                 Birth
                 ,
                 Infamy
                 ,
                 Growth
                 and
                 Old-age
                 as
                 well
                 as
                 they
                 .
                 Glory
                 ,
                 Majesty
                 ,
                 Arts
                 and
                 Soveraignty
                 began
                 in
                 Asia
                 by
                 the
                 Assyrians
                 ;
                 from
                 them
                 departed
                 to
                 the
                 Medes
                 and
                 Persians
                 ;
                 and
                 from
                 them
                 (
                 before
                 they
                 had
                 well
                 tasted
                 the
                 sweetnesse
                 of
                 them
                 )
                 translated
                 to
                 the
                 Grecians
                 ,
                 and
                 next
                 to
                 the
                 Romans
                 :
                 The
                 Glory
                 of
                 the
                 Roman
                 Empire
                 was
                 eclipsed
                 and
                 humbled
                 by
                 the
                 barbarous
                 Inundations
                 of
                 
                   Goths
                   ,
                   Huns
                   ,
                   Vandals
                
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 savage
                 Nations
                 ,
                 who
                 being
                 themselves
                 once
                 civilized
                 and
                 mollified
                 by
                 the
                 Effeminacies
                 of
                 Italy
                 and
                 the
                 West
                 ,
                 were
                 in
                 560
                 years
                 space
                 overthrown
                 by
                 the
                 Potency
                 of
                 Charlemain
                 and
                 the
                 
                   Germans
                   .
                   Germany
                
                 hath
                 now
                 fully
                 possessed
                 the
                 Imperial
                 dignity
                 790
                 years
                 ;
                 and
                 before
                 fifty
                 years
                 moe
                 be
                 past
                 ,
                 shall
                 be
                 made
                 a
                 scorned
                 Servitor
                 of
                 the
                 King
                 of
                 the
                 North
                 ,
                 whose
                 Power
                 and
                 Religion
                 shall
                 transcend
                 the
                 utmost
                 Confines
                 of
                 East
                 and
                 West
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 which
                 Empire
                 ,
                 Venice
                 shall
                 not
                 brag
                 of
                 being
                 inaccessible
                 by
                 the
                 circumfluent
                 Ocean
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   London
                   ,
                   Paris
                   ,
                   Antwerp
                
                 and
                 Prague
                 ,
                 the
                 IV
                 Ladies
                 of
                 Europe
                 shall
                 be
                 humbled
                 to
                 sit
                 in
                 the
                 dust
                 of
                 eternal
                 Destruction
                 .
                 The
                 consideration
                 of
                 this
                 must
                 teach
                 men
                 humility
                 in
                 prosperity
                 ,
                 carefulnesse
                 to
                 know
                 God
                 and
                 keep
                 his
                 Commandments
                 ,
                 seeing
                 every
                 Plant
                 which
                 he
                 hath
                 not
                 planted
                 shall
                 be
                 plucked
                 up
                 ,
                 and
                 nothing
                 can
                 be
                 permanent
                 but
                 by
                 his
                 favour
                 and
                 protection
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 XV.
                 
              
               
                 Thou
                 therefore
                 the
                 eternall
                 and
                 incomprehensible
                 Father
                 of
                 lights
                 ,
                 
                 the
                 indivisible
                 God
                 of
                 peace
                 and
                 unity
                 ,
                 look
                 down
                 at
                 length
                 upon
                 the
                 afflicted
                 estate
                 of
                 thy
                 Gospel
                 and
                 mournfull
                 face
                 of
                 thy
                 Church
                 ,
                 clouded
                 with
                 sects
                 and
                 schisms
                 ,
                 rent
                 by
                 civill
                 combustions
                 ,
                 dying
                 by
                 the
                 wounds
                 which
                 her
                 sons
                 have
                 given
                 ,
                 and
                 wallowing
                 in
                 that
                 gore
                 which
                 was
                 shed
                 by
                 the
                 hands
                 of
                 her
                 own
                 children
                 .
                 Though
                 our
                 sins
                 have
                 deserved
                 that
                 we
                 should
                 for
                 ever
                 be
                 cast
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 sight
                 of
                 thy
                 countenance
                 ,
                 yet
                 respect
                 thou
                 the
                 bloud
                 of
                 thy
                 Sonne
                 ,
                 crying
                 better
                 things
                 then
                 that
                 of
                 Abel
                 ,
                 and
                 be
                 once
                 at
                 one
                 again
                 with
                 thy
                 inheritance●
                 Abraham
                 knows
                 us
                 not
                 ,
                 Israel
                 is
                 ignorant
                 of
                 us
                 ,
                 but
                 thou
                 art
                 our
                 Father
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 thee
                 shall
                 be
                 all
                 our
                 a●fiance
                 ,
                 with
                 whom
                 even
                 the
                 worst
                 of
                 men
                 have
                 found
                 mercy
                 .
                 Extend
                 the
                 light
                 of
                 thy
                 loving-kindenes
                 to
                 the
                 Tribes
                 of
                 Iacob
                 ,
                 and
                 return
                 to
                 the
                 many
                 thousands
                 of
                 Israel
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 time
                 to
                 build
                 up
                 Zion
                 is
                 come
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 daies
                 of
                 restoring
                 Jerusalem
                 cannot
                 be
                 prolonged
                 .
                 For
                 why
                 ?
                 Thy
                 servants
                 think
                 upon
                 her
                 stones
                 ,
                 and
                 favour
                 the
                 very
                 dust
                 thereof
                 .
                 But
                 remember
                 Edom
                 ,
                 O
                 Lord
                 ,
                 as
                 thou
                 remembredst
                 Babel
                 ,
                 which
                 have
                 cryed
                 so
                 oft
                 ,
                 Down
                 with
                 it
                 ,
                 down
                 with
                 it
                 to
                 the
                 very
                 earth
                 .
                 Pour
                 thy-vengeance
                 down
                 upon
                 the
                 Beast
                 of
                 Rome
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 red
                 Dragon
                 of
                 Constantinople
                 ,
                 who
                 never
                 knew
                 thy
                 name
                 ,
                 that
                 so
                 the
                 sorrowfull
                 sighings
                 of
                 the
                 Prisoners
                 may
                 come
                 before
                 thee●
                 and
                 thy
                 servants
                 be
                 preserved
                 that
                 are
                 appointed
                 to
                 die
                 .
                 Let
                 thy
                 work
                 be
                 upon
                 the
                 MAN
                 of
                 thy
                 right
                 hand
                 ,
                 and
                 upon
                 the
                 Son
                 of
                 man
                 whom
                 thou
                 hast
                 made
                 so
                 strong
                 for
                 thy self
                 ,
                 that
                 
                   Pharaoh
                   ,
                   Elam
                   ,
                   Mesheck
                
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 sonnes
                 of
                 Tubal
                 may
                 fall
                 in
                 the
                 midst
                 of
                 them
                 that
                 are
                 slain
                 by
                 the
                 sword
                 ,
                 and
                 may
                 descend
                 into
                 the
                 midst
                 of
                 hell
                 with
                 all
                 that
                 help
                 them
                 ,
                 even
                 the
                 whole
                 multitude
                 of
                 the
                 Uncircumcised
                 ,
                 whose
                 Lot
                 is
                 to
                 goe
                 into
                 the
                 nether
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Earth
                 .
                 There
                 shall
                 they
                 have
                 their
                 beds
                 with
                 the
                 Uncircumcised
                 near
                 those
                 Valiants
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 gone
                 down
                 to
                 the
                 grave
                 ,
                 with
                 their
                 weapons
                 of
                 war
                 ,
                 and
                 have
                 laid
                 their
                 swords
                 under
                 their
                 heads
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 were
                 the
                 fear
                 of
                 the
                 mighty
                 in
                 the
                 Land
                 of
                 the
                 Living
                 .
                 But
                 what
                 shall
                 be
                 said
                 to
                 the
                 Captain
                 of
                 the
                 Nations
                 ,
                 or
                 to
                 the
                 Angell
                 destroying
                 Edom
                 and
                 Babylon
                 ?
                 Even
                 this
                 ,
                 That
                 the
                 Lord
                 hath
                 founded
                 Zion
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 poor
                 of
                 his
                 people
                 shall
                 trust
                 in
                 it
                 .
                 He
                 will
                 leave
                 an
                 afflicted
                 people
                 ,
                 and
                 they
                 shall
                 trust
                 in
                 the
                 name
                 of
                 the
                 Lord
                 :
                 He
                 shall
                 give
                 them
                 a
                 pure
                 Law
                 ,
                 that
                 they
                 may
                 pray
                 to
                 him
                 with
                 one
                 consent
                 .
                 He
                 shall
                 open
                 the
                 doors
                 of
                 darknesse
                 ,
                 the
                 gates
                 of
                 obscurity
                 shall
                 he
                 break
                 down
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 world
                 may
                 be
                 filled
                 with
                 the
                 knowledge
                 of
                 the
                 Lord
                 as
                 the
                 waters
                 cover
                 the
                 Sea.
                 O
                 thou
                 sower
                 of
                 discord
                 ,
                 and
                 Captain
                 of
                 iniquity
                 ,
                 how
                 long
                 wilt
                 thou
                 delight
                 to
                 murther
                 ,
                 spoil
                 and
                 pursue
                 the
                 distressed
                 ?
                 Knowest
                 thou
                 not
                 that
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 bitternesse
                 in
                 the
                 end
                 ?
                 Command
                 the
                 people
                 to
                 return
                 every
                 man
                 from
                 pursuing
                 his
                 brother
                 :
                 for
                 lo
                 ,
                 a
                 Nation
                 is
                 risen
                 against
                 you
                 ,
                 a
                 mighty
                 Nation
                 and
                 terrible
                 from
                 the
                 East
                 ,
                 whose
                 horses
                 ace
                 fire
                 and
                 his
                 Chariots
                 flames
                 of
                 fire
                 to
                 devour
                 :
                 his
                 men
                 are
                 as
                 swift
                 as
                 the
                 Eagle
                 ,
                 who
                 will
                 have
                 no
                 compassion
                 on
                 the
                 fruit
                 of
                 the
                 womb
                 ,
                 nor
                 shall
                 their
                 eye
                 pity
                 :
                 They
                 shall
                 encompasse
                 ●hy
                 Tents
                 with
                 an
                 intent
                 to
                 lay
                 all
                 waste
                 before
                 them
                 ,
                 but
                 neverthelesse
                 be
                 con●ident
                 and
                 bold
                 
                 in
                 the
                 Lord
                 of
                 Hosts
                 :
                 for
                 fire
                 shall
                 come
                 down
                 from
                 Heaven
                 and
                 return
                 their
                 wickednesse
                 upon
                 their
                 heads
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 doings
                 upon
                 their
                 own
                 pates
                 .
                 O
                 thou
                 worship
                 of
                 Israel
                 !
                 how
                 wonderfull
                 art
                 thou
                 in
                 thy
                 doings
                 toward
                 the
                 children
                 of
                 men●
                 Bringing
                 light
                 out
                 of
                 darknesse
                 ,
                 strength
                 out
                 of
                 weaknesse
                 ,
                 and
                 making
                 Justice
                 the
                 mean
                 to
                 the
                 manifestation
                 of
                 thy
                 goodnesse
                 and
                 glory
                 !
                 As
                 for
                 me
                 ,
                 I
                 will
                 expect
                 him
                 who
                 is
                 as
                 well
                 the
                 King
                 of
                 Salem
                 ,
                 Peace
                 ,
                 as
                 Melchised●ck
                 ,
                 the
                 King
                 of
                 Justice
                 ,
                 all
                 my
                 daies
                 :
                 and
                 will
                 heartily
                 pray
                 for
                 his
                 coming
                 ,
                 who
                 shall
                 bring
                 every
                 work
                 into
                 judgement
                 ,
                 and
                 every
                 thing
                 to
                 a
                 legall
                 triall
                 ,
                 whether
                 it
                 be
                 good
                 or
                 evill
                 .
                 He
                 is
                 the
                 Lamb
                 upon
                 the
                 white
                 Throne
                 ,
                 before
                 whose
                 face
                 Heaven
                 and
                 Earth
                 shall
                 fly
                 away
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Sea
                 be
                 no
                 more
                 found
                 :
                 Death
                 and
                 Hell
                 shall
                 give
                 up
                 the
                 dead
                 that
                 are
                 in
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 every
                 Name
                 that
                 is
                 not
                 written
                 in
                 the
                 Book
                 of
                 Life
                 ,
                 shall
                 be
                 cast
                 into
                 the
                 Lake
                 of
                 fire
                 .
                 For
                 which
                 time
                 all
                 the
                 Creation
                 groaneth
                 ,
                 crying
                 out
                 to
                 be
                 delivered
                 from
                 the
                 Bondage
                 of
                 Corruption
                 ,
                 and
                 restored
                 to
                 the
                 glorious
                 Liberty
                 of
                 the
                 Sons
                 of
                 God.
                 Even
                 so
                 ,
                 come
                 Lord
                 Jesus
                 ,
                 come
                 quickly
                 ,
                 that
                 sin
                 may
                 be
                 destroyed
                 for
                 ever
                 ,
                 and
                 righteousnesse
                 eternally
                 established
                 in
                 stead
                 thereof
                 ,
                 Amen
                 .
              
               
                 FINIS
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   For●itan
                   hunc
                   aliquis
                   verbosum
                   dicere
                   librum
                
                 
                   Non
                   dubitet
                   :
                   forsan
                   multò
                   praestantior
                   alter
                
                 
                   Pauca
                   reperta
                   pu●et
                   ,
                   quùm
                   plura
                   invenerit
                   ipse
                   :
                
                 
                   Des●s
                   &
                   impatiens
                   nimis
                   haec
                   obscura
                   probabit
                   :
                
                 
                   Pro
                   capt●●
                   Lectoris
                   habent
                   sua
                   fata
                   Libelli
                   .
                
                 
                   Sed
                   me
                   juditij
                   non
                   p●enitet
                   :
                   haec
                   benè
                   vobis
                
                 
                   Commis●
                   ,
                   quibus
                   est
                   amor
                   &
                   sapientia
                   juxtà
                   ,
                
                 
                   Et
                   Labor
                   in
                   studijs
                   ijsdem
                   celebratus
                   inhaeret
                   :
                
                 
                   Vos
                   sequar
                   :
                   in
                   vestro
                   satis
                   est
                   examine
                   cautum
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A56200-e80
           
             *
             
               Exact
               Collection
               p.
            
             663.666
             .
             
               A
               Collection
               of
               Orders
               &
               Ordinances
               ,
               p.
            
             354.
             
          
           
             
               Exact
               Collection
            
             ,
             p.
             4.
             to
             14.97.98.508
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Exact
               Collection
               ,
               p.
            
             10.199
             492
             ,
             493.
             
          
           
             †
             
               M.
               Baylies
               Canterburians
               Self-conviction
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 Scots
                 Impeachment
                 against
                 ●Ar●hbishop
              
               Lawd
               .
            
          
           
             *
             
               Exact
               Collection
               ,
               p.
            
             10.11.12.492
             .
          
           
             †
             
               Exact
               .
               C●●l●ction
            
             ,
             p.
             10
             .
             11.12●●3
             97.492.508.894.595
             
               A
               Coll●●●ion
            
             ,
             p.
             308.309.354.417.419.457.458
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Exact
               Collection
            
             ,
             p.
             11.12.13.199.492.493.508
             .
          
           
             †
             
               Exact
               Collection
            
             ,
             p.
             17.18.98.229.493
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Exact
               Collection
            
             p.
             594.
             
             〈◊〉
             605.
             
             
               A
               Coll●ction
            
             ,
             p.
             309.
             to
             313
             327
             .
             358.359.3●0.399
             404
             .
             41●.420
             .
             to
             428.458.453
             .
          
           
             †
             
               Exact
               Collection
               .
               p.
            
             97
             ,
             98
             218.564
             .
          
           
             *
             
               Exact
               Col.
               p.
            
             56.57.58.666
             564
             to
             605.
             
             
               A
               Collection
               ,
               p.
            
             308.
             ●o
             312.354.355.363.371.372.428.441.467.677
             .
             &c.
             66●
             .
             711.767.798
             .
             to
             810.933
             .
          
           
             †
             
               A
               Collection
               ,
               p.
            
             428.
             
          
           
             *
             
               A
               〈◊〉
               ,
               p.
            
             721.
             
          
           
             †
             
               A
               Collectio●
               ,
               p.
            
             309.310
             311
             .
             312.327.358.359.39●.399.404.416.42●●
             to●
             428.458.459.694.751.768.769.798.802.806
             .
             &c.
             878.879.889
             .
          
           
             *
             
               A
               Collection
               of
               Ordinances
            
             ,
             p.
             426.
             
          
           
             †
             
               The
               History
               of
               Indep●nd●ncy
            
             .
          
           
             †
             
               A
               Collect●on
               ,
               of
               Ordinances
            
             ,
             p.
             424.425.426
             .
          
           
             †
             2
             Chro.
             11.4
             .
             c.
             28.6
             ,
             7.8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10.11
             .
             2
             Sam.
             26
             ,
             27.
             
             Acts
             7.26
             .
             Gal
             5.14
             ,
             15.
             
             Obad.
             10.
             &c.
             1
             Cor.
             6.1.6
             7
             ,
             8.
             1
             
             John
             3.12
             .
          
           
             *
             John
             13.34
             ,
             35.
             c.
             15.12
             .
             Rom.
             12.9
             ,
             10.
             c.
             13.8
             ,
             9
             ,
             10.
             
             Gal.
             5.13
             ,
             14.
             
             Ephes.
             1.15
             .
             Col.
             2.2
             .
             1
             Thes.
             3.12
             .
             c.
             .4.9
             .
             Heb.
             13.1
             .
             James
             2.8
             .
             1
             Pet.
             1.12
             .
             c.
             2.17
             .
             c.
             3.8
             .
             1
             John
             3.11.14
             16
             ,
             17
             ,
             18.23
             .
             c.
             4.7.11.12.16.20.21
             .
             c.
             5.2
             .
             2
             John
             5.
             
          
           
             †
             Gildas
             .
             de
             excidio
             Britanniae
             .
             Fox
             Acts
             &
             Monuments
             .
             Vol.
             1.
             
          
           
             †
             Gen.
             4.10
             ,
             11.
             
             Jer.
             51.35
             .
             Ezek.
             35
             ,
             5.6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A56200-e2960
           
             The
             Occasion
             of
             writing
             this
             Trea●is●
             .
          
           
             Th●
             subject
             ●●tt●r
             of
             ●●is
             ensuing
             Discourse
             .
          
           
             The
             Confutation
             of
             the
             wicked
             Opinions
             of
             the
             Millenaries
             of
             the
             Personall
             Reign
             of
             Christ
             upon
             Earth
             after
             An.
             1700.
             
          
           
             A
             D●clara●ion
             o●
             the
             e●fects
             of
             the
             blaving
             Comet
             ,
             Anno
             16●8
             .
          
           
             Grebners
             Prophecie
             of
             our
             la●e
             King
             ,
             and
             his
             Son
             now
             King.
             
          
           
             ☜
             
          
           
             ☜
             
          
           
             A
             true
             Explication
             of
             th●
             Number
             in
             Rev.
             20.8
             .
          
           
             The
             estate
             of
             England
             with
             other
             Pr●vinces
             of
             Europe
             from
             Anno
             1650.
             to
             An.
             1698.
             
          
           
             Certain
             remarkable
             Numbers
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             whereby
             ●he
             Epoch'●
             of
             the
             ruine
             of
             Tu●k
             ,
             Po●e
             ,
             and
             the
             conversion
             of
             the
             Iews
             are
             more
             ●ully
             strengthned
             .
          
           
             A
             Pr●gnostick
             of
             the
             Estates
             of
             c●●tain
             years
             Of
             An.
             1657
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             Eclipse
             in
             An.
             1654.
             
          
           
             Baudensis
             Prognostication
             of
             Anno
             165●
             ,
             1658
             ,
             1661
             ,
             1663.
             
          
           
             A
             Description
             of
             the
             7
             ●iery
             Triplicities
             .
          
           
             The
             Exposition
             of
             Nebuchadnezzar●
             Image
             ,
             in
             Dan.
             2.
             
          
           
             The
             Exposition
             of
             the
             12
             last
             chapters
             of
             Ezeckiel
             .
          
           
             The
             Exposition
             of
             the
             end
             of
             D●ni●ls
             11
             chap.
             ●
             
          
           
             The
             Exposition
             of
             Rev.
             9.15
             .
          
           
             The
             cōmon
             Objection
             of
             Divines
             against
             the
             V.
             Monarchy
             and
             the
             universall
             kingdom
             of
             the
             Gospel
             here
             upon
             Earth
             ,
             drawn
             from
             the
             badnesse
             of
             the
             Times
             ,
             Answered
             .
          
           
             Certain
             Epigrams
             of
             
               Petrus
               Damiani
            
             of
             ●he
             ruine
             of
             Tu●k
             and
             Pope
             ,
             &c.
             never
             yet
             before
             printed
             .
          
           
             Prophesies
             of
             Hieronymus
             Savanatola
             .
          
           
             A
             Prophecy
             lately
             found
             in
             France
             ,
             of
             the
             future
             ●st●te
             of
             the
             world
             till
             An.
             1710.
             
          
           
             The
             true
             Explanation
             of
             the
             Prophecy
             o●
             the
             cōtinu●nce
             of
             ●he
             Turkish
             Empire
             ,
             found
             in
             M.
             
             Fox's
             Act●
             and
             Mon●ment●
             ,
             pag●
             746.
             
          
           
             A
             Prophecy
             of
             the
             year
             1●98
             ,
             found
             in
             the
             study
             of
             Iust●●
             Lypsi●●
             ●
             
          
           
             A
             true
             Exposition
             of
             a
             Esdr.
             11.
             c●●
             .
          
           
             Evidences
             out
             of
             Scripture
             that
             the
             ten
             Tribes
             shall
             be
             brought
             out
             of
             Tartaria
             &
             India
             ,
             and
             converted
             to
             the
             Gospel
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             our
             Western
             Iews
             .
          
           
             A
             large
             Discourse
             of
             a
             probable
             co●jecture
             that
             the
             ten
             Tribes
             of
             Israel
             were
             placed
             by
             Salmanasser
             in
             Arme●ia
             and
             Media
             ,
             &
             that
             from
             thence
             they
             passed
             into
             Tartaria
             ,
             and
             so
             into
             India
             .
          
           
             Other
             excellent
             Proofs
             of
             the
             future
             conversion
             and
             Monarchy
             of
             the
             Iews
             ,
          
           
             1
             From
             
             Abraham
             ●
             
          
           
             2
             From
             Isaac
             .
          
           
             3
             From
             Iacob
             .
          
           
             4
             From
             the
             New
             Testament
             ,
             Act.
             1.
             
          
           
             5
             From
             Moses
             Song
             ,
             Deut.
             32.
             
          
           
             6
             From
             the
             history
             and
             life
             of
             Ioseph
          
           
             What
             uses
             Protestants
             ought
             to
             make
             of
             this
             blessing
             of
             the
             conversion
             of
             the
             Iews●
             
          
           
             Description
             of
             the
             four
             Monarchies
             .
          
           
             Reasons
             of
             the
             V.
             Monarchy
             .
          
           
             Prophecies
             of
             the
             LION
             of
             the
             North.
             
          
           
             1
             Of
             the
             true
             Merlin
             in
             K.
             Lucius
             daies
             ,
             
               An.
               Ch.
            
             130.
             
          
           
             2
             Of
             Greb●er●
          
           
             Who
             shall
             be
             King
             of
             this
             V
             Mona●chy
             .
          
           
             Not
             the
             Spaniard
             .
          
           
             Nor
             the
             Swede
             .
          
           
             Object
             .
          
           
             Answ.
             
          
           
             Of
             the
             Effects
             of
             that
             fatal
             Star
             ,
             which
             appeared
             in
             the
             head
             of
             Cassiopea
             ,
             An.
             ●●72
             .
          
           
             The
             Description
             of
             the
             flourishing
             Monarchy
             of
             the
             Gospel
             in
             America
             and
             India
             about
             Anno
             1710
             ,
             and
             A.
             1763.
             
          
           
             A
             Praye●
             to
             God
             to
             u●ite
             his
             Church
             ,
             end
             the
             afflictions
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             hasten
             the
             conversion
             of
             the
             Iews
             ,
             with
             the
             monarchy
             of
             the
             Gospel
             .